Hypocratic Oath

HYPOCRATIC OATH

PROLOGUE

NOTE: This story contradicts the episode “Explorers” in which Bashir
meets Dr. Lens.

Ops was quiet. There was only one ship scheduled to depart, and none to
arrive for three days. Sisko looked out on Ops from the top stair to his
office, enjoying the efficiency below. He never really liked having his
office above everything else; it made him feel too patriarchal, but that was
what the Cardassians had liked about it. He knew why Gul Dukat, his
predecessor, wanted it higher, to lord over the underlings manning the
stations. The stairs made it seem somehow more menacing, more intimidating,
probably deterring the supervisors from boring Gul Dukat with anything other
than truly important matters. Sisko preferred having an open office. The
lowest ensign should not fear entering, but Cardassian architecture could be
difficult to overcome.
He looked at Dax at her science station, busy monitoring the sensors.
At times, it was still hard for him to believe that inside the slender,
beautiful woman was a parasite that contained the memories of seven other
beings, one of them being Curzon, his mentor, whom he referred to as The Old
Man. He liked Jadzia because she always knew when to let out a little Curzon
for him. Although she looked to be in her mid-twenties, she actually had
access to seven lifetimes of experience in interpersonal relationships. It
made her surprisingly mature and adept at handling any situation with grace
and diplomacy. She noticed him standing there and looked up. “Good
Morning, Benjamin.”
“Anything to report?”
“No. Everything’s quiet.”
He stepped down and stood behind her. “Report anyway.” He grinned.
She began, without hesitation, “Chief O’Brien reports that if he has at
least 16 more hours of peace and quiet, he should be able to get the station
functioning at eighty percent overall efficiency. Constable Odo reports that
if he spends any more time in his bucket he’ll scream, so he’s doing
redundant security sweeps through all the pylons and the promenade. And
Doctor Bashir reports two minor injuries due to an incident in one of Quark’s
holosuites. Quark denies any responsibility and insists that the safety of
his holosuites have never been guaranteed.” She ended her report with a
satisfied smile. Sisko had tried to catch her off guard. He should know
better by now.
Sisko resisted the urge to slap her on the back. “Thank you.” He told
her instead.
At that moment, an alarm began screeching.
Dax turned to her controls. “I’m reading a small ship approaching the
wormhole.”
“Confirmed.” Kira acknowledged. “Computer identifies it as Federation
shuttlecraft Pioneer. Her engines are down thirty percent, shields down
ninety percent. No visible external damage. Life support barely
functional.” She looked up at Sisko, ” One life sign aboard, very faint.”

“Can you hail?”
“No response, Sir. And her engines are not decelerating. She’s at warp
four.”
“Maybe they can hear, but not respond. Open a channel.” Sisko ordered.
When Kira nodded at him, he said, “To shuttlecraft Pioneer, this is Commander
Sisko of Deep Space Nine. You are approaching the wormhole unauthorized. Do
not enter. Alter course to dock with us immediately. If you have lost
navigational control, reduce your speed to impulse so we can transport you to
safety.”
They waited only a few seconds. “No response, Commander.” Kira said.
“She’ll be in tractor range in 24 seconds.”
Sisko knew that a transport at warp speeds could be dangerous without
matching velocity. He didn’t hesitate. “Tractor it to Shuttlebay One as
soon as it’s in range. Tell Bashir to meet me there.” Before he even
finished speaking, he was heading for the turbolift.

He would have tractored it to a docking pylon, but with no one aboard
capable of handling docking maneuvers it would have been pointless. Sisko
and Bashir watched while the shuttle was brought gently inside the large bay.
It was difficult for Bashir to wait for the bay to pressurize, as he watched
the life signs on his medical tricorder. But as soon as the computer allowed
it, he left the observation room and headed for the shuttle. He pressed the
emergency release and the back end of the shuttle came down, serving as a
ramp. He knew Sisko would follow him as he entered the shuttle and searched
for the occupant.
He found her in the pilot’s seat, unconscious. By the time Sisko caught
up, Bashir was already running his scanner, and injecting her with something.
“It looks like we got here in time, Sir. She’s suffering from malnutrition
and exhaustion; nothing serious, but I need to get her to the infirmary where
I can get fluids into her.”
“Beam directly there. I’ll get O’Brien to check out this shuttle.”
“Aye, Sir.” Bashir touched his communicator, “Bashir to ops. Two to
beam directly to the infirmary. Energize.” Bashir and his patient
disappeared.
Sisko patted his communicator, “Sisko to Chief O’Brien. Report to
Shuttlebay One.”
Less than five minutes later, O’Brien arrived in the bay, tool kit in
hand. He walked up to Sisko, who wandered around the exterior of the strange
shuttle. “What’s up, Sir?”
Sisko explained what had happened. “I need to know what happened to
this shuttle. It doesn’t appear to have been fired on, yet there’s
considerable damage.”
O’Brien gave it a quick glance, including a look inside from the open
back. “I’ll have a report for you in ten minutes.” And he climbed inside.
Sisko’s communicator beeped. “Sisko here.”
It was Dax. “I’ve traced the origin of the shuttle. The Pioneer was
assigned to a colony on Bithia VI, about 47 light years from here.”
“47 light years! At warp 4, how long would the travel time be?”
“Over two months, but the shuttle design is capable of higher speeds.
It was intended mainly for topographical mapping expeditions and planetary
survey missions. It may have started it’s journey at higher speeds, and
reduced speed as the engines required it. Still, it would appear the ship
has been out there an extended length of time. And shuttles where not meant
to cover this kind of distance.” Dax knew what Sisko was going to say next.
“See if you can contact Bithia VI. Maybe they know what happened to
their shuttle. And use long range scanners to look for any ships that may
have been in pursuit. I’ll be in the infirmary.”
“Aye, Sir. Dax out.”
O’Brien stuck his head out of the shuttle, obviously having overheard
everything Dax said. “Commander, it looks like these engines were pushed.
She seemed to be redirecting power as needed to keep going as fast as
possible. She wore out a few phase inducers, and fused some couplings, but
the warp core is close to critical with a hairline crack in the main crystal.
She was in an awful hurry to get somewhere.”
“Or away from something.” Sisko muttered. “How long will repairs
take?” He asked.
“Well, if I can go uninterrupted, which isn’t likely, at least 24 hours.
Do you want this a priority?”
Sisko thought a minute. He’d need to know more about this person and
her so-called emergency, and why she was so irresponsible in the care of
herself and her shuttle, before he could allow her to continue on the
journey. “No. Not right now, anyway.” He headed for the infirmary. He
knew he probably wouldn’t be able to talk to her yet. Medicine had come a
long way, but some things still took time; you just couldn’t speed up
recovery from exhaustion.

Sisko had been right. The patient was sleeping comfortably. She was
probably in her late twenties or early thirties, with shoulder length, wavy
brown hair. She still looked like death warmed over, with dark circles
around her slightly sunken eyes, clearly defined cheekbones, and a thinness
that was not quite anorexic, but certainly not normal for her body type. Her
breathing was slow and shallow, like she would probably be sleeping for quite
awhile.
As Sisko approached, Bashir closed his medical tricorder and came to
him. “She’s resting comfortably now. I’ve given her a sedative, and several
nutritional supplements. But it will take time for her body to absorb them.
Her metabolism has slowed considerably.”
Sisko could tell there was something else on Bashir’s mind. He didn’t
seem to be finished speaking, although he had gone silent. “And?” He
prompted. “There’s something else?”
Bashir took Sisko’s arm and led him away from the biobed. “There are
some anomalies I can’t account for yet. But they’re probably related to her
poor physical condition. But more importantly, I think I know who she is.”
It took a minute for Sisko to assimilate this information. “Who?”
“You know how I’ve always told you that I graduated second at the
Academy?”
“Yes.” Sisko waited for the connecting sentence to make some sense out
of this, half expecting to hear the old pre-ganglionic fiber vs.
post-ganglionic nerve story again.
“Well, she’s the one who graduated first.”

CHAPTER 1

Back at ops, Dax had established a channel to Bithia VI. “On screen.”
Sisko ordered.
A middle-aged Bajoran man appeared on the viewscreen. He was husky,
with wide shoulders and a thick neck. “Commander Sisko, I’m Taryn Vish,
leader of the colony on Bithia VI. You’ve found Dr. Radolfo?”
“We believe so. The shuttle the woman was in was registered to your
colony. What can you tell us about her?”
“She disappeared almost four weeks ago, now. I thought she must be
dead; that shuttle couldn’t have lasted this long. The prophets were with
her.” He lowered his eyes briefly. “I wish I could be of more help, but I
didn’t know her personally. My investigation has revealed little. I do get
the impression that some people were sworn to secrecy, but I could not force
them to break their silence.”
“I understand, Taryn Vish.” Sisko said, fighting to hide his
disappointment.
“Whatever you find out, would you please contact us again and share it?
Many of us are very worried about her.” Taryn Vish did seem genuinely
concerned.
“Of course. Thank you for your time. Sisko out.” Dax broke the
connection and the screen went dark. “Well, back to square one.” Sisko
muttered.
“Square one?” Kira asked, not understanding the reference.
“The starting point. We still have a mystery.”
“Oh. As long as it isn’t shap one.” She mumbled, mostly to herself,
remembering the virtual game she’d been forced to play with Sisko, Dax, and
Bashir. After fearing for their lives, the Wari had told them it was only a
game!
“Dax, anything on the long range scans?” Sisko asked, ready to jump at
any information.
Dax replied, “No, Sir. No vessels in pursuit.” Her fingers played on
her panel smoothly.
“Bashir to ops.” Came a disembodied voice.
“Sisko here. Go ahead.”
“Commander, she’s regaining consciousness.”
Sisko headed for the lift. Maybe he could get some answers now. “On my
way.”

Bashir met him at the doorway to the Infirmary. “She’s still weak, Sir.
But she wants to talk to you.”
Sisko raised his brows. She wanted to talk? He walked to the side of
the biobed. Her color had improved. And the circles under her eyes seemed
smaller. She blinked at him, obviously still tired. “Could I ask you a few
questions, Ms. Radolfo?” He asked, keeping his voice calm.
“Of course. It’s nice to meet you, Commander Sisko.” She raised her
hand, though it took effort. Sisko took it briefly, then placed it on her
stomach. She attempted to push herself up to a sitting position, but Bashir
gently pushed her down.
“Don’t get up yet, Galina.” He took some readings with the medical
tricorder, then looked up at Sisko. “Excuse me.” He said and went off to
consult the computer. Sisko wasn’t sure if he had something to do over
there, or was just giving them privacy.
Sisko decided to be direct. “Just what were you doing out there, Ms.
Radolfo?”
“Call me Leena; everyone does.” She replied, swiftly avoiding the
question. “I have to get to the Gamma Quadrant.” She almost seemed to be
talking to herself, she spoke so softly, and her eyes shifted tiredly.
Sisko explained, “All ships go through DS9. That’s well known. It’s an
agreement we have with the beings who created the wormhole. For everyone’s
safety.” It was a slight fib on Sisko’s part. He wasn’t quite sure how well
known that fact was, though most ship captain’s were happy for a place to
rest and have their engines checked before the trip. But it was true that
certain adjustments to engine emissions had to be made so as not to disturb
the beings living in the wormhole.
“I’m sorry, ” Leena apologized, “I haven’t been thinking clearly
lately. I’ve been traveling a long time….” She trailed off, as if she
didn’t want to go into specifics.
“In your current condition, you would not have survived the trip,
Leena.”
She got a strange half grin on her face, “I guess I owe you my thanks,
Commander.” She still did not maintain eye contact with him for more than a
second or two at a time. She kept her eyes lowered, or looked around the
Infirmary. Sisko was beginning to feel like she wasn’t taking this whole
thing very seriously.
“You could have died out there. You have not been eating properly, and
you severely strained your engines getting this far. Whatever you need in
the Gamma Quadrant, I can’t allow you to leave under these conditions.
You’ve shown extreme irresponsibility for someone in your profession, and I
prefer to believe you are not responsible.” He felt like he was lecturing,
so he provided an opening, “Now, tell me why you need to get to the Gamma
Quadrant.”
Her voice was very soft. “To stop a war.” It was almost humorous.
This frail, gaunt, exhausted person stop a war? She didn’t even have the
energy to walk.
Bashir approached from the other side of the room, looking extremely
concerned. Sisko supposed he’d been talking too long; one didn’t need to be
a physician to see that this person needed rest, but Sisko still had
questions. “I’m sorry.” He said, “She’s not going anywhere.” Sisko knew
he’d been listening in, then, but it didn’t bother him. Bashir was
concerned, too, he was sure. Afterall, he knew this woman from the Medical
Academy. Sisko wasn’t sure how well Bashir knew her, but right now, it
didn’t matter. In fact, in the condition she was in, she could have been a
perfect stranger, and Bashir would have worried just as much. “Commander,”
he added, motioning Sisko to follow him, “could I speak to you?”
Galina turned her head away.
Sisko followed Bashir out into his office. Bashir closed the door.
“Okay, doctor, what’s going on?” Sisko asked.
“You can’t let her go anywhere. Those anomalous readings … she has
Devereaux’s Disease, Sir.” It was hard for Bashir to even say it. He hoped
by some long shot that Sisko knew what he was talking about. But he could
tell by the look on Sisko’s face, that he understood the word disease only.
“Devereaux’s Disease?” Sisko repeated. “What is it?”
“It’s a neurological condition characterized by gradually increasing,
but constant stimulation of nerve endings. It’s one hundred percent fatal.”

Odo looked up from his reading when his security panel beeped. Another
disturbance at Quark’s. He sighed. Always when he was in the middle of a
good article. This one explored the possibility of security force fields
that could be programmed to respond to only the prisoners DNA, thus allowing
security personnel free access without risking an escape. He turned off his
monitor reluctantly and headed for Quark’s.
He found Quark just getting up from the floor, looking very disheveled.
Rom stood nearby. He looked agitated, but then Rom always looked agitated.
Quark looked at Odo disgustedly. “You’re too late, Odo. He already left.”
“Who left?”
“I don’t know his name. Some low life from a freighter. He ran up a
huge bar tab and then wouldn’t pay it.” Quark jerked his lower jaw back and
forth and rubbed his chin. He felt around inside his mouth with his tongue,
and then, after a moment, spit one small jagged tooth into his open palm. He
growled. “Deadbeats.”
Odo, only interested in justice, even if Quark was the injured party,
asked, “Can you describe him? I can track him down. Do you want to press
charges?”
Then Quark did something Odo never thought he’d see. He waved at Odo
absent mindedly, “Nevermind.” He was still massaging his jaw, and feeling
for any other loose dental work. “Besides, he won’t be coming back. He said
if he ever saw me again he’d put my lobes in a vice.”
” ‘Lobes in a vice,’ ” Odo quoted, “Hmmmmm”. He decided to have a
little fun. Almost without thinking, he morphed himself into a large
table-top vice, just briefly, then resumed his humanoid form, pleased with
himself.
Quark was not laughing. “Very funny, Odo.” He stumbled over to his bar
and reached over it, standing on tiptoe, to get a rag, which he used to dab
around inside his mouth. “You can go back to your spying, Odo.”
“I was reading.” Odo said, slightly offended. Then he turned and left,
looking forward to getting back to that article.
As soon as the door closed behind Odo, Quark turned to Rom. “Did you
get it?”
Rom held up the small money bag. “Yes, brother.” He smiled, too.
Quark was nice to him when he did something good.
Quark hefted the bag, “Aaaah. This should cover that bar bill, and the
tooth replacement.” If Rom had failed to get the money, Quark would have
gone back to Odo after a flash of memory, changing his mind about pressing
charges. Of course Quark knew the man. He made it a point to know, in some
reliable form or other, the identity of everyone who came into his bar on an
even semi-regular basis. This particular low life, was named Gant. Harvey
Gant, from the freighter Hell Raiser. And he was large enough that if Quark
thought Gant would be on the station long enough to miss his money bag, he
never would have taken it. But Gant had been foolish enough to tell Quark
that he was shipping out that very evening.

Sisko sat at his desk, facing Bashir and Dax and Kira. He was sure he
didn’t really want to hear about this, but his job entailed many things he
didn’t really want to do.
Bashir explained, “Devereaux’s Disease was first identified about a
hundred and fifty years ago. Since then, there have been only four
documented cases; Galina would be the fifth. There are three stages to the
disease. The first has few symptoms; intermittent tingling, occasional
numbness or itching, much like most people experience from time to time.
Stage two is when the pain begins, in the extremities, and then moving in.
Painkillers help, at first, but eventually a point is reached where no known
painkiller has any effect. Stage three is neurological burn-out, followed by
death.”
“Does she know about this?” Kira asked, horrified at the description of
the disease.
“She’s known about it for over a year.” Bashir replied to Kira. “And
she’s well aware of the progression of the disease, that there is no
effective treatment and no cure. All known neurological regenerative
procedures have proven ineffective.”
“She said she was going to stop a war.” Sisko muttered to himself. It
still didn’t make sense. “Is her current condition a result of Devereaux’s?”
“No, Commander.” Bashir replied, “the malnutrition and exhaustion are
not related, but they did make my diagnosis difficult. She is currently in
stage one.”
Kira asked quietly, not meaning any offense, “Could she be delusional?”
A neurological disease could affect the brain she thought, and would explain
why she would put off eating and push herself into exhaustion as well.
Dax spoke up, “No, Kira. Not Devereaux’s. It affects only nerve
endings, and there are none in the brain.” She raised her padd and scanned
it for more information, “The four other cases Julian mentioned are virtually
the same, just the timing differs. The first patient, a Nausican, did go
insane after being in stage two for three weeks, but it was listed as a
complication since no relationship to the disease could be established. He
died two days later. Patient two was a Klingon female. She survived in
stage two for nearly three months and continued teaching pre-adolescents in
Klingon history until just days before she died. Patient three was a human
male, and four was an Andorian male. They died after ten days and seventeen
days respectively.”
A shiver went down Sisko’s spine. A disease that could drive a Nausican
insane must cause considerable pain. “How long before we can speak to her,
Doctor?”
“I don’t –” He was interrupted by the door chime. He stopped talking
and allowed Sisko to answer it.
“Come.”
Galina Radolfo entered the room, one hand on the door frame and then
lightly touching the wall as she walked in. Bashir jumped up and went to her
side to steady her. “You should be in the infirmary.” He told her sternly.
Galina looked Julian in the eye. “I’m a doctor, too, Julian. This is
more important.” Julian gave her his seat and stood near her. “Commander
Sisko, it’s imperative that I get to the Gamma Quadrant as soon as possible.”
“I’ll need more information to go on.” Perhaps he could placate her by
hearing her story.
Bashir objected, “Ths is ridiculous. You’re ill.”
“I’m dying, Julian.” She scanned the room of people. They had to be
Julian’s friends. He obviously trusted them. But would they believe her
story? She had no choice. It was these people who would send her to the
Gamma Quadrant. “I was on Bithia when it started. About two years ago.”
Her eyes clouded over briefly, then she continued, “At first it was dreams,
or at least I dismissed them as dreams. Then it happened while I was awake.”
“What happened?” Kira wanted the short version.
Galina knew that if she condensed too much, it would be too much to
absorb all at once and she couldn’t risk it. But she answered, “Voices. Not
clear voices, actually. Just …. ” she hunted for words, “gut feelings.
Have you ever felt like something was going to happen but you didn’t know
what or when?” After some nods of understanding, she continued, “It was like
that at first. It was frustrating, because I didn’t understand, but over
time, it got stronger. Clearer. ‘Help’.” She stopped again, remembering
when she first understood that it was a call for help.
“Telepathy?” Bashir asked, “From the Gamma Quandrant?”
Galina nodded, “Yes, of a sort. Of course, I didn’t understand where it
was coming from then, or why they needed help. But I knew someone somewhere
needed help and I had to find out. I started to … meditate, try to open
myself for more. Sometimes it would be days in between, but more would come.
After about six months, when I took a routine physical, I found the
Devereaux’s.” She took a deep breath. “I suspect the two are somehow
related, but I can’t explain it. Anyway, after another four months I
understood enough. Whoever they are, they are fighting amongst themselves,
and they need — no, they want a third party to intervene. I’m not a
diplomat, but no one believed me when I tried to explain it to the
authorities. It was about then that the colony learned about the
Devereaux’s, and I believe they blame the disease for what I was
experiencing.”
“Do you sense them now?” Sisko asked.
Galina shook her head, “Not since about a week ago. I’ve been so weak.”
She put a hand over Julian’s on her shoulder, “I’m afraid I’ve been a little
foolish, Julian. There was such an urgency, everything else was put aside in
my efforts to get there. I’ll stay here and rest. But when they contact me,
I have to go. Please let me go. What’s the status of my ship?”
“It’s in Shuttlebay One. Our engineer is still working on it, but it
should be ready in another day or two.” He leaned a little over the desk at
her, “I’m afraid I can’t allow you to continue alone under these
circumstances.”
Galina was expecting this, “Commander, given my condition, I had planned
on a one-way trip –”
“I’m going with you.” Bashir said as if there were no question.
“You didn’t let me finish. I had planned on a one-way trip, but now
I’ve realized something. The contacts were weak on Bithia; the ones on the
shuttle felt stronger. I think it’s because of the distance I covered. If
I’m right, going through the wormhole will cause a sudden decrease in
proximity. I expect it will be quite a shock when I exit the other side,
assuming I’m in contact at the time, or it will be when they contact me
there. I’d *like* Julian to accompany me to ensure that I survive the
passage. I feel this is too important to come this far and fail because of
my own stupidity, the recent past notwithstanding.” She felt relieved that
at last someone was believing her. They were even going to help her. If she
could just accomplish this one thing, she could die satisfied. Her
accomplishments up to now had been enough, but then this had started and she
didn’t want to leave knowing she was the only one who could or would help
them. Perhaps, as she believed in things having a purpose, this was why she
had developed Devereaux’s in the first place.
“We contacted Taryn Vish while you were unconscious. He asked us to
keep him informed. What should we tell him?” Sisko would not have felt
comfortable telling Vish everything at this point, without her permission.
Galina thought about it for a few moments. She was sure Vish was very
worried about her disappearance. She was sorry to have left like that, but
time was running short. She knew it in her bones. And Vish had been about
to confine her, she was sure of it. He also knew that she was dying. But
she had many friends at the colony. Some she had confided in, others she
just couldn’t trust with something like this. “Tell him–” she started, then
paused, “Tell him, I’ve got the best doctor in the galaxy taking care of me.
That I love them all dearly, but I won’t be coming back to the colony.”
“Very well, Ms. Radolfo. Let us know when they contact you.”

“Do I have to stay here?” Galina complained from the biobed, “In the
infirmary?”
Bashir hadn’t even considered letting her stay anywhere else. “I think
it’s best. Who knows when you’ll start your next stage?”
“But I’m a doctor, too. My medical bag is on the shuttle, stocked with
the full array of painkillers. If I go get it, could I have guest quarters?”
She looked hopeful at him, like a small child pleading for a cookie. To
enhance the illusion, she added, “Please?” Not that the biobed wasn’t
comfortable, but she’d been in it for most of two days and she was tired of
the view, and the lack of privacy. While she lay there, other patients would
come and go, and they would look at her. They knew she was new on the
station. Rumors were probably already running rampant. It made her feel
like an exhibition, though none of them could have ever guessed the real
truth about her presence there, or her condition.
Bashir considered her request. He knew that many patients who were not
actually feeling ill objected to staying in the infirmary. Most of the time,
he put his foot down about it. If a patient needed monitoring, he needed
monitoring. That was it. He’d never really had a patient who could monitor
herself, though. She had a point. The only reason she was in the infirmary
was because he was worried about her. Despite the ill effects of her trip,
most of which had completely disappeared, there really was no reason to
confine her here indefinitely. He relented. “All right. I’ll request guest
quarters for you.” He shook a finger at her, “but you rest and eat
regularly!”
Galina smiled, knowing she had won. “Aye Aye, Sir.”
Bashir went off to make the request. He returned a few minutes later,
having finagled the guest quarters nearest the infirmary from a visiting
Bajoran vedek. He decided to accompany her to her shuttle, then to her
quarters. Knowing she really didn’t want help, he stood by as she got out of
the biobed. “Thank you, Julian,” she said as she touched his arm briefly.
“You don’t know what this means to me.” Together, they walked slowly down
the corridor to the turbolift that would take them to the shuttlebay. “I’ve
really been anxious to see my ship, too.” She told him, “After three and a
half weeks in it, it’ll be like going home. And if there is anyone there,
I’d like to ask about the repairs.”
“Of course. If no one is there working on it, I can have a report sent
to you at your quarters, if you like.”
“I’d appreciate that. Thank you.” They got in the lift.
At the same time, Quark came down the other end of the corridor and
entered the infirmary. He held his tooth in his closed fist. “Doctor?”
When there was no answer, he said, “Computer, where is Doctor Bashir?”
“Doctor Bashir is on turbolift six.”
“And where is turbolift six going?” Honestly, thought Quark, you’d think
they’d program these things with a little intelligence. If you’re asking a
person’s whereabouts, and they’re in a moving vehicle, it’s common sense to
include the destination of the vehicle.
“The destination of turbolift six is Shuttlebay One.”
Now, why would the doctor be going to a shuttlebay? Something strange
was going on, and Quark didn’t know about it. That always got his lobes
tingling. A mystery is often an unseen opportunity. Rule of Acquisition
#156. He decided to wait for the doctor to return.

Bashir left Galina at her quarters, one deck up from the infirmary, and
took lift 5 back down. He was surprised to see Quark waiting for him.
“What can I do for you?”
Quark opened his hand and showed him the tooth, then opened his mouth
and, with his free hand, pointed to it’s original spot. His mind was already
racing with ideas on how to steer Bashir’s idle chatter to something of
particular interest.
“I see,” Bashir told him, as he gathered the tools he would need. This
was not the first time Quark had needed a tooth replaced, and he didn’t even
have to ask how it had come out, but he did anyway, “How did it happen?
Another bar fight?”
“Unpaid bar tab.” Quark replied. They’d had this conversation before.
He wanted a new one. “So, where did you disappear to, anyway?”
Bashir looked up from preparing the tooth in his hand, “I had an
errand.” He knew better than to tell Quark anything. You might has well
post it in the daily newsnet.
“You might have left a message. I had no idea how long I’d be waiting.”
He pretended to be very upset about it. Ferengi were good at pretending to
be upset. Quark was reasonably sure that acting and acquisition had more
than just the first two letters in common. In fact, it was probably another
Rule of Acquisition, but he didn’t want to distract himself by trying to come
up with the number.
“I knew I wouldn’t be gone long. You could have called earlier and told
me you were coming.” Bashir held up the tooth, “The roots were nearly dead.
It must have been knocked out an hour ago.”
“Yeah, well, so was I.” Quark lied.
“You were unconscious? Do you have a headache? Dizziness? Double
vision?” Why couldn’t people tell Bashir the important stuff first?
“I’m fine, hew-man. Just put the tooth back.” Quark could tell he
wasn’t going to get any information out of the doctor. Next stop:
Shuttlebay One, he thought, as he opened wide.

Galina didn’t stay in her quarters for long. She was restless and
anxious. Why hadn’t they contacted her yet? And, remembering what Bashir
had said, when would stage two begin? She’d had over a year to deal with
this thing, but it was hard to prepare for something when you didn’t know
what was going to happen. It wasn’t that she was afraid of death. What
bothered her was knowing that it was coming soon, but there was no timetable
to go by. It was like trying to get a moon shuttle by waiting at the wrong
port. Because diagnosis was so difficult, the full length of stage one was
unknown. There just weren’t enough symptoms, and the disease was too rare.
She’s diagnosed herself eighteen months ago, almost nineteen months. And
even though she hadn’t been in contact with them for about a week, the
urgency remained in the pit of her stomach. She couldn’t rest, so Bashir
would have to be satisfied with half his Rx. “Computer, where is Dax?” She
hoped that would be enough to get an answer. She wasn’t sure of the woman’s
rank or first name.
“Jadzia Dax is at Quark’s Bar.”
Galina got into the lift at the end of the corridor. “Promenade.” She
said.
Quark’s, like most bars, was buzzing. The lighting was dim, making it
hard to spot anyone. Then she heard that voice again, “Tongo!” she was
shouting. She followed the sound and found Dax at a card table with several
ferengi. The ferengi were grumbling unhappily, as Dax triumphantly scooped
latinum out of the bin at the top of the Tongo machine. She noticed Galina,
and quickly put her winnings away. “Sorry guys. I have company.”
Dax rounded the Tongo table, and guided Galina to a quiet corner to sit
down. “Ms. Radolfo, what can I do for you?”
“Leena, please.” God, she hated formality. All it did was build walls
between people. She had never even let her patients call her ‘Doctor’.
“All right. Leena.” She hesitated, seeing that Leena felt awkward
about something, she guessed the reason for the visit, “If you want to ask me
about Julian, we’re just friends.”
“What?” Galina was caught off guard, “Oh, nothing like that.” Though
the thought had crossed her mind, she’d had no idea that anyone would think
Dax and Julian were a couple. In any case, she knew she wouldn’t be having
that kind of relationship with Julian ever, so there really was no point in
thinking about it.
Rom interrupted them, “Can I get you ladies something?”
The two woman looked at each other a second, exchanging an ‘I will if
you will’ glance. Dax spoke first, “Roc de Jino.”
Galina looked at Dax, wanting to see her reaction, “Vareelian Thola
Juice.”
Dax raised an eyebrow. The drink sounded mild, but she knew it wasn’t.
Three or four Long Island Ice Teas contained less alcohol. And Vareelian
alcohol was more potent. “Are you sure that’s wise?”
“Mother’s milk.” Galina teased, and waved Rom off to get the drinks.
“But just one.”
“Now, you were saying…?” Dax prompted her. If it wasn’t about
Julian, what could it be?
The smile went off her face, and she searched for the words, “I hear
you’re a trill.”
“That’s right.”
“And this isn’t your first host …”
“That’s right, too.”
“Then, you’ve died before?”
Aha! Thought Dax. The death thing. She apparently wasn’t as
comfortable with the illness as she let on. Unfortunately, she didn’t think
she could help her on this one, “Not really. The symbiont is transplanted
before death actually occurs, normally. Though there have been exceptions,
none of them were any of my hosts.” Dax could see the disappointment in
Leena’s eyes, though she tried not to show it.
“I see.” Another possibility entered her mind, “But you must have had a
… close call, at least. What do you remember about … the transitions?”
The drinks arrived, but Rom hung around until both women said their
thank yous, and obviously were refusing to talk until he left. When he was
out of earshot, Dax replied, “I wasn’t afraid. But that goes with being a
trill. You know your memories will live on in another host.” She reached
across the table and put one hand on Galina’s, “I’m sorry I can’t give you
anything better.”
Galina took a sip of her thola juice and felt it burn a path to her
stomach. She felt embarrassed that she’d even asked. She knew she would
regret this later; her stomach was still empty. Maybe Julian would meet her
at the replimat. She looked up at Dax. What must it be like to have that
inside you? What about the others? What was it like to be inside someone
else?
“Is there anything else I can do for you?” Dax asked her, withdrawing
her hand and using it to take a drink.
“No.” Then she reconsidered, “Yes, there is.”
She and Dax sat there, nursed their drinks, and talked for a long time.

Quark arrived at Shuttlebay One half an hour later. O’Brien was working
on a shuttle in the middle of the bay, so Quark walked over. O’Brien did not
look pleased to see him. “What are you doing here, Quark?”
“I’m looking for Dr. Bashir. The computer told me he was here.” It was
half true, anyway.
“Well, he’s not.” O’Brien waved his arms to indicate the rest of the
bay.
“But he was here, wasn’t he?”
“Yes.” O’Brien walked to the other side of the shuttle and removed an
exterior panel. He took some kind of directed energy tool and started to
poke around inside. “He’s probably back at the infirmary now. If you hurry,
you might be able to catch him.” His voice carried that hint, hint quality
that should have told Quark to leave him alone.
“Was he alone?” Quark asked, knowing full well that O’Brien wanted him
to leave. He took the opportunity to get a look at the shuttle. He made a
mental note of the markings. He should have no trouble tracking it’s origin;
probably just have to break through three or four levels of security codes.
“Quark,” O’Brien stopped working and came toward him with the tool,
which looked dangerous even when it was off. “I have a lot of work to do.
And your replicators are sinking to the bottom of my list as we speak.”
“My replicators are working just fine, at the moment.” Quark answered,
knowing that that wasn’t the usual state of things. It was hard to run a bar
with unreliable replicators however, and O’Brien usually made good on his
threats of neglecting them. He decided to push his luck, “Nice shuttle.
Who’s is it?”
“Do I have to call security? You’re not even supposed to be in here.”
O’Brien, like most of the command personnel on DS9, knew enough about Quark.
He wasn’t a mean person, but he was a Ferengi. Ferengi had entirely
different priorities from any other species, so some of the things they did
seemed rude or uncaringly cold. It was hard to keep that in mind, when
Quark was on to something and he thought you had information. Maybe Keiko
could start adult education classes, too, thought O’Brien of his oriental
teacher wife. Dealing with Ferengi 101. He poised his hand over his
communicator. He wasn’t bluffing. Odo would be happy to come and escort him
out of here.
Quark, frustrated, growled and turned to go. O’Brien was right. He’d
bypassed a security checkpoint just to get in, and if Odo found out he’d get
put in the brig for sure. He didn’t need to be locked up right now. “Thank
you for your time.” He mumbled over his shoulder.
O’Brien watched him leave. As the door closed behind him, he touched
the communicator anyway. “O’Brien to Odo.”
“Odo here. What’s up, Chief O’Brien?”
“Quark was just here.”
“Passed a checkpoint?” You could almost hear the shapshifter smile,
“I’ll pick him up immediately.”
“No, I don’t think that’s necessary.” O’Brien really didn’t want to get
him into serious trouble. “I just thought he must be up to something, and
you could keep a closer eye on him.”
There was a brief silence. “Yes. I’ll do that.”

CHAPTER 2

Sisko looked out his window from his quarters. He liked this part of
the day. Things quieted down, he had some peace and quiet. Time with Jake,
he thought as he heard his son come out of the bathroom, padding barefoot in
his pajamas. “Tough day, Dad?”
“No. Not really. More than average, though.” Sometimes he was sorry
that he couldn’t share more details with Jake. Even if it were allowed, he
didn’t think he’d discuss this one, anyway. He sighed. Besides, this was
the time of day to let it all go, just for awhile. He put on a smile, “How
about a game of tri-D Chess? We haven’t played in a long time.” As soon as
he said it he could tell Jake wasn’t interested.
Jake wrinkled his nose, “Naw. I think I’ll read awhile and turn in.”
He paused, then added, “You sure you’re okay?”
“Fine, why?”
“I don’t know. You look …. worried about something.” He hated when
his Dad was like this. There was something going on on the station and he
couldn’t or wouldn’t talk about it. So he was just a kid, but he thought he
could be trusted. Should he ask? Should he tell him that he could be
discreet, and was there for him? His Dad was looking out the window again.
He probably thought Jake had gone to bed and didn’t even notice he was still
standing there.
Then, he heard him. “Jake?” His Dad was still facing the window.
“Here, Dad.” Well, he sort of said it.
“I love you, you know.” This thing with Ms. Radolfo and her Devereaux’s
Disease bothered him. How many other unknown diseases were out there? There
were so many ways to die, did we really need one more? He wondered about his
own mortality, and that of his friends. And Jake. We never know how or
when. What must it be like to know? How could she be so calm? But then,
she wasn’t calm, was she? She only appeared calm. That was part of the
problem. She’d been running on fumes by the time they found her. Was there
really something going on in the Gamma Quadrant, or was she just trying to
run away from everything? No. She didn’t seem the type to just be running.
He just wanted to understand. Sometimes, he wanted all the answers without
asking the questions. He just wanted — his thought was interrupted by an
arm around his middle. Jake’s arm. Another arm came around the other side
as Sisko turned within them to face his son. Jake tucked his head under his
father’s chin, and squeezed. Sisko squeezed back, and kissed the top of his
son’s head. “Thanks, Jake. I needed that.”
“Good night, Dad.”
” ‘night.” Jake let go, and went to his room. Sisko watched until he
was out of sight.
Moments later, the door chime sounded. “Come.” Sisko said.
Doctor Bashir entered. Sisko waved him to a seat, which he refused.
“What can I do for you, Doctor?”
“Don’t let her go.”
So. He wasn’t the only one having difficulty. “I’d need a reason.” He
really hoped Julian could give him one, too. But he’d been over it in his
head a thousand times. She had every right to go to the Gamma Quadrant if
she wanted to.
“She’s dying!” Julian insisted. But he knew that wasn’t a good reason.
Not according to the books.
“She’s well aware of that.” Sisko explained, “She feels she has a
mission to perform. There’s no reason not to believe her story. I have to
let her go.”
Bashir finally sat down, and Sisko followed suit. “I guess, ” Julian
said tiredly, “it’s just … I can’t let her go.”
Sisko leaned forward, “Doctor, you have a history with her. It’s got to
be more difficult to accept the facts. But they are the facts. There is
nothing that can be done for her. Until she asks for medical help, or needs
emergency medical care, there is nothing *you* can do, except be there. If
there’s a problem, I’m sure Dax or Kira would be happy to accompany her to
the Gamma Quadrant.” Sisko knew, of course, that there was no way Leena was
going without Julian, but if he let Julian think that she might be ….
“No.” Bashir said without hesitation, just as Sisko knew he would. He
rose confidently, “I’ll go. Sorry to have bothered you.”
“Anytime, Doctor.” Bashir left. But Sisko wasn’t happy. He’d seen out
of the corner of his eye, that Jake was watching. He probably could not have
heard the conversation, but he’d observed the entire exchange from just his
side of the doorway.
Knowing he’d been spotted, Jake emerged sheepishly, but remained
standing near the doorway. “Dad, why was the doctor here? Are you all
right?”
“I told you I’m fine, Jake.” Sisko said from his chair. “Just station
business. Go back to bed.”
He knew it was hard on Jake. Always out of the loop, with the most
important person in his life right in the middle of it. Sisko pushed himself
out of the chair and went to the replicator. God, he needed a drink.

The bar was finally closed, Quark had counted and logged the day’s
receipts, Rom and Nog had finished their cleaning, and Quark was alone. He
stood behind the counter and opened the panel that revealed his unauthorized
computer access. All he needed were a few isolinear chips. He brought out
his bag of chips and sorted through them until he found the three he needed.
He took each chip and carefully slipped it into the one of the slots that
would override the security codes. “Computer, I need to track the origin of
a ship.”
“Please state type of ship and registry markings.”
Quark supplied the information and the computer bleeped, “Working.”
He waited impatiently. It seemed to take forever. Then, “Shuttlecraft
Pioneer is registered to the freighter Hell Raiser, private ownership by Mr.
Harvey Gant.”
Quark’s heart nearly stopped.
How could that be? If Hell Raiser had a shuttle, it would be in it’s
own bay, not here. Unless they needed help with the repairs, he admitted.
Which did happen now and then. But why had O’Brien been so secretive if it
was just the usual shuttle repairs? And what did it have to do with Doctor
Bashir? Something didn’t sound right about this. But the computer’s words
still echoed in Quark’s large ears: private ownership by Mr. Harvey Gant.
Impossible, he thought. Gant said he was leaving this very night, but
that ship had not been ready to go. Besides, he felt reasonably sure that if
Gant owned his own ship, he would have been flaunting it all over the bar.
He certainly seemed that type. He’d been flaunting that money bag of his,
which was why Quark had known where on his person to send Rom while they
struggled. And that money bag would have been much bigger. It was a
sizable shuttle and must be very expensive. Quark asked the computer to
verify the given information, which it did seconds later. Then it *was*
possible that Gant was still here. “Computer, location of freighter Hell
Raiser.”
“Hell Raiser is not docked at DS9.” Would Gant have stayed behind, to
catch up later in the shuttle? After he had flattened Quark, of course.
“Location of Harvey Gant.” Quark mentally crossed his fingers.
“Harvey Gant is not on board the station.”
Safe. For the moment. But if his ship was here, he would be coming
back. He may have made a side trip on a Bajoran transport while his ship was
being repaired. Gant must have noticed his missing money bag. Panic began
to set in. Quark uttered a Ferengi swear word and pulled out the isolinear
chips. Hastily, he put them back in his bag and stuffed it into its hiding
place. He hurried to his quarters, and began throwing things into a
suitcase. Time for a little vacation.
Rom came in from his adjoining quarters to see what all the noise was.
Quark usually creeped in quietly after closing the bar, not dashing around
uttering ferengi curses under his breath. “‘Brother, what’s wrong?” He was
worried that perhaps he hadn’t cleaned properly, or that Quark was angry with
him for some other reason. Quark didn’t notice him right away, until Rom
kept repeating his question. “What is it? Is something wrong, Brother?”
Finally, rather loudly for Rom, he yelled, “Quark!”
Quark stopped in his tracks, pieces of clothing dripping from his arms.
Rom wasn’t supposed to call him by name, he knew that. But Quark wasn’t
concerned about the impropriety at the moment. “Rom, you’ll have to run the
bar for a few days. I’ve got to leave.”
“Leave? Brother, why?”
“My life is in danger. Gant is coming back.” He resumed stuffing
clothes and belongings into containers.
“How do you know? He said he was leaving, Brother.”
“He didn’t lie. He left, but he’s coming back. O’Brien is fixing his
shuttle. He’ll catch up to the Hell Raiser later.” He really didn’t want to
waste time explaining things. “Just run the bar until I get back, and if the
receipts aren’t what I think they should be, it’ll come out of your pay for
the next nine years. Now leave me alone; I have to pack.” He brushed passed
Rom to open another drawer.
Rom stood with his mouth open, then realized he would have control of
the bar, if even for a short time. “I run the bar?” He asked no one in
particular. “Okay.” And he happily returned to his quarters.

Galina Radolfo couldn’t sleep. She lay on her bed, in the dark, tired,
but not sleepy. Back on Bithia, she’d gone for days without any sleep, and
for over a week with very little. She didn’t understand why she hadn’t heard
from them yet. She was more or less recovered from her little indiscretion,
but still nothing. She took a deep breath and tried to meditate. Maybe the
tension was setting up some kind of block. But she couldn’t concentrate.
She suddenly realized her hands and feet were numb, again, so she sat up in
bed.
She shook her hands to stimulate circulation, then looked at them as
they tingled. It wasn’t really a circulation problem, of course. The nerve
endings were changing. Flexing the joints, she stretched her fingers, then
closed them into fists. Then she did it again, watching the movement to make
sure it reached completion. The pins and needles didn’t even bother her much
anymore; she was getting used to it. Usually just at night, and every
morning without fail, her hands and feet would do this. Just a reminder from
the Devereaux’s, she thought. Don’t worry, she told her body, I haven’t
forgotten about you.
When her hands came back to almost normal, she pulled her knees up so
she could massage her feet. She flexed those also, through the full range of
ankle movement. It was practically a regular exercise, morning and night,
this routine. She pulled the blanket aside so she could see her feet, though
dimly. She wiggled her toes. She’d spent a lot of time in the last few
months staring at her hands and feet. Lately, she’d been wishing she’d
gotten married, and had someone to rub for her. But then, she didn’t think
she’d be so sang-froid about this whole situation. If she’d been married, or
had children, or any of those emotional attachments most people accumulated
by this time in their lives, it would be very different. So she rubbed her
own feet.
Galina was startled to hear her door chime sound. “Who is it?” She
asked.
“Julian.”
“Come.”
The door slid open, and Julian stepped inside, hesitating at the
darkness. “Lights, 30 percent.” Galina said quietly. The light slowly rose
to a level that allowed him to see without blinding her at the same time.
“Couldn’t sleep?”
“No. You?”
She pointed to her feet and shook her hands again. “They’re numb
again.”
Julian immediately came to the bed and started rubbing her feet. “Does
this help?”
“Hmmmmmmm.” She couldn’t believe how good it felt. He rubbed, flexing
the ankle and the arch, even running his hands up her lower legs a little.
It felt way too good, and she knew why. She swallowed, determine to take
this at face value and nothing more. “Thank you, Julian.” She touched one
of his hands and stopped it at her knee.
Galina looked into Julian’s eyes, and was surprised to find him looking
back. Their gaze held for what she wished could be forever. She found she
was holding her breath. Then he broke the gaze and continued rubbing. She
straightened out her legs and lay down again flat, letting his hands go where
they would. “Hands, too?” He whispered.
All she could do was nod, as he took both hands in his and rubbed with
his thumbs. “I wish I could do more for you. Are you in any pain?”
“No. Not at all.” She replied sleepily. She felt there was no
resistance in her. She was weak again, unable to object. He continued to
massage, going from hands to legs and feet and back again, for a long time.
She was sound asleep when he left about an hour later. He went back to his
own quarters, had a small drink, and sat in a chair, staring out his window.
At least one of them would get some sleep.

Galina entered the replimat at 0800 the next morning, refreshed after
the first good natural sleep she’d had in a long time, and looked for Bashir.
He had said he would meet her for breakfast, if for no other reason than to
make sure she ate. She finally saw him, waiting for her by the bank of
replicators. She walked over. “Good Morning, Julian!” She hadn’t realized
before how great it was to see him again. She had always enjoyed his
company.
“Galina, you’re looking better.” Julian said with a hint of a smile.
“I’ll never forgive you for graduating above me.”
Galina’s grin widened. “Pre-ganglionic fiber.” She said. “Now, what
would you like. The usual?”
Bashir held her gaze while he spoke to the replicator, “Cryellian
waffles, black coffee …. and 2 large, uncut strawberries.” His meal
appeared seconds later, and Bashir removed the tray from the alcove.
“That’s pretty adventurous. I’ve heard about Cryellian waffles. Did
you know that they’re neither Cryellian nor waffles?” She’d heard this
little tidbit from one of her patients on Bithia. “They’re actually pancakes
from Grena IV.”
“Really?” Julian actually seemed interested in the small talk. “What
are you going to eat? No dietary restrictions, you know. Most women love
that.” He waved toward the replicator.
Galina lowered her eyes. She really didn’t have much of an appetite,
and wasn’t feeling very adventurous, either. “Terran bacon omelette, white
toast, coffee with cream.” She took her tray and followed Julian to a table,
where they sat facing each other.
They both began to eat, but there was an awkward silence. Galina knew
that Julian was probably calculating the caloric intake in each spoonful she
put in her mouth. He was watching her eat. Something had to be said, so
Galina paused to swallow, then, “I’ve missed you, Julian. You always made me
laugh at the Academy. And you challenged me, too. If you hadn’t been there,
I wouldn’t have done as well. I know it.”
“That’s not true.” Julian sipped his coffee. “You challenged me. And
you won.” He was proud of her. He’d never really been bitter about it,
though he occasionally sounded so.
“Funny, I don’t feel victorious.” Galina stopped eating. There was so
much on her mind. Part of her wasn’t even here. “I wish they’d contact me.”
She said mainly to herself, “It’s been too long. Maybe I’m too late.”
“You’re still recovering. Give it time.” Julian cut a large piece of
the waffle/pancake and put it in his mouth, chewing quickly, as if showing
Galina how to eat. “I’ve been meaning to ask you ….”
“Yes?”
He hesitated, “Would you like a strawberry?” He held one out to her.
“You’ve been meaning to ask me if I’d like a strawberry?” She asked
skeptically. But she took the strawberry, and bit into it. Some of the
juice came down her chin and she picked up her napkin to wipe it. Julian
picked up his strawberry, pulled off the greenery, and plopped the whole
thing in his mouth. It was a large strawberry, and the sudden sweetness
caused him to make a face. Galina laughed, and Julian smiled, trying hard to
chew and swallow without letting anything disgusting peek out of his mouth.
He finally gulped it down, and Galina laughed again. “Oh, Julian. Do you
always eat like that?”
He sipped his coffee to wash down the last of the strawberry, “No, of
course not. I only eat strawberries like that.”
After a minute, her smile faded. “What were you *really* going to ask
me?” If he expected her to forget about that, he’d better change his
expectations.
“Okay.” He said, his smile also fading. “How can you take everything
so …. casually?” She seemed worried, but still calm. Julian would be
jumping out of his skin, pacing the hallways; he wouldn’t be able to sit
still.
Galina tilted her head, “You mean the aliens or the Devereaux’s”
“Both. You seem to accept it so easily.”
“You forget. I’ve been dealing with it for nearly two years now.” She
blew on her coffee and took a sip. “I know it must be hard for you, Julian.
It’s only been days.” She lowered her eyes, “I wish I could make it easier.”
This was the opening he’d been waiting for. “You can. Don’t go on this
mission.”
That made her raise her eyes. In fact they became daggers. “Stay here?
I suppose you think if the two of us worked together we could find a
miraculous cure before it’s too late. Well that only happens in holonovels,
Julian. This is real life. What do you think I’ve been doing for the past
two years, anyway? Don’t you think I’ve tried every possibility? My
specialty was research, damn it. There’s nothing. Nothing!”
“But maybe –”
“No more maybes, Julian. I don’t want to die, but I’ve come to terms
with the fact that I’m going to. I only have one more thing to do.”
“Stop a war.” Julian supplied, “It seems so …. immaterial.”
Galina stared at him for a moment, disbelieving. “You wouldn’t say
that if you knew what I felt. Still feel, in a way. They’re desperate,
Julian. They don’t want to fight.”
“Why don’t they send someone? Communicate through normal channels?
Why did they choose you?”
The old why me gambit, but in reverse. He didn’t understand. She put
down her utensils and searched for the words to explain it better. It was
difficult. He had no frame of reference. “They didn’t choose me, Julian.
As far as I know, they don’t even know I exist.” She thought of an analogy.
“It’s like they’re sending out an SOS, and I received it, but I can’t
acknowledge it. They don’t know they got through to anyone. They don’t even
know I’m coming. They just need someone, and I happened to hear them.” She
paused, remembering the contacts, and how they had chilled her. “They’re so
afraid for themselves, Julian. If you’d felt it, you’d understand. They’re
hurting each other, and they don’t want to.”
“What are they fighting about? Who are they?”
Galina was a little upset now. She was so tired of being
misunderstood, or not understood at all. She knew how hard it was to believe
what she was saying, how little information she really had. “I don’t know!
And I don’t care! They need help; that’s all *I* need to know.”
“People are fighting all over the galaxy. We can’t just barge in on
every squabble. Stay here. Let me take care of you.”
Galina rose so quickly her chair fell over. “I don’t need to be taken
care of! Julian, of all people, I thought you’d understand. This is
serious. I can hear them! For awhile it was all the time! I can’t *not* do
this!” Julian started to rise, too, as she spouted off. She shouldn’t get so
agitated. He was trying to understand. “They’re on the brink of a civil
war, and if I can do something to stop –” She gasped, as if in sudden pain,
and her hands flew to her head. She sunk to her knees.
“Leena!” Julian shouted, going to her side. Remembering her words, he
stood by, just being there if she wanted to reach out. Then he couldn’t
remain idle for more than a second and bent down, one hand on her shoulder.
She had squeezed her eyes shut tight; all of her muscles were tightened,
and her breath was coming hard. Slowly, the spasm eased, and her muscles
relaxed. She opened her eyes, though they were distant, but remained on her
knees. “Leena?” Julian asked softly.
She swallowed and licked dry lips. “Two of them just killed each
other

Kira stepped into Sisko office. “Sir? Quark’s out here. He insists on
seeing you.” She almost wanted to apologize. A visit from Quark was about
par with …. oh …. Kai Winn having an errand for you. Still, if she had
to choose, the Kai would appreciate her help. But it was Sisko he wanted
today.
She was surprised to see him smile, and say “Send him in.” She raised
her eyebrow, but when she turned to face Ops to wave Quark in she was all
business. She returned to her station. Sisko would probably tell her all
about it, later.
Quark approached Sisko’s desk in grovel mode. “Commander, I need to ask
you a small favor.” He demonstrated the size of the favor with his fingers.
“I need to borrow a shuttle.”
“To go where?”
Quark hadn’t even thought about this. Caught off guard, he stumbled
over the words, “Uh, anywhere. Maybe Bajor.” Panic had been working for
almost eight hours now, and he had trouble resisting the Ferengi urge to
crumble. “I’m taking a sabbatical.” He decided to call it.
“A sabbatical? You?” Sisko knew why Quark had to leave, of course.
Odo had shared the whole scheme with him. He’d had to have Sisko’s
permission to pull off changing the registry, even though it was just a
temporary change. After a week, the files would revert automatically. Now,
it was his turn. “I’m sorry, Quark,” he said, trying to sound sorry, “as
much as I like to encourage religious awareness, I don’t have a shuttle to
give you. They’re all spoken for at the moment.” That much was true.
Except for Leena’s, the bay was empty.
“By whom? I’ll pay them to change their flight plan. I really have to
get off the station, Commander.” He stepped closer to Sisko’s desk as if
this action would help his plea. “It doesn’t have to even be a good shuttle.
Anything the least bit space worthy is just fine. I’m not choosy.”
“Of course you’re not choosy.” The hardest part of this had been making
sure Quark’s attempts to arrange private transport had failed. That had
taken calling in a few favors, and owing a few, too. Thankfully, Odo knew
pretty much all of Quark’s connections, and was able to gain their
cooperation with a little Security Office bribery. Most of which were
carefully worded so as to allow Odo wide jurisdiction in the event anyone
tried to make good on the deals. Sisko continued, “You’re life is at stake.”
“How did you know that?” Quark spouted quickly. Then, “It doesn’t
matter. What can you do about it? You can’t let him kill me!” That was
what Quark really liked about the Federation. No matter what he did, Sisko
pretty much had to protect him. He should have remembered this and come to
Sisko directly.
“I don’t know that I can do anything, Quark.” Sisko said, enjoying how
Quark was squirming in front of his desk. “*He* didn’t do anything wrong.
Yet. And we really can’t arrest him until he does. He has every right to
enter any non-secured area of the station, just like any other guest.”
Quark walked right in to the net. “You can arrest me.”
“What?” As if this thought had never occurred to him. “Quark don’t be
ridiculous. As much as Odo would like to put you in the brig, you know he
won’t without good reason.”
“Protective custody. What about that?” Quark thought this was not only
his idea, but very original.
“It would be fine, if there’s been an attempt on your life.”
“There was! He beat me up before he left the station. Knocked out a
tooth!”
“Did you report this?” Quark was making this too easy.
“Yes, I did. Odo came and —”
“And did he offer to come to your aid?”
“Yes, but –”
“And what did you ask him to do?”
“I … dropped the charges.” Quark admitted. There had to be a way to
get in the brig, he was thinking.
“I see.” Sisko was calm. On purpose. “Then I’m afraid I can’t hold
you in the brig.”
Quark couldn’t stand it anymore. “Yes, you can. I broke a law.”
Sisko feigned surprise. “Which law? Running in the promenade?”
“No, no, no.” He lowered his voice out of habit, “I stole a money
bag.”
“Aaahhhh.” Sisko pretended to be pleased about this, “Do you have any
evidence to convict you?”
“Evidence?” Quark’s voice squeaked and he cleared his throat. They
were going to make him do it, weren’t they. Somewhat reluctantly, he
produced the money bag from his interior pocket. “You mean this?” The cloth
bag was embroidered with the initials H.G.
Sisko picked it up, examining it, and looked inside at the contents.
He wouldn’t have put it passed Quark to give him a bag full of stones. But
the credits were in there. “Yes, I suppose this will do. I’ll have to
discuss this with Odo, of course.”
“I’ll report to Security immediately, Commander. When you see Mr.
Gant, give him the money bag with my apologies, and please contact Odo and
tell him I’m on my way.” Not giving Sisko the chance to say another word,
Quark hurried out of the office, pausing at the doorway only to look both
ways, presumably for Mr. Gant.
Sisko knew Kira was going to love this, and called her in. “What was
that all about?” She asked as she entered, one arm out to indicate Quark’s
rapidly disappearing form. Sisko waited for the door to close, then slowly
explained.
A few minutes later, Kira returned to her station with an unbearable
grin on her face. She snickered uncontrollably as she sent the communique to
the Hell Raiser, that the money bag had been recovered, and would be on their
next mail shuttle. She was about to let go and laugh out loud, but the
appearance of Galina and Dr. Bashir in Ops forced her to swallow and compose
herself. She touched her communicator, carefully controlling her voice.
“Commander, Doctor Bashir and Ms. Radolfo are here to see you.”
“Thank you, Kira. Send them in.”
She motioned them to go up the stairs. But even after they had gone
in, the hysteria was over. Seeing Ms. Radolfo abruptly stopped any feeling
of gaity. She would enjoy Quark’s situation later.

Sisko held the chair for Galina, before returning to his seat behind his
desk. Bashir sat in the other chair, “She’s had contact.”
“Tell me about it.” He said to Galina.
“We were at the replimat.” She began. “We were … discussing the
situation … when I felt this … I don’t know …. scream? inside my head.
It was,” her eyes clouded over for a moment, and she seemed to be in a
trance, then she forcefully cleared her head and began again, “It was
painful, but not like a headache.”
“You can sense them now?” Sisko’s voice was quiet. He was guessing,
but she did seem different now. Her attention was divided. Her eyes drifted
away from him now and then, and she appeared to be listening to something
that he couldn’t hear.
“Yes.” She sounded almost like she was in a hypnotic state. “Not as
strongly as then, but they’re still there, what’s left of them.” At his last
phrase, her voice cracked. She swallowed thickly, and took a quivering
breath, “I don’t know how many there are, but there is a distinct sense of
loss, of a void that they can’t fill. I think they’re in shock, but that’ll
wear off and they’ll go back to fighting. There’s still anger, and dissent.
I feel … I feel ….” Her voice drifted off, and then she was entranced.
Bashir leaned closer and put a hand on her shoulder, “Leena?”
Her eyes focused on him, and she blinked the fogginess away. “I’m
sorry.” She turned to Sisko, “How soon can we leave?”
“I’ll find out,” Sisko tapped his badge, “Sisko to O’Brien.”
“O’Brien here. Go ahead.” Came the disembodied voice, with just a hint
of Irish brogue.
“Is the Pioneer ready to go?”
“Not quite. I’m sorry, but the warp core hasn’t stablized. I need to
replace the antimatter flow valve, and adjust the intermix regulator. It’ll
take at least three hours, but that’s without test simulations. I’d really
prefer not to skip the simulations in this case. After what these engines
have been through, it would be a mistake to take any chances.”
“Four hours?”
“Aye, Sir. It’ll be ready in four. I guarantee it.”
“Sisko out.” He turned back to his guests. Galina was muttering to
herself. “Pardon?”
She was startled, and looked up. “I was just saying that it’s all my
fault that the engines are in such bad shape. I shouldn’t have pushed them.
If any more of them die in the next four hours, it’ll be my fault.” She was
torturing herself, even she knew that. She bit her bottom lip, then jumped
from her seat, spun around and slammed the flat of her hand against the wall.
“Four hours!” She nearly screamed the words. For a moment, she remained
facing the wall, her open hand still resting upon it, unable to face Bashir
and Sisko after her outburst. She was breathing too hard again, and forced
herself to calm down. Behind her, they were respectfully quiet. “Four
hours.” She said again, quieter.
Finally, she lowered her hand and turned. The quiet was absolute. It
seemed to her that the station itself had stopped it’s workings. Bashir
broke the silence, “Leena, you can’t blame yourself.”
Her eyes passed from Bashir to Sisko and back again. “What time is the
launch?”
Sisko checked his chronometer, “Fourteen hundred hours.”
“Julian, I’ll meet you in the shuttlebay. Excuse me.” She walked out
of the office.
Bashir stayed behind only long enough to exchange a meaningful look with
Sisko, then followed. She kept walking straight to the turbolift, and,
before Bashir could enter, she said, “Door close.”
Kira came up to Bashir from her station at Ops, “Is she all right?”
“Sure,” Bashir said absent-mindedly, although he was anything but sure.
“She’s just upset. Her shuttle isn’t ready yet.” As soon as the lift
indicated an empty car had arrived, Bashir took it.

Quark entered the Security outer office, calling for Odo. Odo emerged
from his private office and looked questioningly at his guest. “Can I do
something for you?”
“Didn’t Sisko contact you?”
“No. He did not.” Odo wasn’t lying, though he had been expecting a
call. Obviously, Sisko must have had business to attend to.
“Well, call him. He’ll explain everything.”
Odo did so. “Commander, Quark is here. He said you’d explain why.”
“Oh, yes.” The intense seen that had just taken place in his office had
caused him to forget, “My apologies to Quark. Station business.”
“You’re forgiven,” Quark interrupted, “Get on with it.”
“It seems he stole a money bag.” Sisko replied. “I have it here with
me. It belongs to a Mr. Harvey Gant from the freighter Hell Raiser that left
here yesterday. Quark confessed here in my office.”
“Were you recording?” Odo watched Quark fidget at the thought that his
confession might not be on record. Quark found it ironic that, though he
usually spent his time avoiding the brig, the one day he wanted in Odo seemed
almost reluctant to oblige. He would have thought Odo would help him set up
housekeeping in there.
“Of course,” Sisko replied.
“Is he pressing charges?” Odo calmly asked one question after another,
knowing that Quark was quietly being driven insane by all this.
“He hasn’t been contacted yet, but considering he’s already threatened
Quark, I’m reasonably sure that he will.”
“Didn’t you send a message to Hell Raiser immediately?” Quark was
jumping out of his skin.
“Yes, but it seems Mr. Gant was not on board.” This, of course, was a
direct lie. Kira, with Dax’s help, had managed to placate Mr. Gant, who had
agreed not to press charges providing the bag were returned intact.
Apparently, not all of the credits in the bag had been lawfully gained by Mr.
Gant, and he believed it would be best for all concerned to pretend the
incident never happened. But Quark knew none of this, and stood by anxiously
as Odo continued to interrogate the Commander.
“Have you been able to locate him?”
“No, not yet. But I think it’s best that we put Quark in custody. We
wouldn’t want Mr. Gant to take the law into his own hands. From Bashir’s
medical report, the man must have been very angry.”
“I see, Commander. Very well. Odo out.” He turned to Quark, “Right
this way.” Quark followed at Odo’s heels all the way to the holding cell.
Odo turned off the the force field, and watched Quark run inside and sit
down, a sigh of relief escaping his lips. But Odo didn’t turn the field
back on immediately.
“Odo. The force field?”
“Do you really feel that’s necessary? The entire Security complex is
actually very safe. And it won’t be like you’re trying to escape.”
“I’d feel better. Please?” Quark didn’t understand, and didn’t care,
why Odo was doing this. He just wanted that field up.
Odo sighed, as if all Quark’s worry was for nothing and he was being
entirely too foolish for words. “Oh, all right. Just be quiet in there, and
don’t disturb my reading.” He turned on the field, and Quark almost melted
in the cell.

“Computer, location of Galina Radolfo?” Bashir would have preferred to
keep moving, but the lift was still faster than hunting down Jeffries Tubes
to get from deck to deck. He had to keep telling himself that as he stood in
the center of the lift, waiting the mircoseconds for the reply.
“Galina Radolfo is on deck six, section J2.”
“Deck six.”
She was heading for her quarters. Bashir waited impatiently for the
lift to reach its destination. One thousand One, One thousand Two, One
thousand Three. But when the doors opened, Leena was no where in sight. He
went to her quarters and pressed the door chime.
Inside, Leena heard the door chime and chose to ignore it. She knew it
was him. It rung a second time, then he called through the door, “Leena,
please! I need to talk to you.” He couldn’t come in. She’d coded the lock
as soon as she got inside.
She stood in front of her mirror, looking at her hands. They were
shaking. And they hurt like hell. She sank down, finding the end of the
bed without knowing it was there. Her knees were shaking, too and her legs
ached. She sat there at the foot of her bed, looking in the mirror but not
seeing anything, terrified. Stage Two.

CHAPTER 3

Every fiber of Galina’s being was jangling. “They” were gnawing at her
senses, the Devereaux’s at her nerve endings. She stayed in her cabin,
trying to get control over everything. She fumbled through her medikit for
her hypo, then for something to put in it. She didn’t want to start with
something strong. There was no telling how long any particular painkiller
would provide relief. She finally decided on a dose of Propoxyphene
Hydrochloride. Almost unable to control her fingers, she loaded the hypo,
held it to her arm, and pressed the trigger. Fifteen seconds later, the pain
faded. She reloaded the hypo, then organized her medikit, arranging the
vials according to strength.
She needed to talk to Julian, but it was too soon. If she told him now,
he wouldn’t allow her to go. Even Sisko could be convinced to cancel the
trip, if he knew she’d entered stage two. There was no way around it. In
order to do this, she’d have to prevent either of them from finding out, and
if it came to ouright lying, she was prepared to do it.
Galina checked her chronometer. She’d been in here almost an hour. She
hadn’t even heard Julian stop calling from outside the door. Would he
suspect? She supposed she ought to talk to him, try to make it sound like
nothing important. “Computer, location of Dr. Bashir.”
“Dr. Bashir is in the infirmary.” She snapped her medikit shut and left
it on the bed.

After a slow morning, business was picking up in Quark’s Bar, and Rom
had his hands full. He ran back and forth behind the bar, putting drinks on
trays and giving them to his son to deliver to the proper tables. When at
last there was a lull, he decided to circulate among the tables, as Quark had
told him to. He was to listen for the name Gant or Hell Raiser, and get what
the hew-mans called the ‘low down’. He took a rag with, and pretended to
wipe down tables. While he wiped one, he heard Dax and Kira at the next
table.
“So Quark’s in a holding cell?” Dax said, “That’s a little cruel,
Kira.”
“Oh, don’t worry. He’ll never know the difference. Odo’ll let him out
in a day or two, saying that Gant is gone. He’ll think Odo saved his life.”
Kira was still laughing inside from this whole scenario. “Besides, he
wouldn’t be in this situation if he’d kept his nose where it belonged.”
“I know, but it’s not like Quark doesn’t mean well. He’s just trying to
make a living.”
“By stealing from people and cheating them? That doesn’t go in the
Federation.”
“But he’s not Federation, Kira. He’s Ferengi, and that’s the Ferengi
way. The problem with a lot of people, Kira, is that they can’t see beyond
their own culture. There are many different ways of doing things. Some seem
strange to us, but that doesn’t make them wrong.”
“Theft is wrong in every culture.” Kira hoped so, anyway. It made
perfect sense.
“Not to the Ferengi, not if it’s done with certain rules.” Dax sipped
her drink, “And the brawkdins on Greya XII steal from each other all the
time. It’s a way of life.”
“But Quark’s not on Ferengi, and he’s not on Greya XII. He’s on a
Federation run space station. And if Odo wants to scare Quark into not
snooping in our files anymore by making him think his life is in danger, I
don’t see any harm in it.” Kira never really liked the little troll in the
first place. Quark made her skin crawl. He was always hitting on them, and
every other female of every other species that came into the bar. He had no
scruples, no pride, and no redeeming qualities as far as she was concerned.
He’d only been asked to stay on the station to encourage commerce.
Rom had practically rubbed the finish off the table by the time Dax and
Kira’s conversation drifted on to something else. He hurried back to the
bar, and went into the back room to think. So Gant really was gone, and
Quark didn’t need their protective custody at all. He should tell his
brother about this. But if he did, then Quark would come back to the bar and
he wouldn’t be in charge anymore. This was one of those situations that
bothered Rom. If he went along with the lie, Quark would get mad at him
later, when he found out. And he would find out, of that Rom was sure. But,
if he told Quark the truth, Quark would take his bar back. Even though Rom
knew it was really Quark’s bar, he didn’t have the intelligence to
distinguish that when he was running the place. He thought of it as his bar
when he was in charge, and Quark’s Bar when Quark was in charge. And right
now, Rom was in charge. He liked it that way.
On the other hand, Quark was his brother. And family was important in
the Ferengi culture, especially male relatives. That’s why he was working
for Quark. And when Quark found out about the lie, he would probably reduce
Rom to cleaning out the holosuites, or something even worse. He might even
make Rom go back to the home world. Rom panicked at the thought. To go home
a financial failure would be too much of a disgrace.
After more thought on the subject, he decided to go down to Security.

Quark sat in the security cell. How long had he been in here? He’d
slept, and he wasn’t sure how long, but he was hungry. “Hey, Odo?” He
called experimentally. He may have gone out, or he could be in his bucket.
But in a moment, Odo’s tall slender figure entered the outer room and he
leaned one shoulder against the wall and crossed his arms.
“Yes?”
“I’m hungry. Could I get some food in here?” His stomach rumbled
loudly. “See?” Nice stomach, he thought. Rumbles on cue.
“I have a replicator out here.” Odo made it sound terribly
inconvenient, though he knew it was in fact way past time to ‘feed the
prisoners’. “What would you like?”
“Oh, whatever. A sandwich of some sort, and Ferengi vertz milk.”
Odo got the food and passed it through the slot to Quark, who began
eating. “Tell me, Odo. Have you heard from the Hell Raiser yet? Or from
Gant?”
“No. He is not aboard the Hell Raiser, but he is not answering his
personal mail.” It was a direct lie, of course. “Are you getting tired of
the cell?”
Quark spoke over a mouthful of sandwich, “No, I guess not.” He said,
sounding, in fact, utterly bored. There really wasn’t much to do in here.
The walls were bare, except for the built in bench along the rear wall. And
the view into the outer room held nothing of interest, either. “But maybe,
seeing as how I’m not really a prisoner, I could get a terminal in here?
Just to amuse myself? For my psychological well-being, of course.”
Odo considered the unexpected request. “Well, perhaps one from the
school. They have access to all the educational files and games.”
But just then, Rom came in. “Excuse me, Odo.” He said, “I’d like to
talk to my brother.”
“Of course,” Odo returned to his office. And turned on his external
monitor.
“Hello, Brother.” Rom said to Quark, who was still eating.
“Rom, you haven’t run the bar out of business, yet, have you?”
“No, Brother, but I have news for you.” Rom hesitated. What would his
mouth decide to do?
“Well?” Quark was not patient when it came to his brother. Odo had
once called Rom an idiot; that he couldn’t fix a straw if it was bent, and
sometimes Quark thought Odo was right. He’d never tell him that, of course,
but he knew he’d gotten the lobes in the family. He wasn’t sure what Rom had
gotten.
“Brother, I was working in the bar just now, and …. I heard …”
“What? What did you hear?” Quark put down what was left of his food
and stepped closer to the force field.
“Harvey Gant is expected back here tomorrow.” He lied. Rom’s Bar, he
kept thinking.
Quark was actually pleased about it. At least this incarceration was
justified. He didn’t want to think he’d been sitting in this boring cell for
who knows how long and Gant didn’t bother to show up. “Is he angry. What
was he saying?”
Rom thought quicker than he ever thought in his life. He hadn’t
expected questions, “Very angry. Yes. He wants to … pull your lobes off
… yes … and stomp on them.”
“Rom, listen to me.” Quark knew he had to do this, though it hurt to
say it, “Sisko has the money bag that belongs to Gant. When Gant gets here,
send him to Sisko. Maybe if he gets his bag back, he’ll leave me alone.”
“You’re giving his money back?” Rom couldn’t believe his lobes.
“That’s against the first rule!” This actually excited Rom. Any Ferengi who
broke the first rule had to be insane. And insane Ferengi couldn’t run bars.

“Just do it! Or Gant will have my liver for breakfast!” Quark wanted
to reach out there and knock some sense into his brother. He’d tried that
several dozen times over the years, however, and he’d seen no sign of
improvement.
“Yes, Brother. If you’re sure that’s what you want to do.” All Rom
would have to do is report all this to the Ferengi Acquisition Board, and he
was home free. He wasn’t sure if he could do that to his brother. He’d
really have to think about this one.
“No, I’d rather be fed my own lobes. Of course, I’m sure! Now get back
to the bar before your own son steals you blind!” Nog probably did have more
sense than his own father. Nog was quite the little schemer, in fact,
although it was usually against Quark. But Quark saw the technique, not the
intent. He could fix the intent. The boy was a natural.
Rom shuffled out of Security and headed back to the bar, his mind
buzzing with opportunity.

Galina came into the Infirmary to find Julian working on a small Bajoran
child with a skinned knee. He ran the growth stimulator over the knee and
soon it looked like no wound had ever been. He handed the child back to the
mother, who waited calmly, and accepted her thanks. Turning, he saw Galina
and smiled. “Well, look who’s come out from under the bushel!”
Galina smiled shyly, embarrassed at her previous behavior. “I’m sorry,
Julian. But I was so disappointed. I was hoping to leave immediately.”
He took her by the arm and led her into his office, where they could
have some privacy. “How are you feeling? Any more numbness? Any pain?”
“No,” she said, thankful that it was not a direct lie. Right now, there
wasn’t any pain. He didn’t ask if she’d had any pain recently, or anything
about stage two. “I just wanted to apologize for not answering when you were
at my door. I needed to calm down, that’s all. A time out.”
He nodded in understanding, “That’s perfectly all right. You’re
entitled to your privacy.” He did sound disappointed that she hadn’t been
able to confide in him. She would have, but not about this. Not yet.
He took out his medical scanner and started to run it over her. She
reached out, trying not to appear upset about it, and stopped him, “Julian,
please don’t.” The scanner would reveal the change in her condition.
He looked at her with concern. “Why not?” If she was hiding something,
he had a good suspicion what it was. And if it was, everything could change.
“I’m just tired of scans. I’m monitoring myself, Julian. I’m all
right.” Then, because he didn’t look like he believed her, “Really.” And
she put a hand on his arm, “I appreciate your concern, Julian. But don’t
forget, I’m a doctor. If I need a consult, I’ll ask for it. I’m not your
patient anymore. Allow me this much dignity.” That’s the right tack, she
thought. Make it sound like a respect issue. He’d buy that.
He sighed. He hated taking people’s word for their health status.
They were usually wrong. But she had the right to refuse the scan. And
without it, he couldn’t prove what he strongly suspected. He decided to
respect her wish. As long as he was going with her, and could at least keep
an eye on her visually, he could accept how important this trip was to her.
“Okay.” He didn’t usually use the vernacular, but it seemed appropriate.
“We only have two more hours. You’d better eat before we go.”
“Is that Doctor’s Orders?”
“Just good advice from a friend. Eat a good, healthy meal. Please.”
Galina was tempted to give him a peck on the cheek before she left, but
she couldn’t bring herself to do it. She never could. Not even back at the
Academy. Why was it so hard to show someone how she really felt? Well,
mainly this someone, but there really wasn’t anyone else she had ever felt
this way about. And now, there was no chance of a real relationship, no
future. It depressed her, but she kept telling herself that it couldn’t be
helped. It wasn’t meant to be. So she smiled encouragingly regarding his
request, then got up and left the office.
After she left, Julian looked at his scanner, but the scan hadn’t
progressed far enough for any conclusive readings. It bothered him. He’d
had patients with terminal illnesses before. It was never easy. But this
felt different. He remembered back at the Academy, when he’d been so
tempted, but then, not knowing where they were going to get posted, he
decided not to get involved. They’d probably get split up, and that would
make it all that much harder. Now he regretted it. She’d never gotten
married. Never had that special feeling for anyone, he supposed. He hoped
she’d found some happiness. He really didn’t want to see her life end this
way.
He went back to his study of Devereaux’s Disease, but what he had found
so far had not brought him much hope. There just weren’t enough cases to
make any assumptions about anything except it’s utter fatality. But it was
such a cruel disease. There had to be something he could do. He felt
helpless, and he always hated that. People didn’t become doctors to watch
others die horrible deaths. Especially people they felt …. well, he should
just forget about that. She had other things on her mind. Between these
communications of hers and the illness, he was sure she had more that enough
on her mind.

Finally, at long last, Galina sat in the pilot’s seat of the shuttle,
preparing for launch. Julian, ducking, stored more medical gear than they
would ever need toward the rear of the shuttle, then sat in the co-pilot’s
seat and checked his instruments. Galina smiled at him, “Your friend did a
wonderful job. It looks like she’s running better than when I left Bithia.
He even punched up the shields a little.” Her eyes and hands flowed over the
panel like a concert pianist’s over his keys.
“O’Brien is one of the best.” Julian said.
“We didn’t have a real engineer at the colony. Just some people that
tinkered with things. Hobbyists, really.” She was really feeling good. The
one dose was still effective. The fact that it lasted three hours without a
hitch was a good sign. She’d eaten a good, solid meal, and she almost felt
like she had before all this started. She took a deep breath in excitement.
“Pre-launch check complete.”
“Bashir to Ops. Are we cleared for launch?”
“Launch when ready, Doctor.” Kira’s voice came back.
Galina and Julian exchanged glances, then Galina started the engines.
Slowly, the shuttle lifted and moved forward. The next thing she knew, they
had cleared the station and she banked the shuttle toward the wormhole. She
slowed, then hovered.
“Something wrong?” Julian asked, after they hung in space for a few
moments. She’d been in such a hurry, and now here she hovered in front of
the wormhole.
“Julian,” She kept her eyes on her instruments, “There’s something I
have to tell you.” She knew she had to do it now, while they were alone,
before they made the jump to the Gamma Quadrant. It would have been easier
to avoid it all together, but it had to be said.
“Go ahead.” He kept his voice quiet, reassuring. He had suspicions.
He was fairly confident that she had entered stage two, and was about to
admit it. Why else would she have refused his scan earlier?
“Swear it.”
“What?”
“What I’m about to say doesn’t leave this shuttle. Swear it.” She kept
her eyes on her panel.
He understood that she meant what he was about to hear was for his ears
alone. “Go ahead.”
“Swear it, or I’ll take you back to the bay and go alone.” After she’d
said it, she looked hard at Julian. She was serious.
Julian blinked. “I swear.” Should he also cross his heart and hope to
die? He wondered. What could she possibly have to say that would require
this kind of secrecy? Sisko, Kira and Dax already knew all about her
situation. If she had entered stage two, she certainly wouldn’t be able to
hide it. She was probably afraid he’d call Ops immediately and abort the
mission. He was already prepared to continue on to the Gamma Quadrant, even
if that were the case. But whatever it was, he would keep his word.
“When this mission is over,” she began, then licked her lips, “I’m
going to die.”
Julian didn’t need a translation this time. “That’s not necessary.” He
said quickly.
She started to turn in her seat to face him, but out of the corner of
his eye, Bashir saw a light flashing on his panel. “Incoming transmission.”
He pressed the receive button.
“Kira to Bashir, is there a problem?” She sounded confused. He almost
heard the unspoken question ‘Why are you just sitting there?’
There was silence for a moment as Galina waited for him to answer.
“No, Kira. She’s just filling me in on some mission details. Thanks for
asking. Bashir out.” There, that should show her that he could be trusted.
“Thank you, Julian.” She had been afraid he would call off the
mission. He had the authority. He could say she was insane; what he’d just
heard would probably be enough evidence to at least postpone it. She felt a
tug in her chest that he would brush off Kira so convincingly, rather than
expose her.
“I’m not finished.” He said, ” Why do you want to do this? There are
options.” He couldn’t believe he was having this conversation. He was
trying to convince a fellow doctor not to commit suicide.
She again turned in her seat to face him, as if settling in for a
discussion, “Please, Julian. Just listen.” She leaned forward, resting her
elbows on her knees and gesturing, “I’ve given this a lot of thought. I’m
only the fifth case of Devereaux’s in the last hundred years. It’s not even
worth it, economically, to look for an effective treatment, let alone a cure.
And there won’t be time for me.” She swallowed again, forcing herself to
add, “I entered stage two three hours ago. I’m on propoxyphene Hydrochloride
for now, but it’s just going to get worse. After this mission, I intend to
end it. On my own, if I can —”
“Now, wait a minute.” Julian interrupted, “You don’t want me to –”
“Yes.”
“I can’t — ”
She knew he was going to say this, and knew all her arguments by
heart. “You want me to go through it? You know what it does. After awhile
no amount of any pain killer will help, you know that.” She turned back to
her instruments, correcting the shuttle’s course for drift, “It wasn’t an
easy choice, but I might need your help.” She hesitated, and again faced
him, “Julian, I’m scared. I don’t know how bad it’ll get; how much control
I’ll have.” She remembered those few short hours ago, “It was just beginning
and I could barely stand it. I had trouble controlling my hands. God, the
hypo felt so good! It’s going to get bad, maybe before we get back. Promise
me, please.”
“Galina, I –” Julian wondered at his inability to complete a
sentence.
“Oh, don’t give me that ‘I’m a doctor’ crap!” She almost shouted,
“Devoted to healing and saving lives. I know what the Hypocratic Oath says.”
She quoted, ” ‘To please no one will I prescribe a deadly drug, nor give
advice which may cause his death. But I will preserve the purity of my life
and art.’ I’m surprised they haven’t changed that to fit the times. No one
takes it literally. Doctor’s for centuries have been performing euthanasia
even at the risk of their own careers and lives. I’m hoping you won’t have
to, really I am. But I *need* a backup, in case I can’t. If I ask you to,
will you?”
Julian was quiet. They’d been sitting here a long time. He knew Ops
was watching them, wondering. How many mission details could she possibly
have? But if he agreed … He looked down at the floor of the shuttle,
feeling slightly ill himself. The word murder floated across his mind,
though he knew it wouldn’t be seen like that by anyone who knew the
circumstances. Did Starfleet know the circumstances? Did the Federation
know the circumstances? He admonished himself for even worrying about his
career. That wasn’t the real problem anyway. It was just that he’d never
seen anyone so alive be so willing to die. He had to keep reminding himself
that this was not news to her; that, as she said, she’d been dealing with it
for almost two years. Practically the whole time he’d been at DS9, he
thought. All this time I’d been living my life, all the things I’ve done, I
had no idea that far away, she was going through hell. He felt a little
guilty that he’d ever enjoyed himself. Then he stopped himself from
thinking like that. It was a useless line of reasoning. And she had her
mind made up. If she was going to do it, he wanted to be there for her. “I
promise.” How could he say otherwise? Could he doom her to weeks, possibly
months of such pain? He agreed with the idea, but he wasn’t sure if he could
do it. He was used to taking extreme measures to save lives, and possibly
lose them in the end, but at least he tried. But this? Maybe he could think
of something before they got back.
Galina put one hand to her head, as if she had a headache. “They’re
out there.” She winced, but he could tell it wasn’t from physical pain,
“Let’s go.” His promise accepted without acknowledgement, she reset the
controls.
She engaged the thrusters, and they saw the wormhole open like a
flower in front of them. Galina was surprised at how beautiful it was. But
she only saw it for a second, because then she was in it, and the beauty
surrounded the shuttle, and then the shuttle emerged in the Gamma Quadrant.
She gasped, and was thrown backwards from her seat, like she’d been hit
in the head with a brick …. or two. Bashir saw her fall, and went to her
side. She was unconscious, but even as he noticed that she began to come to.
She blinked, as if adjusting to bright light. “Are you all right?” Julian
asked. He tried to help her up, but she pushed him away and got on her feet
quickly.
She dashed back to her pilot’s seat, “I’m all right. And I have a
heading.” She wasn’t sure how she got the heading, but the numbers swirled
in her head. Instinctively, they fell into place. She felt confident that
they had meaning even as inside, she felt the pain returning. Oh no, she
thought. Not now. Her hands flying over the controls, she set the heading;
it would take about fifteen minutes to get there, then reached for her
medikit. She dropped it on the floor, and stared at her shaking hands. They
were throbbing, as if they’d been smashed. Taking deep breaths to avoid
crying out, she fumbled for the kit, only to have Julian beat her to it.
Wordlessly, he opened the kit, saw the prefilled hypo and took it out. He
checked the drug and dosage, then pressed it against her arm.
It took almost a full minute this time, but finally the pain faded
away. She made a conscious effort to calm herself. She couldn’t afford to
panic now. “Thank you, Julian.”
“Don’t mention it.” He felt he’d only been able to do it, because he
knew the drug in the hypo would not harm her. If it had been filled with,
say, 4 cc’s of cordrazine, would he still have been able to administer it?
He tried not to think about it. He dug in the bag for a slightly stronger
painkiller, and filled the hypo before putting it back in the bag.
Galina rubbed her hands against her thighs, then massaged each palm one
at a time. Next time, the pain would go up to her elbow, she knew. And then
her shoulders. She stomped her feet a few times, knowing it would be her
knees next. Before long, it would be everywhere. She couldn’t imagine it.
For a split second, Julian saw the fear in her eyes, and the effort it took
to pull it back inside and get on with her mission.
A glance at her panel revealed that the coordinates had been reached.
“We’re there.” She said, and looked up at the viewport. Julian also stared
out the window.
“Are you sure? There’s not even a planet here!”
Julian was right. In front of them floated a white-grayish cloud, like
a mist passing over the starfield. And nothing else.

Back on the station, Quark was getting extremely bored in the security
cell. Odo had ignored his earlier request for a computer terminal, so there
was nothing to do but eat, when Odo was kind enough to give him food, and
sleep. He’d thoroughly slept himself out; a rather enjoyable task but it was
done. He was wide awake now, and ready to pull out his imaginary hair.
“Odo!” He called toward the office. No reply. “Odo! I’m hungry!” Still,
no reply. He must be in his bucket, Quark thought. Of all the
inconsiderate, rude things to do. He could have at least warned Quark that
he would be indisposed. Or assigned one of his men to keep watch. He stood
inches from the force field, and, in frustration, he reached out. “Ow!” He
pulled in his hand and sucked the offending finger. “Come on, Odo! Wake up,
already!” He whined half-heartedly. He promised himself that he would never
do anything that would get him incarcerated. He wasn’t even a real prisoner,
but he felt thoroughly punished. Dejected, he crawled to the corner of the
bench, and sat hugging his knees, and nursing his sore finger.
Some time later, Rom came in again. He seemed unusually happy, and
Quark was immediately suspicious. “Well, Rom,” He said, rising and
approaching, but not quite as closely, the force field. “How’s the bar?”
“I’m turning a nice profit, Brother.”
“Did you see Gant?”
Rom hesitated, wondering just what would come out of his mouth this
time. “No, not yet.” He said.
Quark was impatient. Didn’t Rom know he’d want details? “Is he on the
station? Have you heard anything?” He prompted his ignoramous brother.
“I don’t know. No one’s talking.” Yes, Rom told himself. That’s
good. “At least, not about that.”
Quark tilted his head to put his best lobe closer to Rom, “What are
they talking about?”
Rom shrugged, “Oh, this and that. Everyday stuff. Boring.”
Rom didn’t know the meaning of the word boring. “What sounds boring,
could be important. What do you remember?” Nothing, Quark answered himself.
Rom concentrated, as if he was trying to remember when all he was
really doing was coming up with a lie, “Someone said the dabo wheel must be
rigged.” It was. Nothing new. “And someone else said that we water down
our drinks.” They did. Still nothing new.
“Rom, why did you come in here?” Quark asked angrily.
“To visit you, Brother.” Rom said matter-of-factly. As if it would
never have occurred to him to NOT visit his brother.
Quark looked at the black sheep of his family and shook his head.
“Visitors usually bring food.” He muttered, really hungry now.
Rom, used to taking unspoken orders from his brother, went to the
replicator and got his brother’s usual entree. He slid it through the food
slot at one side of the cell doorway, and stayed while Quark ate. He
wondered how long Odo was going to keep Quark in there. He didn’t quite
understand what was at the bottom of this, other than that Odo and Quark
never got along because Quark was always breaking Odo’s rules. Maybe Odo
thought this would get Quark to follow those rules, whatever they were. But
Odo just didn’t understand Ferengi. This wasn’t going to change Quark. As
soon as the danger had passed, everything would be back to normal. Rom got a
little sad, thinking about it. He liked things the way they were. He didn’t
want them to go back to normal. But he didn’t want to see Quark in that
holding cell, either. He was torn. He knew he’d have to make a decision one
way or the other, soon. Either tell Quark exactly what Dax and Kira had
said, or ….
“Brother?” He interrupted Quark’s meal, “I need to tell you
something.”
Quark looked up. This had better be good. “Yes?”
“I heard on the promenade that Gant…. beat up somebody on Bajor.”
Quark stopped eating, “And?” He asked without even swallowing what
was in his mouth.
“And …. ” Rom was getting sorry he’d ever started this, “And they
arrested him, but he escaped. He’s a fugitive! He wants to come back to the
station, but now he can’t take the public transport because the authorities
are watching for him. That’s why he hasn’t come yet.”
Now Quark swallowed. “How badly was the guy beat up?”
“He almost died, Brother. They said he lost an eye in the fight. It
was smashed and couldn’t be replaced.”
“An eye?” Quark’s hand went to his own face.
Just then, Odo finally emerged from his office, looking refreshed.
“Well, Quark, what is it you want, now? My records show you’ve been calling
for me for the last half hour.” Then he muttered under his breath, “I should
have stayed in the bucket.”
Quark moved to the rear of the cell. “Nevermind, Odo. I’m fine.
Thanks anyway.”

CHAPTER 4

“A collection of gases? There’s no place to land!” Julian said to
Galina. She must have gotten the coordinates wrong. He looked at her. She
was staring out the viewport at the cloud. Was it the cloud reflecting in
her eyes, or something else?
It was so close, Leena thought. Her heart was beating wildly; this was
the moment she’d been waiting for all this time. “We won’t need to.” She
replied to Julian’s comment. “Come with me.” Rising from her seat, she
moved to the rear of the shuttle where the sleeping quarters were. Julian
followed behind her. “Communications have been telepathic so far.” She
explained, sitting, then lying down on one of the beds, “Now, I’m not a
telepath, but something about the Devereaux’s is making this possible. I
know what to do now.” She began taking deep breaths to calm herself,
“Monitor me, Julian, though I’m not sure what kind of readings you’ll see.”
Julian adjusted his medical tricorder. She continued, “I need to meditate,
like I’ve done before. Maybe being this close, I’ll be able to break
through. Ready?”
Julian nodded. She closed her eyes, and he watched as the readings
slowly got lower. He sat in the most rearward seat, where he could see her,
and pulled his medikit near him. He wondered how long this would take.

It wasn’t easy. Oh, the meditation wasn’t difficult. She’d done it
often enough before. Bus as she let her mind go, and slowly felt her body go
completely numb, it was hard to release her body entirely. She’d never
gotten that deep before and it was somewhat frightening. Then she felt it,
a pull, and instinctively she resisted. It took a couple of tries before
she could resist the urge to pull herself back, to give the command to move a
finger slightly to reassure herself that it was still there. Then she was
gone. She had no body. She just was. She wondered if she was still
breathing, or if she had died right there.
But she didn’t have time to wonder very long. Suddenly, she was in the
middle of it. The minds, angry and shouting. Words. There were no words.
The images flashed at her. It was like being in the middle of a shouting
crowd, unable to distinguish what anyone was saying. Stop! she tought.
Then, more loudly, if loud were a proper term here at all, STOP! There was
silence. She got the sensation that they were all looking at her. They
hadn’t seen her come in.
*Who are you? Where did you come from?* Finally, a coherent thought.
The being was neither male nor female. Could have been an adult or child.
She wasn’t sure. *How did you get here?*
*I am called Galina. I came from outside you, to help you.*
*Outside? There is nothing outside.*
Another being, *Yes, there is. I told you.*
Then several voices, mingling just a little again, *There is no
intelligence outside* / *There are many intelligences outside. We cannot be
alone.* / *But why don’t they hear us?* / *We have been searching, calling,
but have never received an answer.* / *No one is there.*
*I am here.* Galina told them. *I came from far away. I heard you
many light years from here.*
*Impossible.* The first one again, she was sure of it. The skeptic.

*Is this why you are fighting? Why the two ceased to exist?* She
couldn’t believe it was such a small problem to cause so much anger. *The
argument is settled. I am here.*
*No,* the skeptic replied, *You are one of us who has been hiding. You
did not come from outside.*
*Do you see the small ship near us? The physical part of me is in
there.* She explained. Suddenly, the cloud shifted.
It turned toward the shuttle.

Julian kept looking from his patient, now barely breathing, to the
viewport. The cloud had changed recently. The little flashes of lightening
were were more rapid, piercing the cloud as the tiny bolts shot through it.
And now he saw it turn in space, and grow larger as it approached the
shuttle. A quick glance at Leena, and he rushed to the front, hoping to
steer away from the cloud, but by the time he got there whisps of it were
seeping through the viewport. He retreated to the back of the shuttle, his
heard pounding.
There was no escaping as the cloud passed through him, through Leena as
she lay there, and then out the back of the shuttle. He sighed in relief as
the last tendrils disappeared through the rear wall. In an instant, it was
back where it had been, floating in front of the shuttle. He checked the
readings on the tricorder, then felt for a pulse by hand. He almost had to
hold his breath to feel it. It was very slow, barely perceptible. Only
stasis could have slowed her systems down any further. But they had
stablized at about a tenth of normal values. He couldn’t help wondering what
was going on. In the silent stillness, he waited, and watched.

The cloud beings were curious. Intelligence, inside the metal box?
They had to see. They altered their course and circled through the box and
back to their old position. *There are two intelligences in the box.* One
voice admitted.
*It’s a trick.* The skeptic, of course. How to convince him? He
seemed to influence quite a few of the others.
*How could I trick you?* She asked. *You felt them, too.* She was
glad they’d done that, actually. It had scared the hell out of Julian, she
knew, but she’d sensed her old form, too. She knew she was still alive.
*How do I know the quiet one was you? You are like us, now.* She could
tell the others were waiting for him to be convinced. She had to convince
them all, or the fighting would probably resume. The skeptic was strong,
possibly a leader.
*I was like him a short while ago. You helped me join you, I think. Or
some of you did. It frightened me, but I wanted to help you.” She tried to
get some idea of how to approach them. What argument would be persuasive to
these beings? What common ground could she use? Then she got it, “The two
that ceased to exist, that should not have happened. How did they die?*
*You don’t know? If she was one of us, she would know.* Someone else
was trying to help her convince the skeptic.
*We have the ability to change our electrical charge. One of them
reversed its charge, causing the one nearest and itself to annihilate each
other. It was horrible.*
*Why did he/she do it?* She asked them, thinking of the one who had
changed, rather than using any particular pronoun.
*He/she was angry.* Came the answer.
*No,* someone contradicted the other, *more than that. He/she was
lonely. And desired something we could not give.*
*Desired what? What can you not give each other?*
*Something new. Nothing for us has been new for a long time. Until you
came.*
*A change?* That was it. Intelligence thrives on change and growth.
These beings have been isolated, unaffected for so long that change was no
longer perceived.
*Yes, a change.* Agreed one of them, *There is a change now. They are
gone.* The being referred to the two unfortunates. Galina felt a sadness
all around her. It was not a good change, and although the one may have
welcomed even this, the rest did not.
*It has never happened before. We would not think of it.* Others
joined in. The horror was still there. *We do not want it to happen again.
This change is not good. * A pause. Are you truly from outside?*
*Yes, I am. I am … different from the others. I have an illness that
is helping me to hear your voice. That is why no one has communicated with
you.* She felt the skeptic begin to accept, *I do not want to see that
happen again, either.*
*Why should you be so concerned about us? You know nothing about us.*
The skeptic had accepted her existence, but not her intelligence.
*My species believes all life is precious. When I heard you, I felt
sad. It is not right that beings should hurt each other.* She was beginning
to feel the tide turn. Anger dissipated. Concern, sadness over the loss,
and wonderment permeated the space around her.
*We are sorry you are ill.* One of the others piped in. *Will you
recover?*
Leena felt concern from this one, and it hurt her to say, *No. I will
not. I will cease to exist soon. But I had to make sure you were all right,
first.*
The skeptic had changed, too, *It is aware of its mortality?*
*Yes, we all are. That is why we treasure our lives, and those of all
around us.*
*And you put our welfare, before your own? It does not seem possible.*
It was just the skeptic and she now. The others were quiet.
*I had no choice.* She told it, *It is part of my being to help those
in distress, no matter how far away or how strange to me they seem.* She
felt a warmth around her now. The fighting had stopped.

Inside the shuttle, Julian was getting concerned. Her vital signs, low
as they had been, had dropped again. Not very much, and they had stablized
again, but how much more could her body take? If she didn’t come back soon,
there would be nothing to come back to. And outside, the cloud had quieted.
The little flashes of lightening had stopped. It just floated now. He
checked the chronometer, and was surprised to see that she’d been in there
nearly five hours. The Devereaux’s would be active again, but he was afraid
to administer anything to her body in this state. He kept the hypo ready.
And waited.

*You have made a sacrifice that means much to us.* The skeptic told
her. *How can we repay you?*
Galina did not feel she had made the sacrifice. She had just done what
she had to. *Just don’t fight anymore. There is intelligent life outside,
even though you probably won’t be able to talk to anyone. Someday, perhaps
their technology will provide a means to do so, but right now, after I leave
you, you will be in silence once again.* She almost hated to leave them.
*You are welcome to stay with us. We would like to learn more about
the outside.*
*Thank you, but I cannot stay. I do not belong here. Can you feel
it?* She was feeling the pull back, just as earlier mediations had ended
themselves; her body and mind coming out of it spontaneously after about 30
minutes. She wondered how long this had taken. It seemed only moments.
After a silence in which they tuned in to her sensations, the skeptic
replied, *Yes.* He seemed even more urgent than she felt, as if he could
read more into it, *You must return. We will not forget you. What did you
say you are called?*
*I am a human called Leena.*
*Human called Leena, we are the B’Par Miru. You are in our legends.*

Galina’s signs began going up, and Julian, who’d almost fallen asleep
himself, jumped up and went to the bedside with his medical tricorder in
hand. Yes, slowly, but steadily, she was returning to normal. Then,
suddenly, she cried out and her body arched. Hurriedly, he retrieved the
hypo and injected her with the new painkiller. Her body fell back to the
bed, and she opened her eyes. “I did it.” She gasped, utterly exhausted
once again. “Oh, Julian. It was amazing.”
Julian smiled at her. “I want to hear all about it. But you need to
rest.” Somehow, after watching her pretty much sleeping for the last almost
six hours, that seemed like a stupid request. Yet Julian knew that her body
was still fighting the disease, and could see that she herself looked tired.

Galina bit her bottom lip. The pain hadn’t entirely gone away, but it
was manageable. She wasn’t sure which painkiller Julian had given her, but
it didn’t really matter. She knew it wasn’t going to get any easier.
“I want you to do it, Julian. Now.” The pain coming back had been
unbelievable. She hadn’t been prepared for it. It was progressing much too
rapidly. Maybe, without her conscious fight, it had begun to take over.
Whatever the reason was, she felt it was time. If she could have gotten up,
she would have retreived her medikit and done it herself. “The mission is
over.”
Julian, “You just need to rest. Let’s not be hasty. Besides, you know
protocol. You have to report to Commander Sisko. The mission isn’t over
until he’s been debriefed.”
“I don’t have the energy to argue semantics, Julian.” She didn’t want
to run the risk of feeling that pain again, but she was so tired. She
thought he must have slipped her a sedative in that hypo, for she found
herself getting drowsy.
“Rest, Leena.” He told her semi-conscious form. “I’ll get us back to
DS9.”
She fought the sleepiness, “How long before we get there?” But she
didn’t even hear the answer.

She wasn’t aware of the shuttle docking back at DS9. She wasn’t aware
of the ride on the anti-grav sled that took her to the infirmary. And she
wasn’t aware of being moved from the sled to the biobed. She’d fallen asleep
on the shuttle, and woke up in the infirmary. That was all she knew. But
she did feel rested, when she finally woke. And the pain was there. The
pain that would be her constant companion for the rest of her life. She sat
up in bed and looked at her readings. She wanted to know what Julian had
given her, but didn’t dare ask the computer aloud. She slid quietly off the
bed and went to the computer terminal. After pushing a few buttons, she got
a list of meds. He had slipped her a sedative. And upped the painkiller.
She closed her eyes when a dizzy spell came briefly, and steadied herself on
the panel. She gritted her teeth against the pain in her joints, radiating
everywhere it seemed. Briefing or no briefing, she thought, I need to do it
while I still can. Julian wasn’t around, but she still doubted his ability
to follow through on this. Looking all around the infirmary, she tried to
guess where the drug storage was. There. That cabinet. Slowly, she pulled
herself hand over hand to the cabinet and chose a hypo. She read the labels
on the bottles, searching for the cordrazine, or maybe something stronger?
Before she could find it, Julian came in, “What are you doing?”
“You know what I’m doing, Julian.” She turned, using all her effort to
stand unassisted, then went back to the biobed empty handed. “All right.
Call Sisko down here and let’s get this over with.” She didn’t know how long
she’d been asleep, and it was tortuous waiting for the next wave of pain to
wash over her.
“Bashir to Sisko. She’s awake.” Julian said into the air.
“On my way.”
“I wish I could say I’d found something to help you,” He said. “But
you were right. I just don’t like being unable to do anything.”
“I understand. I feel helpless, too. That’s one of the reasons I want
to do this. At least *I’m* doing it.” She explained. “I’m in control. At
least, after I report to Sisko. You didn’t tell anyone, did you?”
“That you want me to help you die? No.” He wanted to. He wanted to
ask everyone to help him stop her, but he couldn’t do that. And in
principle, he supposed he agreed with her. But in practice, it just went
against everything he’d always been told medicine was about. And he
remembered his promise. How could he have ever agreed to such a thing?
“I’m sure they all assume that you’re going to hang in there, like all the
others tried to do. But Sisko, Kira and Dax know you’re in stage two.”
She ignored the ‘hang in there’ reference. Hang in for what? He made
it sound like she was taking the easy way out. If it was the easy way out,
why was it so hard to do? She’d put a lot of thought into it, and was
already comfortable with the idea, but she knew Julian was having a very hard
time reconciling this with what he’d been taught, with how he’d lived the
rest of his life. “I really want to thank you, Julian.” She put a hand on
his as he stood by the bed, “You’ve been … very helpful through all this.
I’m glad I ended up here, got to see you again. I needed someone to … I
don’t know. I just needed someone.” She hoped he’d understand, because she
didn’t know the words for what she wanted to say. Or, she knew the words,
but couldn’t say them.
It felt odd. Here she was. It was almost over. What had she done
with her life? No husband, no children. Sure, she saved hundreds of lives
in the passed few years, and she felt good about that. But she had nothing
to leave behind. No mark to leave. Then she remembered what the B’Par Miru
had said. She was in their legends. It might not seem like much to some.
But it meant a lot to her now. It wasn’t that she felt she would be
forgotten, exactly. She knew the colonists would remember her, especially
Verta, and Chris, whom she’d confided in about everything but this. She
remembered the colonists, the children she’d delivered. Their lives would go
on. Julian and all the people she’d met here. Their lives would go on.
She took a deep breath. No, it wasn’t easy. But she would do this. It was
time.
In a few minutes, Sisko strode through the door, looking serious. “You
have a report for me, Ms. Radolfo?”
She didn’t bother to correct him, tell him to call her Leena. “Yes. My
mission is accomplished.”
“I’m glad to hear your mission was a success. What exactly was the
problem?” He obviously had many questions. Of course, she’d been able to
tell him so little before. But could she explain what happened well enough
for him to really understand?
“They’re called the B’Par Miru.” She told him. She pushed herself up
to a sitting position, and when Julian objected she brushed him away, “It’s
all right, Julian.” Then she turned back to Sisko. “They were energy
beings, Commander. And for awhile, so was I. I communicated with them in
their own environment.”
“How did you accomplish this?” Sisko wondered.
“I’m not even sure. It has to be connected to the Devereaux’s. I
achieved an extremely deep meditative state, and had an out-of-body
experience.” She paused, realizing how ridiculous she sounded. But that’s
essentially what it was. She heard herself say it, and still didn’t believe
it. How could it be so matter-of-fact? But that was the best way to explain
it.
“I see. That must have been very strange for you. Can you describe
it?”
She thought for a minute. Describe it? “It was … liberating. I had
no body. But it was also frightening.” A wry smile crossed her lips, “It
was a nice place to visit, but …”
“Yes,” Sisko agreed, understanding the reference, “I suppose it was.
What about the war? How do energy beings go to war?”
“Their community was arguing over the existence of outside intelligent
life, because they’d never been able to communicate with any other life form.
They’d send electric charges through each other. It would temporarily
scramble the thought processes of whoever it hit. But after one recovered,
they’d retaliate. It was disrupting the group mind as well. There were
individuals, but together, there was also a group mind. It was the group
mind that was in danger, I believe. They were losing their cohesion.”
Explaining it was even helping her understand better, “For most of them, I
ended the argument just by showing up.”
“How many were there?”
“I couldn’t tell you. Several hundred, I believe.”
“What about the two that killed each other?”
“They …. cancelled each other out. One changed its electrical
charge, annihilating both itself and the one nearest it.”
“I find this fascinating, Ms. Radolfo. You should write a paper on
it.” Sisko was impressed. This whole experience had nuances he couldn’t
begin to guess at. A group mind created by individual energy beings who were
not aware of other intelligent life. Now that they knew, what would they do?
Who would break the communication barrier first? And, if they were in the
Gamma Quadrant, it was very possible that they would contact the Founders or
the Jem H’adar first. That could be a problem.
“I’m afraid I don’t have the luxury of time for that, Commander.
Didn’t Julian tell you?”
“Yes, he did. I’m sorry, …. Leena. Are you in pain?
“Not at the moment. Thank you for asking.” Not real pain, anyway.
Pain shadows drifted through her, waiting for the blinding white light of the
next wave.
“One more question, if you don’t mind.”
“Of course, what is it?” She felt very patient with Sisko. His voice
was soothing.
“Why did you come back?”
Now that was the last question she would have expected. “Pardon me?”
He repeated the question. “You could have remained there, I’m sure.
Your physical body would have died on the shuttle, but your spirit, or
whatever you choose to call it, could have stayed with them. Didn’t that
thought occur to you?”
“It occurred to them. They offered to take me in.” She admitted.
“So why did you come back?”
“I felt a … pull to come back. I didn’t think I should ignore it.
There must be something tying us to our physical bodies, until death releases
us.” She tilted her head. She hadn’t considered that possibility until just
now, as she said it. “They said I had to return, too. Maybe they know, or
could sense, this socalled tie. I guess I’ll find out if I’m right soon
enough.”
He leaned in close to Leena, and said quietly, “It might have been
worth taking a chance. Do you want to try going back?”
Julian couldn’t hear this part of the conversation. She had seen him
politely withdraw when Sisko leaned in. She thought about it. They had been
very nice, but she didn’t think she wanted to spend an indefinite period of
time there. She wouldn’t fit in there any more than a cave man would here.
Even if it were possible, and as much as the unknown of death frightened her,
“No.” She whispered. “Besides, I had to report back to you. This must go
on record.”
Sisko leaned back again. “I’m honored to have met you, Ms. Radolfo.
Leena.” He held out his hand, just as he had a week earlier when she’d first
arrived.
This time she took it firmly. “Thank you. Now if you’ll excuse us.
I have something to discuss with Julian.”
“Of course.” Sisko left.
“Julian.” Galina was already beginning to feel another wave and
gritted her teeth. It had really begun while she spoke to Sisko, but she’d
done well, she thought. It was like orbiting passed a terminator to the
bright side of a planet, but instead of light there was pain, getting
stronger and stronger, with no filter to make it bearable. Julian looked at
the readings on the biobed and knew.
Wordlessly, Julian went to the cabinet and got the hypo. He filled it
and brought it to her. She looked at it, and anger clouded her features.
She threw the hypo at Julian, “No more painkillers!” She almost doubled over
as pain radiated through her. “Do it, now! Please!” He didn’t even
remember deciding to try the painkiller. Habit, or disbelieve in what he was
about to do.
Julian couldn’t speak. For him, everything went into slow motion. He
went back to the cabinet and got a new hypo. “And don’t try that sedative
trick again, either. There’s no point in it. You going to sedate me for
three weeks?” He didn’t turn to look at her, as he prepared another hypo.
He seemed to be in a dream. “I’m a doctor, too. I know how to read the
hypo.” Her voice came in gasps.
Galina’s fist pounded the side of the bed. “Oh, God! Hurry, please!”
He came to her. “Are you sure you want this?”
She knew he had to ask, or she would have exploded at him again. She
looked him in the eyes. A solid, unbroken gaze. “Yes.” Then, to relieve
the tension of the moment, ” Is it on record now? Hey, recorder, he’s not
killing me. I want him to do this. Is that better?”
Julian put the hypo next to her arm. She looked at it, and swallowed.
It was cordrazine. 4 cc’s. But he couldn’t push it. She reached her other
arm across her body, looked him in the eyes with understanding, and pushed it
herself.
The hypo fell to the floor. Julian looked at her. No more pain.

Sisko sat in Odo’s security office, looking at the shapeshifter across
the desk. He’d also brought Kira with him. Sisko had heard that Quark was
still in holding, and needed help in getting through to Odo, who was enjoying
all this much too thoroughly. “Aren’t you going to let him out?”
“Of course.” Odo told him.
“When?” Sisko could order him to release Quark, of course. But he did
not want Quark to know that he’d had anything to do with this. The ruse was
supposed to have come to a satisfactory solution by now. Gant had been
contacted, all was well. Everything should be back to normal. Besides, Rom
was still running the bar and there’d been complaints. Orders mixed up,
drinks made incorrectly. Rom blamed the replicator whenever he could, but
O’Brien had checked it out twice since this started. And there’d been more
holosuite incidents as well. New programs loaded under misleading names.
Sisko knew what the holosuites were for, and there had been complaints that
the program called Position69 was actually an Andorian ballet.
“Oh,” Odo mused, “I might let him out in time to see Tor Nemis’
comet.”
“Constable,” Kira butted in, “Tor Nemis isn’t due for another 150
years.”
“Exactly.” He smiled.
They all had a good laugh before Sisko got serious. “Constable. Let
him out.”
Odo looked disappointed. “Yes, Sir.”
They all went out to the cell. Quark jumped up and approached the force
field on seeing his important visitors. “Did they get him, Odo? Have they
found Gant? Commander? Kira?”
Sisko looked at Odo, waiting. Odo shut off the force field. “Yes,
Quark. It’s safe to come out now. Gant got his money and he’s not pressing
charges.”
Quark exited the cell quickly. “Thank you! Thank you! Odo,” He
kissed Odo’s hand, “Commander,” He kissed Sisko’s hand, “You won’t regret
this.” He came to Kira, who watched him warily with arms crossed.
She stopped him before he could say anything, “Don’t say it. Don’t
kiss me. And I already do.”
Instead, he thanked her with his eyes, then exited the security office.
Free at last.

EPILOGUE

Quark went immediately to his bar, where he found Rom serving drinks.
“Rom, I’m back. Get out of there.” He chased his brother out, and grabbed a
bar rag. Wiping glasses, he smiled. It was good to be home.
Rom looked stunned. “What about Gant? He’s due to come back any
minute!”
“Gant is not pressing charges. He’s gone. Odo and Sisko told me.” He
waved Rom off to do his regular chores, and approached a customer that had
propped himself up on a barstool, “What can I get you?”
Rom grumbled, though he had known this day would come. So Odo and
Sisko had told him everything. He looked at Quark, wanting to ask, to verify
that the truth was known, but Quark shooed him back to work. Of course he
knows, Rom thought. But why wasn’t Quark angry? Quark was just happy to be
back behind his bar. He probably was quite angry at Sisko and Odo, but also
knew that there wasn’t much he could do about it. Ah, well. Rom shrugged
and began collecting dirty glasses from abandoned tables. Life goes on.

“My report, Sir.” Bashir handed the datapad to Sisko, who skimmed it.
It contained no mention of the cordrazine. She appeared to have succombed
very quickly, probably due to her extreme exhertion and poor physical
condition, his report speculated.
Sisko looked up from the report, “Are you all right, Doctor?”
“I will be.” He left the office and found Dax waiting for him at the
top of the stairs. She faced him directly, so he could not be fully seen
from anyone else in Ops. “I hadn’t realized that the Hypocratic Oath would
be so difficult to follow. You’d think relieving pain would be an easy thing
to do.” He muttered, more to himself really, than to Dax.
“Not when it means saying good-bye.” Dax said. She kept her voice
low, and put a hand on Bashir’s shoulder. “It’s taken mankind hundreds of
years to realize that sometimes it’s better to end life than to prolong it.
This was one of those times, but recognizing it doesn’t make it any easier.
Maybe this will.” She turned her body to further block what was happening
between them from view, “Leena asked me to give you something, after it was
over.”
She leaned in, and gave him a solid kiss on the lips.

THE END

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged | Leave a comment

The Execution of Kira Nerys

The Execution of Kira Nerys

The Defiant hung in space, patrolling the new Cardassian border that now
enveloped its old home, space station Deep Space Nine. In the captain’s chair,
Benjamin Sisko stared at the starfield and tried not to let the bitterness take
another bite. It didn’t seem long ago that the station had been his home.
Everything was comfortable there. Now, suddenly, it had all been taken from
him. How? It didn’t seem possible. He knew there had been a fight, but it was
hard to remember it. Hard to accept that they had fought as hard as they could.
Now, it seemed to him that they had simply left and let them take it. Now the
Dominion were the comfortable ones. But the shortage of Tetracel White was
in Sisko’s favor. Jem ‘Hadar deaths from lack of the White had already been
reported. Many of them were weakening. In some areas, the soldiers were even
killing each other for the White. The Vorta were having a difficult time
controlling them without it. Rom’s self-replicating mine field that blocked the
wormhole, the only path to the Gamma Quadrant, home of the Dominion and
supplies of White, was succeeding. Unfortunately, intelligence was reporting
that the Cardassians were getting closer to a way to defeat them. If the mines
stopped working, he had to close the wormhole permanently with a high
intensity graviton beam before the Jem ‘Hadar reinforcements and supply ships
could make it through.
Sisko rubbed his hands over his tired face. His son was still on that station.
Was he still alive? Sisko didn’t even know. They hadn’t spoken in months. The
Cardassians no doubt were censoring communications, and he himself had
been on one covert mission after another. “Dax?” he asked for the fifth time
that hour.
“The mines are still functioning,” she replied. “No further reports from
intelligence, and no unexpected activity in the Bajoran sector. Sorry.” There
was activity, of course. Thousands of Dominion ships, including Cardassian,
Founder, Vorta, and Jem ‘Hadar, formed a floating barrier around the station.
Although Federation reinforcements were less than an hour away, Sisko knew
his part was basically a suicide mission. The Federation forces couldn’t gather
without risking a costly battle. One ship, the Defiant, floating nearby wouldn’t
raise a stir. But it would be that one ship at the front line when the fight began.
Sisko accepted Dax’s sympathetic expression with a sigh. He’d played the
waiting game before and it was never easy. Going to her con station, he looked
over her instruments. She looked up over her shoulder, “Don’t you trust me,
Benjamin?”
“With my life, Old Man,” he replied, still looking at the panel. “I
just wish I knew what was going on in there.”
“You’re worried about Jake.” His silence told her she was right. Her fingers
dabbled on the panel as she made minor course corrections. “He’ll be all right.
He’s the Emissary’s son and they can’t afford to upset the Bajoran government.”
“Can’t they?” Sisko didn’t need to explain that even with the Jem ‘Hadar
weakened by their lack of White, the Cardassians had no such limitation. At
the moment, they were held back only by the Jem ‘Hadar and the Vorta. The
old saying about too many cooks spoiling the soup came to Sisko’s mind.
Behind him, Dr. Julian Bashir stood leaning against the weapons station
where his friend Garak was sitting. Normally, as ship’s doctor, he wouldn’t be
on the bridge, but protocol was lax among this group of friends. The ship was
running with a minimal crew, all of whom had been poked and prodded
beyond endurance while Bashir ran physicals and calibrated every piece of
equipment in the sickbay. Sisko knew that Bashir wouldn’t be on the bridge if
sickbay wasn’t completely ready for action. And on the bridge, Bashir would
know beforehand when that action would begin, and could better prepare his
staff.
It was an odd friendship, Bashir and Garak. Both outcasts in some sense.
Garak, exiled from his Cardassian home world for reasons he had never shared
with anyone. Although his past was very much a mystery, he had proven
himself trustworthy. Originally thought to be a spy, Garak had actually come
to Starfleet’s aid on several occasions, often even risking his life. He now sat at
the weapons console, prepared to fire on his own people at Sisko’s command.
When Julian Bashir had first come to DS9, he’d been young, ambitious, and
adventurous. So when Garak, Cardassian Garak, sat at his table one morning
and began a conversation, Julian found himself drawn into Garak’s
mysteriousness. Over time, the tense, distrustful relationship had relaxed into a
warm friendship, although Bashir still didn’t know very much about Garak the
man. But Garak, and everyone else on the station, soon learned a great deal
about Julian. When it was revealed that he’d been genetically enhanced as a
child, Julian saw how true his friends at the station were. It was only his
unique skill as a physician, and his father’s willingness to serve a prison term,
that had kept Julian the station’s doctor. He knew that elsewhere people would
not be as forgiving. They saw him as having cheated in life, although it
certainly had not been his decision. It wasn’t like he was the superhuman
people feared such genetic engineering would produce. One could tell by
looking at him that his physical strength was not extraordinary. But his
intelligence, his brain functions were enhanced, including the parts of the
brain that handled body movement. So his coordination and endurance were
indeed exceptional. Very good qualities for a doctor to have.
Although Bashir and Garak had been friends before this revelation, it served
to deepen the relationship. Now Julian leaned on his friend’s instrument panel
and said, “Do you think you should inventory the torpedoes one more time?”
Garak glanced up at Julian, “Well, Doctor, you never know when one of
them could just disappear.” At the last word, he gestured with his right hand as
if to show something vanishing into thin air.
Julian laughed, “Seriously, I know how important this mission is. Timing is
critical. But what if intelligence was wrong? Are we wasting our time out
here?” He kept his voice low so that Sisko wouldn’t hear.
“Personally, I don’t think so. I’m surprised it took them this long to find a
way to disarm those mines. It’s not that difficult, if you think about it.” The
mines were designed to be self-replicating. If one was destroyed, a neighboring
mine created a new one. The solution of course was not to go after them one
by one, but as a group. The station’s large deflector dish had that ability.
“Then why don’t they do it? Let’s get this show on the road, as they say.”
“As who says?” Garak was unfamiliar with many Earth idioms. “Besides, I, for
one, am not in any hurry to begin the fighting. Not that I don’t want to see us
win, but because there are too many people on that station I’d rather not see get
hurt.” Although the Federation had abandoned the station, and Garak had
come along for his own protection, the Bajorans had not. Sisko’s son, Jake,
had stayed behind voluntarily as a war correspondent, but Major Kira, Odo,
Quark, and Rom were also there, trying to survive. And there was Ziyal,
Dukat’s half-Bajoran daughter. She, like Garak, was basically an exile from
Cardassia. Her Bajoran blood kept her from her home world. “I’d feel better if
we could get them off the station first.”
“You know that’s not possible.”
“Yes, I do. But I’d feel better if it were.”
“Captain?” Chief Miles O’Brien spoke up from his engineering station.
“We’re receiving a message from DS9.”
Dax checked her panel. “Confirmed. It’s a recorded message.” “On screen,”
Sisko ordered. All eyes turned to the large view screen in front of them. When
Bashir saw who it was he stopped leaning and stood straight. The Cardassian
symbol was followed by Major Kira Nerys appearing on the screen. Her face
showed almost no expression and she read as if from a script. “This message is
directed to Captain Benjamin Sisko, Lieutenant Commander Dax, Dr. Julian
Bashir, and Engineering Chief Miles O’Brien. You are hereby invited to DS9
to witness the execution of Major Kira Nerys. Terak Nor out.” The screen
went blank.

The bridge of the Defiant was silent. Only the beeps and clicks of the
machinery could be heard. “Dax,” Sisko said quietly, “plot a course to DS9 and
engage at impulse, full shields.”
“Impulse?” Dax asked. Shouldn’t they be speeding to her rescue?
“We’ve been invited to her execution.” Sisko explained, “They can’t very
well start without us. In the meantime, analyze that transmission. Maybe
there’s a coded message of some sort.” Dax nodded.
“Chief, can you acknowledge the message without disclosing our location?”
O’Brien understood immediately that a quick response time just didn’t go with
a delayed arrival. “Aye, sir. I’d also recommend delaying the acknowledgment
at least an hour.”
“Do it. Include our ETA at present speed.” Then he turned to go to his
command chair, when he noticed Garak. Garak had gone a slightly whiter shade of
pale. “Garak?”
Garak blinked, looking around at the faces now staring at him. “It’s not a
code, Captain. It’s real.”
“What makes you say that?” He sat in his chair and swivelled it toward the
back of the bridge.
Garak swallowed visibly, “She’s a war criminal. Public executions are
common among the Vorta.”
“How do you know so much about the Vorta?”
“Captain, I have a vested interest in knowing the legal system of any power
that has control over Cardassia. If I were ever captured, I’d like to know what
they probably wouldn’t tell me.” Garak stood and approached Sisko,
“According to what I’ve been able to find out about Vorta law, war criminals
are always executed publicly, after being forced to record an invitation just
like that. You see, the viewers like to see the reactions of family and friends as
much as the death of the condemned.”
“The viewers? You mean, it’s to be broadcast?”
Garak nodded, “Yes. Over subspace.”
Bashir found his voice, “What’s the method of execution?”
Turning at his waist, Garak answered, “That’s usually left up to the Vorta
overseeing the execution.”
“Weyoun.” Sisko muttered.

Weyoun walked around Dukat, smiling. But then, Weyoun was almost
always smiling. It was beginning to get on Dukat’s nerves. “I must
congratulate you, Dukat, on capturing such an inspiring Resistance leader.” He
put one hand on the Cardassian’s shoulder. “It’s just what I need to urge my
soldiers onward.”
“Pardon me?” Dukat wasn’t sure what Weyoun was talking about.
“Why, her execution, of course. The process is already under way.” He went
behind the desk that used to be Captain Sisko’s, and Dukat’s before that. “I’d
like to reward you. What would you like?”
Dukat couldn’t stop himself from saying it. “Don’t kill her.”
“What?!” The thought amazed Weyoun. “And throw away such a perfect
opportunity? The Jem ‘Hadar are beginning to fight over the remaining White.
They need a diversion. Entertainment. It’s perfect.”
“Entertainment.” Dukat said flatly, stressing each syllable. He faced the desk.
“I agree she should be punished, but she is still valuable to us. Her death would
be a waste. And it might anger Bajor, your new friends!” He pulled this last
argument out at the last second, and was very pleased by it.
“Ah, yes, let’s not upset Bajor.” Weyoun ridiculed. He began manipulating
the computer panel in the desktop. “I have a project for some of your men,
Dukat. We’ll need to convert one of the cargo bays for the execution.” He
brought up a schematic on a monitor screen, tossing aside all of Dukat’s
objections as meaningless. Reluctantly, Dukat moved in to look as Weyoun
continued, “There will be a centrally located ring, a box of seats for me and
our honored guests, and grandstands for everyone else. Nothing too elaborate.”
Dukat swallowed his arguments, unwilling to push his luck that far. “Am I
excused from attending?”
“No, of course not! You’ll be in the ring, with Kira.” He pointed to the center
circle. “We can display your various tools around the ring where everyone can
see them. And a table of refreshments. We can’t have her dying of thirst now,
can we?”
“I’ll be….in the ring?” Dukat felt slightly ill.
Weyoun’s bright blue eyes flashed, “You’re the one who discovered her
treachery. You will have the honor of conducting the execution.”
“I see. And the tools would be…?”
Weyoun sighed as if it should go without saying. “Whatever you prefer to
use. I can provide some whips of various types, some shackles…” He punched
some more buttons, changing the schematic, “would you prefer her bound to a
post or a chair? Never mind, we’ll install both and go where the mood sends
us.”
“You’re talking about torture.” Dukat swallowed thickly.
“Slow torture, to be specific. Yes.” Weyoun raised his eyes from the schematic
to Dukat’s face. “It’s my favorite.”
Dukat wondered how his eyes could sparkle like that.
Weyoun continued, “To the Jem ‘Hadar, a good, lingering death is almost as
good as the White. You do remember we are short of White? The
reinforcements aren’t the only thing being held back by the mine field, you
know.”
“Yes, I know.” Dukat was sick of Weyoun’s constant reminders. He was fully
aware that the wormhole was still blocked. At the moment, disabling the mine
field was the last thing on Dukat’s mind. “Are you forgetting that Kira is a very
important Bajoran liaison? There will undoubtedly be repercussions if you do
this.”
Weyoun sighed. “We control this station. Shortly, you keep assuring me, we
will control the wormhole. By then, mollifying Bajor will be irrelevant.” It
suddenly occurred to Weyoun that Dukat seemed to be objecting to the
execution. “Come now, Dukat. Kira and her rebel friends were a thorn in your
side long before they were in mine. Surely, her death would bring you
pleasure.”
“Yes, of course.” Dukat agreed, a little too quickly. “But slow torture…”
“All right,” Weyoun relented. “If she agrees to implicate her accomplices, I’ll
grant her a quick death.”
“She’d never agree to that.”
“Perhaps not now. After several hours of pain, she may be persuaded more
easily. Keep that in mind, Dukat.” Weyoun returned his attention to his
computer screen. “We can always extend the show to include anyone she
names. Start thinking about the best times to ask her. Between tools,
perhaps?” He smiled, imagining the unprecedented broadcast of several
consecutive executions, then noticed that Dukat wasn’t enjoying himself. “I
can have my Jem ‘Hadar First do it, if you prefer to watch.”
Dukat didn’t like the certainty of that idea. “No. It’s all right, Weyoun. We’ll
do it your way.”
Weyoun smiled. “I know I can count on you to provide a good show.”
Dukat smiled uncomfortably in return.

Kira sat in her holding cell, going over the past two days in her head. What
had gone wrong? The plan had seemed so air tight, but here she was, counting
what could be the last days of her life. She remembered the last Resistance
meeting, in Rom and Leeta’s quarters. Odo, Quark, and Jake Sisko had also
been there. They bounced ideas off of each other for awhile, developing plans
to create tension between the Cardassians and the Jem ‘Hadar and sabotaging
various station systems. They had had minor victories that seemed little more
than irritations to Damar and Gul Dukat. Kira wanted to do more. Rom and
Quark wanted to preserve their income and lives, in that order. Odo seemed
distracted and indifferent. Kira suspected that the presence of the female
Founder on the station had something to do with it. But at least Jake was
adventurous and optimistic, although Kira wasn’t sure if Jake really understood
the implications of what they were doing. She felt more than a little
responsible for his safety.
They had finally agreed on a plan of action in
which each of them could play a part. While she and Rom worked on
disabling weapons systems, Odo would override security warnings to hide
their progress. Much to Rom’s objections, Leeta would distract Dukat and
Damar by luring them to the Dabo tables. Quark would aid Leeta, if necessary,
and provide gratis unlimited kanar. And Jake would pretend to give interviews
to everyone on the governing council for a correspondent news report. He
intended to play up their victories, of course, and predict how quickly they
would overcome the enemy. This would be a difficult job for Jake, considering
the enemy was personified by his own father.
They left the meeting confident. If everyone did their part, the weapons
systems would soon be useless. But that wasn’t the way it had turned out. Kira
and Rom had crawled through several junctions to access secured weapons
circuitry, quietly bypassing checkpoint after checkpoint. They had begun to
disable a set of phaser banks when her highly tuned senses told her something
was wrong. There were no alarms, no shouts, no bursts of fire, but her gut
instinct warned her to cut and run. She pushed Rom ahead of her, then felt it
would be best to split up on the way out of the tunnel system. At the first
intersection, she sent Rom to the left, and she took the right tunnel. But it
turned out to be the wrong tunnel. Waiting at the exit into the corridor was Gul
Dukat, Cardassian blaster in hand. As she peeked out to check the hall, they
saw each other at the same time. Dukat smiled broadly.
“Major! It’s strange, but our port phaser bank just went off-line. I wonder
why that was?” With the weapon, he pointed to the tools she was carrying.
She looked down at the small box. The stolen power coupling was inside, along
with several hand tools.
At the point of the blaster, Dukat escorted her to a holding cell, then left to
report to Weyoun with the confiscated toolbox. Some time later, Weyoun had
come to coerce her into recording the invitation, pronouncing her guilt and
sentence of execution. That had been several hours ago. Since then, she’d been
left alone to think about her impending punishment.
She rose as Odo came in and stood in front of her cell. He had a food tray in
his hands, which he passed through a sliver of a door to one side of the force
field. She took it and thanked him.
“They’ve begun converting a cargo bay.” Odo told her.
“Tell them not to go to any trouble.” She replied as she took a bite out of the
sandwich. A cup of steaming coffee sat on the tray as well, and she sipped it.
Odo shifted his eyes shyly, “I’m….sorry, Nerys.”
She blinked at him. She knew he had strong feelings for her. They had a
solid friendship after all these years together, and she also felt a great deal for
him. But it wasn’t the right kind of feeling. She swallowed, but didn’t take
another bite right away. “It’s not your fault, Odo. This is the risk I took for
years during the last occupation. I guess my luck finally ran out.” Suddenly,
her appetite was gone and she set the tray aside. She wanted to ask him how
Dukat had known where to find her, but that kind of talk would implicate Odo
as well, and Kira knew the holding cell had to be under heavy surveillance.
“Any word from the Defiant?”
“That’s why I came down here. Ops just received an acknowledgment. Their ETA is
three point four days.”
“Three point four days,” she repeated.
Odo just stood there for a time, unable to speak, or at a loss for words. More,
as if he were embedding her appearance in his brain. To remember her.
“Thanks for the food, Odo.”
“You’re welcome.” His voice was a little rougher than usual. Did changelings
cry? Kira wondered. But Odo didn’t move. He continued to watch her. “Odo?”
“Hmmm?” It sounded close to a growl.
She tried to catch his eyes with hers, which should have been easy enough
with him staring like that, but she could tell he wasn’t seeing her, at least, not
paying attention to her. “You’re staring at me.”
Finally his eyes met hers and lingered there for a bit as well. She half
expected him to say something but then Odo turned and left.

When the chime sounded, Weyoun was at his desk reading reports on his
terminal. “Identify.” He said.
“Odo.”
“Come!” He rose, apparently forgetting about the reports, as he moved to
welcome the Founder into his office. “Founder, to what do I owe this
unexpected visit?” His smile stretched so wide Odo thought his head would
split.
Odo stepped in and allowed the door to close behind him. “I…” Odo said
uncomfortably.
“Oh, please, don’t hesitate.” He waved Odo to come further
into the room. “Can I offer you a beverage? A snack?”
“No. Thank you.” Odo said. “I’m here to ask you something.”
“Anything, Founder.” Somehow, Odo could never bring himself to take that
statement at face value. Although he was a Founder, who the Vorta treated as
gods, his power over Weyoun was limited. Odo did not linger over the notion that he
could stop the whole war with a simple request. Despite the Vorta’s
quiescence, Odo was not considered a real Founder. He was not in the Great
Link. Odo suspected that it was habit alone that dictated Weyoun’s words and
posturing.
Odo had no trouble keeping his barely formed face grim. “It’s about the
execution.”
“Yes, Founder. The plans are proceeding well. Do you wish to
see them?” Weyoun moved toward the terminal.
“No.” Odo said quickly. “I do not wish to see any of it. I wish to be excused
from attending.”
Weyoun was strongly disappointed, “I’m sorry to hear that, Founder. I had
hoped that attendance would be complete.”
“Then I may be excused?”
Weyoun bowed. “As you wish.” He straightened again. “If I may be so bold,
may I ask why?”
“Is a reason required?”
Weyoun’s eyes dropped in shame for having asked, “No, of course not. I beg
your pardon. That was far too forward of me.”
“Thank you for your time.” Odo left quickly, having accomplished what he
had come to do.
Moments after Odo left, the female Founder leader solidified into human
form, having been a chair a moment earlier. She approached Weyoun. “He
should not have been excused.”
“My apologies, Founder. I couldn’t very well
refuse his request.” Weyoun seemed worried about her wrath, moving his head
to avoid eye contact.
“I understand that. Do not worry.” She stared at the
doorway that Odo had just exited. “I will handle this matter.”

Sisko and Garak sat casually in his ready room, Sisko at a computer terminal
and Garak on a couch. Sisko was trying to find out more about what to expect
once they reached the station. The computer held very little information about
the Vorta. Sisko wondered where Garak had done his research. “What do you
think we can expect?” He asked.
“If you’re thinking of trying to rescue her,
forget it.” Garak said simply.
“You have a problem with positive thinking.
Let me hear it.” Sisko folded his hands and waited.
Garak sat straight, and met Sisko’s gaze. “Once we arrive at the station, those
named will be escorted to the execution arena, three guards per person. We
will not be allowed to leave their sight for anything for the duration of our
stay. As soon as death is declared, we will be escorted back and ordered to
leave immediately.” He moved his eyes to the floor in defeat. “There will be
no opportunity to even speak to each other about anything we wouldn’t want
them to hear.”
Sisko said nothing as he pictured it in his mind’s eye and considered his
options. “Then we’d all better know our parts before we get there.”
Now Garak stood and stepped closer, “Captain Sisko, that would be suicide.
Any suspicious move and the guards would shoot. They don’t have to ask
permission.”
“And what if we didn’t show up?” He asked.
“They would carry out the execution after a week, regardless. Unless we
were expected to arrive later. Of course, we’ve already sent an ETA, so that’s
not a possibility.” Garak began to pace, “And it would influence their
treatment of her. They would have no compunction to avoid excessive
brutality. No incentive to maintain any kind of decorum. I imagine, Weyoun
would prefer we didn’t arrive at all.”
Sisko was still deep in thought, his words coming out almost unconsciously,
“What about Kira, and the others? What can they expect?”
Garak considered the question, “Kira would have twice as many guards, with
her reputation. The others, I’m not sure. But there will be plenty of Jem ‘Hadar
soldiers, and probably Cardassian soldiers as well, in the room. What you
would probably call ‘overkill’, I believe.” He hesitated, placing his hands gently
on the desktop, “I really don’t think there’s anything we can do to prevent this
from happening.” In his most serious mode, he added, “Our best option would
be to find a way to end it sooner.”
That got Sisko’s attention. It ended with Kira’s death. He didn’t want to think
about what Garak was suggesting, but he couldn’t avoid it. He pressed the
comm button on his desk panel. “Sisko to Dr. Bashir. Please report to my
ready room immediately.”
“Acknowledged. On my way,” came Bashir’s voice.
Sisko and Garak stayed that way, Sisko sitting behind and Garak standing in
front of the desk, staring each other down over this idea. That’s how Bashir
found them when he entered. “Garak has an idea.” Sisko said quietly.
Bashir smiled, “Garak?” Then his smile fell when Garak didn’t return it.
Garak turned to his friend. “Doctor, there are several drugs which can paralyze
a humanoid nervous system–”
“Stop right there.” Bashir said, with one hand up like a traffic cop. “I’ve been
doing some research, and that strategy, revival of the dead, has been used on
previous Starfleet missions. I have one question, however. What is the Vorta
tradition regarding disposition of the body?”
Garak turned his head. He hadn’t considered revival an option. And as the
details came back to him, he still didn’t. “It is put on public display, in a
specially designed transparent container into which accelerants are pumped–”
“Enough,” Bashir said, once again cutting his friend off. He didn’t need to
hear the details. The body would rot in full view, the public safe from
contaminants and odor. “If we can’t retrieve her body, we can’t revive her.”
“I wasn’t talking about reviving her.” Garak flinched at Bashir’s angry look,
but continued, “I was talking about ending her suffering.”
Bashir glanced at Sisko, who simply shrugged. “You can’t be serious! I will
not end her life!”
“In my opinion, Julian, it’s our only option.” Garak argued. “It’s likely that
Weyoun will choose death by torture. He’ll try to prolong it as long as possible.
Death by inches, Julian. Can we let her go through that?”
“I can’t give up on her.”
Garak gripped Bashir by each shoulder, “Face the facts, Doctor. She’s been
sentenced by the Vorta. There will be a hundred armed guards, against the four
of you. You won’t have any weapons. Theirs will be set to kill. If Weyoun
suspects any of us of taking action, we could end up bound and gagged for the
duration. I’ve done research, too, Julian, and there is nothing we can do!”
“Garak!” Julian shook himself free and turned away, not wanting to listen to
his friend’s words.
“Gentlemen!” Sisko interrupted to calm them both down. He turned to
Bashir, “It’s one solution! Do you have a better one?” Bashir said nothing.
Sisko took a calming breath for himself. “Garak does have one point. If
anything can be done, you’ll be the one to do it. The rest of us won’t be able to
get near her.” He paused, watching the two of them calm down as well, “now,
Garak believes you might be requested to lend medical aid to prolong this
thing. If this happens, what can you do?”
Bashir eyed Garak suspiciously. He seemed far too willing to sacrifice Major
Kira, yet if it was as hopeless as Garak said, his plan just might be the only
humane thing to do. Bashir looked at the floor helplessly, “I don’t know. If I
give her stimulants or painkillers, it’ll only accomplish what Weyoun wants.”
He stood stock still, realizing his dilemma. “I can’t help her, and I can’t NOT
help her.”

Looking from side to side to make sure he had not been followed, Odo
pressed the chime to Jake Sisko’s quarters. When Jake gave the command, the
door opened and Odo entered quickly.
“Odo.” Jake said, “What’s wrong?” Something about the shapeshifter’s
attitude worried him. He was scanning the room almost as if Jake weren’t
present.
“I need to talk to you.” He took the boy by the arm and steered him
into the bedroom.

Nervously, Jake Sisko rode the turbolift up to Ops. He hadn’t been there in a
long time. He concentrated on making his eyes water, biting the inside of his
cheek. He succeeded in getting his eyes misty enough, without actual tears
rolling down his cheek. He probably could have talked himself into it, given
enough time, and avoided the sore cheek, but if this didn’t work, Odo would
need time to come up with something else. The lift stopped at the lower level
of Ops and of course he was approached by a Cardassian soldier. “You do not
have clearance.”
“Please,” he said, letting his voice choke a bit, “I need to
talk to Weyoun.”
“Wait here.” After Jake nodded and stepped off the lift and
to one side, the Cardassian left him there and climbed the short staircase to
Weyoun’s office. Other soldiers in Ops stared at Jake, who stood obediently,
blinking his teary eyes. After a few moments, the office door opened and the
soldier came out again, followed by Weyoun.
Weyoun stood at the top of
the steps for a moment and looked at Jake, then dismissed his soldier and
approached. “What can I do for you?”
Jake took a quivering breath, “Please, sir. I’ve heard that you want everyone
to watch. I….can’t. I’m just a kid.”
Weyoun raised an eyebrow. Just a kid? Jake was taller than *him*. But then
he *was* human. Weyoun wasn’t familiar with human growth patterns and
adolescence. He studied the boy’s face, seeing an impending lack of control
that touched him. But he would be wonderful in the audience. This was
exactly what his troops loved to see. “How long have you known Major Kira?”
“Six years,” he croaked, licking his lips. “She’s been like a mother to me. I’ve
already seen one mother die…” He feigned a controlling breath, “If you make
me be there, I’ll be disruptive. I won’t let you hurt her.” Determination cleared
his eyes, “I’ll stop you.”
Weyoun considered it. “Now, that would make a
good show, wouldn’t it?” The boy’s probable ineffective attempts to stop the
execution could add a measure of excitement. But on the other hand, if he was
at all successful in his threat, Weyoun would be humiliated.
Fear that his plan had backfired entered Jake’s mind. Would Weyoun call his
bluff? He concentrated on keeping the determination on his face and waited.
After weighing Jake’s sincerity, Weyoun allowed sympathy to sweep over his face,
his blue eyes moistening as well. These Federation people has a phrase, what
was it? Where there’s a will….He placed one hand softly on Jake’s shoulder,
“You’ll stay in your quarters?”
Holding back the sigh of relief, Jake nodded.
“You see,” he said, lifting Jake’s face with one finger under his chin, “I *do*
have a heart.”
Jake understood that his plea had been answered. “Thank you, sir. Thank
you.” He grasped the hand from under his chin and kissed it.
“You may go.” Weyoun smiled and motioned with his head for Jake to get
back on the lift.
As the lift lowered him below Ops level, Jake smiled. But the smile faded
quickly as he thought about his performance. While the tears had been forced,
the sentiments were real. He did indeed feel very close to Kira Nerys. He
couldn’t afford to let himself forget the danger she was in. That they were all
in.

The female Founder walked through Odo’s quarters as if they were her own.
Odo sat on the seat under his viewing port, looking extremely sad. “Weyoun
has informed me about your request,” she began. “And I know why you made
it. Your feelings for Kira could not be hidden from me.” She studied his face
for a moment, “No matter what, Odo, Kira will soon be gone. I can make it
easier for you. Link with me again.”
“No.”
“We are not impressed by your noble sacrifice. She is a solid. The longer you
are in the Link, the sooner you will see how insignificant she is.” She reached
one hand out to Odo, but he slid away. “Very well. Think about this, then. If
you do not attend, you will not say goodbye. I understand farewells are very
important to solids.”
“I’ve already said my farewells,” Odo lied.
“You’ve said goodbye to a living, healthy, Kira. She will not be so
tomorrow.”
“I prefer to remember her the way she is. Now, I ask you to
leave.” Odo stood and pointed to the door. “I’d like to be alone.”
She approached the door, but not close enough to make it open. She turned
toward him, “You are already alone, Odo. You’ve been alone ever since you
left the Great Link.” She tilted her head to one side, “In the Great Link, there is
no death. You need never feel sorrow, only unending joy. You came from the
Link. It is where you belong. If the solids knew what the Great Link was like,
they would envy us more than our changeling ability. Our community will
welcome you back, when you tire of the solid’s negativity.” She stepped
forward and the doors parted, but she turned again at the threshold. “If you do
not attend the execution, you will be required to stay here in your quarters.
You understand that?” At Odo’s short nod she left.

“Dax to Sisko,” Sisko heard over the Defiant’s comm system as he studied
Garak’s reports in his ready room early the next day.
“Sisko here.”
“We’re approaching the blockade.”
Sisko rose from his desk and entered the bridge. Moving swiftly to his
captain’s chair, he said, “Shields up.” On the view screen, still in the distance
but growing closer, he could see a veritable wall of ships. Thousands and
thousands, by the looks of it. Cardassian, Jem ‘Hadar, Founder, as well as
unidentified Dominion ships. They hovered within less than a kilometer of
each other. “Approach to one hundred thousand kilometers and hold position.”
“Aye, sir.” Dax replied, “Shields at maximum.” Her eyes scanned her
instrument panel. “I’m detecting transmissions. Directed at the station. We’re
being hailed.” She lifted her head to look at the view screen, anticipating
Sisko’s next order.
“On screen.”
Weyoun, the familiar Ops station as his backdrop, appeared on the screen.
“Welcome, Captain,” he said with his oily smile. “A passage will open for you.
Please proceed at impulse. If you attempt to go to warp, you will be fired
upon. We’ll expect you in,” he paused to check his reading, “just over six
hours. You will be docking at upper pylon two. Enjoy your stay.” He signed off
without further ado.
” ‘Enjoy your stay’?” Sisko quoted. The screen again showed the blockade of
ships in front of him. Suddenly, several ships broke formation and fell back
toward the inside, creating a tube like corridor. “You heard the man, Dax. At
impulse.” The ship moved forward, and slipped quietly through the line of
enemy ships. If this whole thing was a trap, now would be the time for them to
attack. But no attack came. As the Defiant passed through the tube, it closed
up again behind them as the ships returned to their positions. Sisko gave a sigh
of relief, “All right. Next stop, upper pylon two.”
On Terok Nor, Weyoun turned to Dukat, “They’re almost here. Have the
major prepared. And I’ll need guards on Odo’s quarters, and on Jake Sisko’s
quarters.”
Dukat nodded, “How many?”
Weyoun considered, then said, “Just one each should be sufficient. It’s only a
formality, really. What could they possibly do?” He was utterly confident.
“You’d be surprised,” muttered Dukat under his breath.
“Pardon me?”
Dukat sighed, “Weyoun, I’m getting very uncomfortable about this whole
thing. Sisko back on the station. Two of them excused. You’re being far too
lenient.” He kept his voice low.
“I understand,” Weyoun admitted. “But tradition must be upheld. The
Founders have so dictated. We have plenty of guards. Double them then. You
will be responsible for the security of this operation, Dukat. Take whatever
steps you wish to insure it.” With that, he turned and climbed the steps to his
office.

Kira sat nervously in the cell. It had to be soon. It had been nearly four days
since Odo had told her about the Defiant’s ETA. And she knew the execution
would take place as soon as they arrived. They would be fools to waste any
time. Bring them in, kill her, send them out. The sooner it was all finished the
safer the Dominion would be.
Her stomach tightened when she saw the
security door open and two Jem ‘Hadar soldiers entered. They came
immediately to her cell. With both holding their weapons trained on her, one
turned off the force field. “Come,” said the other.
Kira took a deep breath, and forced herself to her feet. Another, and she
stepped forward, over the threshold of the cell. A breath, a step, a breath, a
step. One guard in front of her, the other behind. This was it. The front guard
reached the security door and it slid open, revealing two more guards waiting
outside. Kira stopped, the unreality of it all taking hold. Even on her best day,
she wouldn’t be able to take on four Jem ‘Hadar soldiers. Oh, Prophets, she
thought. “Excuse me, I’m going to be sick,” she heard herself say.
“Move,” the guard nearest her said, prodding her with his weapon.
She saw the door to the bathroom to her right. “I mean it. And if you don’t
let me go in there, I’ll do it all over you.” She indicated the door. The guards
looked at each other uncertainly. Then, before they could object, Kira popped one
hand over her mouth and rushed through the door, the door closing again on the
sounds of retching.
The guards waited. They knew Weyoun also waited, and the longer
he waited the worse it would be for them. A few long minutes later, the door
finally opened and Kira slipped out, wiping her mouth with the back of her
hand. She was pale, and still shaking. “Thank you. I’m ready now.” Merging
with the growing number of guards, she left Security.

Weyoun met Sisko at the airlock, accompanied by several armed guards of
both Jem ‘Hadar and Cardassian descent. As the airlock opened, he bowed low.
“Welcome to Terok Nor, Captain Sisko.” He then bowed to each of his guests
in turn. “Commander Dax, Doctor Bashir, Chief O’Brien.” He then stood in
front of them, blindly waving to four guards, who frisked each guest, removing
weapons, tricorders, and communicator pins, and Bashir’s medical kit. Bashir
exchanged a “what now?” glance with Sisko, but said nothing. “These guards
will remain here. If anyone else tries to disembark, they will be shot on sight.
Do you need to contact anyone to inform them of this?”
Garak had also informed them of this contingency. “No,” Sisko replied. “No
one else will be leaving the Defiant.”
“Excellent. Then we both understand the terms of this arrangement. Follow
me.” And he led them, surrounded by the remaining guards, down the
promenade.
The cargo bay doors opened to reveal the somewhat elaborate
staging. A large ring with a low border was centered in the bay. Inside the ring
stood a tall pole with chains bolted at various intervals. Near the pole was a
chair, also equipped with chains and bindings. Just inside the ring, along the
circumference of the border, stood several tables on which rested a large array
of instruments that Sisko didn’t want to look at too closely. One table held a
large pitcher of water and a small glass, and a plate of non-perishable food
items. Two-thirds of the ring were surrounded by bleacher style seating, which
was already well populated by station residents. Sisko could see Quark, Rom,
and Leeta sitting uncomfortably in the crowd. The remaining section was
boxed in, with more comfortable seating. It was to this box that Weyoun led
the Defiant’s crewmembers. He entered the box first, taking the seat farthest
from the entry gate. The rest filed in and took their seats quietly. The last in
the box was the female Founder, who sat near the gate with a triumphant look
on her barely formed face.
From somewhere, a Cardassian entered the ring.
It was Gul Dukat. Weyoun motioned him over and he approached the box. “It’s
traditional to begin with ten lashes. After that, you may proceed as you wish.”
Dukat nodded, and quickly escaped Sisko’s angry glare. He went to find the
whip among the tables. He found it, and whipped the air, gaining the feel of it.
“I’m not sure I can do this,” Bashir whispered to Sisko. “It’s barbaric.”
“I’m sorry, Doctor. It’s not easy for any of us.” He turned to Weyoun on his other
side, “Will the doctor be allowed to render aid?”
“Only to prolong her suffering,” Weyoun stated. “Your doctor’s medical kit
will be returned to him after it has been inspected. But he will be required to
declare her dead. After which…”
“….we are to leave immediately, back to neutral space. I know.” Sisko wasn’t
satisfied at all with this arrangement. He saw Weyoun’s pleased smile only out
of the corner of his eye. It was frustrating to have his hands tied like this. He
looked around and saw at least thirty Cardassians armed with blasters, and as
many Jem ‘Hadar with phaser rifles. He doubted any of them were set on stun.
The tension was thick in the air. The crowd’s murmuring came to his ears as an
unsteady hum. He looked for Jake, but couldn’t find him, then realized Odo
was also missing.
“Where’s Jake?” He asked Weyoun.
“In his quarters, Captain,” Weyoun replied, “He asked to be excused, as did
Odo.”
Sisko raised an eyebrow. It was good to know his son was safe and
wouldn’t have to witness this, but he wondered what Jake had said to get
excused. According to Garak, attendance at these functions was mandatory. He
also wasn’t sure whether to take Odo’s absence as a good sign or a bad one.
There was a sudden commotion as the door opened again, and a group of
soldiers, surrounding Major Kira, entered the room. She was escorted roughly
to the ring and bound to the post, her arms forced high over her head. The
female Founder stood. “Strip her.”
Dukat turned to the Founder, but did nothing.
“I said strip her.” Obviously, she felt no explanation was necessary.
“With all due respect,” Dukat objected, “I refuse.”
The female Founder shifted her eyes and a Jem ‘Hadar guard moved forward.
Dukat moved between Kira and the guard. “I will not permit it.” He allowed no
uncertainty in his expression.
“Your insubordination will be remembered.” She nodded at the guard who
returned to his place, and she sat down again. “Begin.”
Dukat circled Kira, still only whipping the air. “Major, this could go on for a
long time, or I can give you a quick death. If you tell me who helped you
disable the phaser bank.” Kira said nothing. He moved in closer, his back to
Weyoun, and whispered, “you can prevent this, Major. It’s not too late. Please
say something.” Instead, she hid her face inside her upstretched arms, and
remained silent. “I’m sorry,” he said, then stepped back and gave her the first
lash.
It ate through her uniform and into her flesh, but she didn’t cry out. She
cringed against the pole, hugging it tightly. Another lash. And another. In the
box, Sisko, Bashir, Dax, and O’Brien jumped and cringed with each lash.
Kira’s back was criss-crossed with welts, her uniform torn into rags by the time
the tenth lash was reached. Kira kept her face tucked between her arms. No
one could see if the whipping had even produced tears. Dukat was impressed.
She hadn’t cried out, though she was breathing as if she had run a marathon.
“Name your accomplices.” He ordered her loudly, setting the whip on one of
the tables. He looked over the tables, taking his time to decide what to use
next. “I do have a knife here. I can cut your throat. It would be over in minutes.
If you tell me.”
In the box, Bashir was sweating. How could he just sit here? But the swarms
of armed guards gave him no choice. His own hands were shaking. It was
almost as if he himself were taking the punishment. He noticed O’Brien next to
him just as uncomfortable, trying not to look up from his own lap. Dax was
watching, though. He could see the sorrow in her eyes, but they looked on the
scene defiantly. He glanced the other way, back to Sisko and Weyoun.
Naturally, Weyoun was smiling. Sisko looked grim, but he also kept his head
up sternly. He wanted to ask if Weyoun would allow him to treat her now, but
he knew that would be pointless. She wasn’t close enough to death yet. He
kept the thought at the back of his mind as he resolutely tried to display the
same calm demeanor as Sisko and Dax.
Dukat unhooked Kira’s shackles from the pole and pulled her roughly over to
the chair. He threw her into the chair with no regard for the welts on her back.
She winced visibly and audibly, leaning forward to ease the pressure as much
as possible as guards strapped her legs and arms to the chair. “This is a very
interesting chair, Major. It’s electrified, of course. Not to lethal levels,
however. But electric shocks can be very unpleasant.” As an example, he made
a show out of pressing a button on a small remote control he held in his hand.
Kira’s body jerked. “Care to name your accomplices yet?” He seemed
frustrated by her continued silence. He moved a thumbdial slightly and pressed
the button again. A small cry escaped her lips as her head arched back, then
fell forward again.
Bashir couldn’t stand it. He rose in his seat, “Please!” All eyes turned to him.
He looked at Weyoun. “This is barbaric. I can’t watch it.”
Weyoun was stern, “You are not excused. Sit.”
“Give me my kit and let me treat her wounds.” He specifically remained
standing. “She’ll die that much quicker if you refuse me.”
Weyoun noticed the defiance, but was acutely aware of his position on the
broadcast. He decided to cover his bases, and he motioned to three guards,
“Has the medical kit been inspected?” The guard nodded. “Bring it.” Again, the
guard nodded. After the guard left, Weyoun smiled at Bashir. “I’ll decide later
if I shall let you use it.”
Dukat tired of the electrical chair very quickly and
had her removed and brought to stand before him. Again he asked for a name.
Answered by silence, he brought the back of his hand forcefully against her
right cheek. Kira remained silent and standing. He repeated the blow to the left
cheek.
The medical bag was delivered to Bashir. Immediately he opened it and took
inventory. Several things were missing. Damn, he thought. Below, Dukat
began to pummel Kira’s face and body as she crumpled to the floor, hands still
shackled together in front of her.
“Dukat!” The female Founder called as she rose. “This is not a boxing match.”
Dukat stopped what he was doing and nodded at the Founder, lowering his head
in apology.
While this was going on, Bashir whispered to Sisko, “Sir, they removed
virtually everything.”
Weyoun overheard and leaned past Sisko, “Doctor, I could have you
executed for some of the things you had in that bag. I suggest you make do.”
He straightened again in his seat and turned his attention back to the ring,
where Dukat was dragging Kira from table to table by the shackles, teasing
and taunting her with menacing instruments. Kira wasn’t resisting at all. Not
much of a show. At this rate, she’d be dead by the end of the day. Weyoun rose
in his seat, “There will be an intermission,” he said loudly, glancing at the
Founder, who nodded at his suggestion. “Doctor Bashir, tend to your patient.”
Julian stood, but didn’t move from his spot. “With what? Your men have left
me with nothing more than small sterile bandages. I need a medical tricorder. I
need hyposprays. This is useless!” He tossed the mostly empty bag on the
floor.
Weyoun’s eyes weren’t flashing anymore. They were dark clouds. Sisko had
one hand on Julian’s arm. He knew Bashir was frustrated, but he didn’t want an
outburst to cost them….he didn’t want to think of what it could cost them.
“Doctor Bashir, ” came a soft voice from beyond him. It was the female
Founder. “Calm yourself.” She asked the guard who had delivered the bag,
“Where are the rest of his instruments?”
The guard wouldn’t meet her eyes. “They were destroyed, Founder. Potential
weapons.”
“I feel an exception to tradition is in order here. Normally, our
own physicians would provide, but we feel your skill exceeds theirs. Our
knowledge of Bajoran physiology is understandably limited. It is far too soon
to end the execution, and the Major is obviously weak. She will rest while the
good doctor replenishes his ‘kit’.”
Weyoun looked irritated to have his decision overruled, but gritted his
teeth, “As you wish, Founder.”
Seemingly working by psychic commands, three guards came up to the box
gate and waited. Bashir slid himself past the Chief, Dax, and then the female
Founder to meet his escorts. One of them retrieved the thrown bag and handed
to him. As they left the bay, he could hear Dukat taunting Kira. “You’re so
weak, Major, they’re afraid you’ll ruin their show. I thought you were much
stronger than this. I’m actually disappointed.” Bashir was thankful to hear his
voice fade into nothing as he and his entourage walked away.
At the airlock, one of the guards waited outside the Defiant, joining the
guards posted to prevent unauthorized excursions onto the station. The
remaining two followed Bashir who was torn between hurrying for Kira’s sake
and going slowly for his own. Kira’s sake won out, and he stepped up his pace
as he neared sick bay. The guards posted themselves just inside the doorway.
He was surprised to find Garak already in sick bay. “Why aren’t you on the
bridge?”
“I was watching the broadcast. I knew you’d be coming here.” He
followed as Bashir rushed around gathering instruments and medicines and
throwing them into his medikit, conscious of the watchful eye of the Jem
‘Hadar guards.
“You missed me?” His mind was only half on the conversation. The other
half was involved in adjusting each instrument for Bajoran physiology as he
picked it up.
Garak placed a hand on Bashir’s shoulder to get his full
attention. He spoke extremely softly. “Doctor, I just want to warn you that the
best thing you can do for the Major is to kill her. If he lets you in the ring, do
it. Your skills would never be suspect.” Julian stared at his friend for a
moment. “But my honor would be. I could never do that, Garak. I would never
consider it.”
“Then you might as well not go in at all. She’ll die sooner, suffer less.”
If it weren’t for the obvious concern in Garak’s eyes, Bashir would have
tried to hit him with the bag. A brief silence told Garak that Bashir
understood. “I couldn’t do that, either. I’m a doctor.”
“I’ve seen a recorded execution like this, Doctor. A Vorta, oddly enough. She
lasted eighteen days.” The last two words hung in the air, as Bashir finished
packing, met Garak’s accusing gaze one last time, then ducked out of sick bay
and hurried back to the airlock, the guards latching on to him like leeches as
he left. Garak walked over to the monitor that showed the broadcast from the
cargo bay. He saw Ziyal, Dukat’s daughter, as he had seen her earlier, huddled
in the grandstands amongst dozens of Cardassian soldiers. She looked utterly
terrified. He wanted it to end as much for her sake as for Kira’s.

Entering the cargo bay, he stopped short as he neared the box, his eyes on the
ring. Kira lay on the ground, face down, the one eye he could see swollen shut.
She was breathing, but he couldn’t tell if she was conscious. Dukat was
hanging back, waiting for her to get up. Bashir looked at Weyoun, an
unspoken question on his lips. Weyoun nodded, “Heal nothing that is not a
vital organ.” Bashir stepped over the edge of the ring and knelt by Kira’s body.
He opened his bag and leaned over her, scanning her eye, then her back. His
brow furrowed. The readings were off. It took him only a split second to
realize why. Carefully, he took out a hypo and pressed it to her neck, placing a
hand on her shoulder and giving her a gentle pat. “Hang in there, Kira.” Then
he rose and returned to his seat with his bag, reporting to Weyoun, “I gave her
some fluids and nutritional supplements to help her exhaustion. She’ll come to
shortly.”
“Proceed.” Weyoun said to Dukat.
Dukat put down the large needle he’d been holding and instead went to the
table of food. He picked up a bottle of water and took it to Kira, holding her
unconscious face upward and forcing her lips open. He squirted a small
quantity into her mouth. She gagged at first, the water dripping down the sides
of her face, then swallowed hungrily. He poured a little more which she
swallowed completely, then returned the bottle to the table as Kira returned to
her prone position. She made no effort to move at all.
Dukat motioned to the guards to place her once again at the pole as he
gathered another whip into his hands. This one resembled a cat o’ nine tails,
with multiple whips coming from the handle, each one beaded elaborately.
Dukat waited for a sign that Kira was conscious. Just as Bashir had predicted,
it was less than a minute before her head nodded. Once again, Dukat asked his
question. “Who helped you, Major? Tell me. One name. That’s all I ask.” He
waited, but no answer was heard. He waved the whip backwards then brought
it forward again onto Kira’s already scarred back. She cried out, but after
arching in pain, her head fell forward weakly.
Sisko leaned toward Bashir, “That’s all? Fluids?”
“Fluids, sir.” He said quietly, but clearly, keeping his eyes forward.
Sisko had a sense that Bashir was dropping a hint of some kind, but couldn’t
understand it. He had expected Julian to do something, even the last resort
plan, but to have the opportunity and do basically nothing? He realized that
now was not the time to argue the point, but the expression on his face said it
all. Bashir only saw it out of the corner of his eye, but it twisted the invisible
knife in his chest all the same.
More lashes, the sound echoing in the bay. The original welts on Kira’s back
opened wider and oozed blood. Sisko noticed Bashir straighten and lean
forward in his seat and bite his bottom lip. Sisko followed his gaze and also
watched. He saw a drop of blood slide down her side, curving and
disappearing from view over her stomach. Droplet after droplet traced a course
around her side, or down a pant leg, always moving toward her hidden front
side.
Sisko and Bashir weren’t the only ones noticing this. Suddenly the
female Founder stood and shouted “Stop!”
She exited the box, unimpeded by the guards and moved toward the ring.
Weyoun watched her curiously. She unhooked the shackles, and lowered Kira’s
body to the ground solemnly, then turned it face up. The floor of the bay was
spotless underneath her.
Knowing he could hide no longer, he let go of Kira’s shape, let his natural
form ease out of the shackles and took his normal, unharmed humanoid form.
Odo.
Everyone in the box was standing now, and Weyoun’s jaw dropped. They’d
been torturing a Founder!
Sisko marveled. It must have taken incredible concentration, not only to
imitate Kira in unprecedented detail, but to control the drops of blood. Sisko
knew that had Odo allowed the blood to fall, as drops normally would from a
humanoid, each drop would have reverted to its natural state of gold colored
goo. Controlling them only postponed the inevitable however, but Odo had
little choice.
The female Founder was about to speak when Weyoun found his voice. “The
real Kira is loose. Find her!” He motioned to his Jem ‘Hadar guards.
A second later, there were no Jem ‘Hadar guards. They all vanished in dozens
of transporter beams.
Dukat recovered quickly, and signed to his Cardassian guards to follow
Weyoun’s order. But in the next instant, they too vanished, along with Dukat
himself. In the bleacher seats, Quark, Odo, Rom and Leeta huddled together
as the confusion started, then slowly rose from their suddenly roomy seating
and climbed down to join their friends.
“Captain Sisko, what have you done?” Weyoun asked, still horrified.
Sisko shrugged his shoulders, resisting the urge to smile. “Don’t ask me.
I’m as confused as you are.”
“I’m sure Odo can enlighten us.” The female Founder said as she confronted
Odo.
“Or I can.”
Everyone turned to the doorway to see Kira approach with Jake Sisko, both
armed with phaser rifles. Kira also carried a large cloth bag, which she tossed
to Sisko. He looked inside, then began handing out phasers to everyone except
Weyoun and the female Founder.
“It’s simple,” Kira explained. “Not long after Odo was confined to
quarters, he removed his combadge and shapeshifted his way through the
ductwork to a corridor outside Jake’s quarters, where he took out the
two guards posted there, allowing Jake to leavehis quarters.
Odo returned to the ductwork to make his way to the facilities in
the Security office. He was there waiting for me when I pretended to be sick.
As soon as Odo found out about the Vorta traditions, we started planning this.
One of us was supposed to be captured, it was just chance which one. He took
my place, while Jake and I modified the transporters. Jake raided the armory
while I finished up.” She faced Weyoun and added as an afterthought, “You
know, it’s very helpful having mandatory attendance.” She then turned back to
the female Founder, “I used a wide beam to lock onto Jem ‘Hadar life signs
first, then Cardassian.”
“Where did you send them?” Weyoun, still standing in the box, asked.
Kira smiled mysteriously, “I’ll send you the coordinates as
you and what’s left of your army leave the station. Intact. Or you’ll never find
them.”
Weyoun slowly left the box to stand next to the female Founder. They
exchanged meaningful glances, and the Founder nodded solemnly. “We will
go. But I assure you, this is only an inconvenience.”
“Don’t be so sure.” Odo said from behind her. “The whole quadrant watched
Dukat torture a Founder, by order of Weyoun. He punished his own god.”
Weyoun hung his head low as Odo continued, “The deception involved is
minor compared to his crime. He holds no more power in this quadrant. Nor, I
suspect, do any of the Vorta.”

Later, in Ops, Sisko gathered with all of his friends around the central
command console. Everyone was smiling. It felt good to be back. Weyoun and
the female Founder were prepared to depart, taking the wall of ships back with
them to Cardassian space.
“Dax, Chief,” Sisko addressed, “let’s look into dismantling the mine field.
I want to know how fast you can do it, and how fast you can put it up again
if we need it. We’ll wait awhile before opening the wormhole, though. They
can’t go home until we do, but let’s minimize the risks first.”
“Aye, sir.” They both replied, going to their Ops stations.
Sisko approached Bashir. “How’s Odo?”
“Exhausted,” Bashir replied. “But he’ll recover. He’ll be in his bucket for at
least a day.”
Kira added sotto voce, “Don’t tell Quark that.”
From behind a console, where Quark was happily observing the reunion,
they heard, “Don’t worry, Major. Whenever he’s in his bucket, I get triple
surveillance.” Quark spoke glumly, as if it were a major imposition on
Security’s part to do their job so well.
The rest of Ops shared a smile.
“They’re asking for clearance to depart, sir.” Kira said, “Coordinates
transmitting now. Energizing.”
“Energizing?” Sisko asked.
A second later, Ziyal stood on the Ops transporter pad. She breathed a deep
sigh of relief, and hurried to hug an astonished Garak. “You did think of
everything.” Garak said to Kira, hugging Ziyal tightly.
Kira grinned to herself and approached the young woman. “You all right?”
Ziyal nodded. “Transponders come in handy, don’t they? If you hadn’t let me
put one in, we wouldn’t have been able to pluck you out of there with all those
Cardassian life signs.”
Sisko was curious and moved to stand next to her.
“So, where *did* you send all those guards?”
Kira shifted her weight, “Well, it was Odo’s idea.”
Sisko turned toward Bashir at his other side, “Doctor, did he say anything?”
Bashir shook his head and shrugged, “No, sir. It would seem Major Kira
performed the actual engineering.”
Sisko again turned toward Kira, “Major?”
“Jake really came through for us.” Kira said, putting an enthusiastic arm
around the boy’s shoulders and pulling him closer.
Sisko leaned across Kira, “Jake, where are the guards?”
Jake was bashful, “I just did what Major Kira told me…” He ducked the
Major’s grip and moved back.
Sisko, heaving a frustrated sigh, again faced Kira, “Where?!”
“Remember when we had to evacuate that moon, the one Mullibok didn’t want to leave?”
Kira replied, finally.
Sisko hoped there was a connection here. “Jerrado. The surface was rendered
uninhabitable. You didn’t send them there?”
“Not exactly. You see, the mining facilities were abandoned when the
Cardassians took the station…”
“Ah, *inside*. You beamed them inside the moon!” He smiled broadly as
Kira nodded.
“You’ve never heard of the men in the moon?” Kira mused, as
she closed the communications channel.

THE END

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , | Leave a comment

The Diary of Jake Sisko

The Diary of Jake Sisko
by Gail M. Eppers

When they materialized, the wind nearly knocked them over. And if
the wind wasn’t bad enough, it was frigidly cold, and the wind blew snow and
ice crystals all around them. It made it difficult to see, but then there was
nothing to see. They held their tricorders close to their faces in order to see
the readings, the fake fur overcoats and thick, oversized hoods making every
movement difficult. “Where’s that life sign?” Dax shouted over the wind.
“I don’t know. I’ve lost it now.” Bashir turned a little back and forth,
trying to find it again.
“I’m reading the runabout.” Dax pointed ahead of them. “Ten meters
ahead, but it’s already under eight feet of snow. No life signs at all.”
“They can’t be there,” Bashir told her. “They must have found shelter
or we wouldn’t have gotten any life signs. Look for a cave.”
They began walking, slowly, lifting each leg high to clear the drifting
snow. “It can’t be far.” Bashir shouted as he watched his tricorder. He turned
a little to the left. “Got it! Seventeen point three meters this way!” They
stayed close together, as much for warmth as to avoid getting separated.
“I’m reading a cave, but I can’t see an entrance,” Dax said, looking up
and squinting through the storm.
“Don’t use your eyes, Jadzia!” Bashir said. He sincerely hoped this
mission didn’t take much longer. He was already feeling frozen. If they didn’t
find them soon, they’d have to leave before they froze to death. How could
they have survived six days on this frozen wasteland? he wondered. But there
was the life sign, weak though it was. It was hard to tell if it was weak
because of the storm, or for other reasons.
It seemed he’d been walking for miles, but he’d only gone twelve
meters when he heard Dax shout, “Over here!” He followed the back of her
jacket, unable to see anything else but the unending whiteness. Suddenly, the
sound and force of the wind lessened. He straightened from the hunched
position he’d assumed to fight the wind.
They had found a cave. It appeared rather large, stretching out into
rooms, and branching off into tunnels of ice covered stone. But it was only
marginally warmer. He took several steps in, only to find that the temperature
remained thirty degrees below zero celsius. The tricorder led him around a
bend in the cave, where they found someone, well wrapped in blankets, lying
on a stone slab. Bashir hurried over, pulling out the hand held scanner. “It’s
Jake. He’s in severe hypothermia. Core temperature sixty degrees fahrenheit.
Damn.”
Dax looked around. “Where’s Lieutenant Barry?” She wondered aloud.
Six phasers lay discarded in a pile on the floor. Dax bent to examine them, but
found they were all completely drained. She stuffed them inside her coat. A
pile of stones also lay near the bed, and simple survival gear he must have
salvaged from the runabout.
“Dax.” Bashir had partially unwrapped Jake, in order to inject him
with a stimulant. Jake clutched tightly to his chest a datapadd. Carefully,
Bashir extracted the padd and handed it to Dax, who stuffed it inside her coat
with the phasers. Then he reached inside his own coat and hit his combadge.
“Bashir to Defiant. Three to beam up, directly to sickbay.”

Bashir and Dax had barely gotten Jake on the biobed, still wrapped in
blankets, when Benjamin Sisko hurried into sickbay. Bashir could not be
interrupted, but Dax approached Sisko, holding him back, “Benjamin, he’s
alive. Severe hypothermia, and frostbite, I’m sure.”
Sisko pushed past Dax, but managed to stay out of Bashir’s way.
“Julian, talk to me.” His voice cracked, and he licked dry lips as he saw his
son slowly being unwrapped. Jake looked more like he’d been in a fire, his
face blackened like coal. Bashir motioned for some help from Dax and
together they wedged the blankets out from under Jake. The blankets were
already soaked from melted ice. Julian let them fall to the floor and he kicked
them aside. He turned on a force field over the boy’s body. “What was that
for?” Sisko asked.
Bashir faced his captain. “His own protection, for the moment.” He
hesitated, but knew Sisko both deserved and needed to know the truth. “His
skin is very fragile right now. Any sudden movement on his part, or
unnecessary touches, could cause it to crack. Or extremities to literally fall
off.” He turned back to the bedside panel and explained, “The first step is to
get his body temperature back to normal. I’m using a thermal generator. But
it’s going to take time. Several hours, at least. It can’t be hurried. Later, I’ll be
inducing coma. He’ll heal much faster asleep, with less pain. But he will
heal.”
Bashir saw Sisko fighting back tears. “I expect a full recovery,
Captain.” He reassured Sisko.
“I want to stay with him.”
“You can take the next bed.” Bashir turned off the bio scanners on the
adjacent bed, and Sisko lay down tiredly, looking at his son.
Dax, having taken off her fur coat as well, began collecting the rescued
items in her arms. “I’ll take the phasers to the armory.” She adjusted her load
in order to take the datapadd in one hand. She held it out to Sisko, who took it
from her questioningly. “He was holding this, Benjamin.” Then, with the six
phasers somewhere on her person, she left sickbay.
Sisko looked at the datapadd. He pushed himself up to a partial sitting
position. Jake had been writing something. Sisko backed up to the beginning
of the document and began reading.

The Defiant had been gone for three days and Kira was getting worried.
It was hard to concentrate on her duties. It was slow in Ops, so she decided to
take a break and get a drink. She went into Quark’s and sat at the bar. Quark
stepped up. “What can I get for you today, Major?”
Kira hadn’t thought about specifics. “Something soothing.”
Quark grinned, “I know just the thing. Are you off duty, yet?” At the
shake of her head, he shook his in disappointment. “Maybe next time. Some
Brtiian plin juice ought to relax you, though. Be right back.” He disappeared
to the other end of the bar, past Morn.
Kira sighed and tried not to listen to the cries of “Dabo!” coming from
behind her. She wasn’t fond of gambling herself, but she seemed to be in the
minority. Quark returned with a tall thin glass of bright green liquid and set it
in front of her. He noticed how preoccupied she was. “Something wrong,
Major?”
Kira looked up, just then noticing the drink. She sampled it.
“Mmmmm.” She said absent-mindedly.
“Major?” Quark asked again.
“I’m sorry, Quark. I’m not feeling very talkative today.”
Quark stayed for a moment, letting Kira know he was willing to listen.
He waited while she brooded a bit more.
Her communicator chirped, and Kira tapped it. “Kira here.”
“We’ve just received word from the Defiant, Major,” Worf said. Kira
tensed. “They found Jake, alive. Julian says he’ll recover.”
Kira breathed a sigh of relief. “Lieutenant Barry?” She asked.
“He wasn’t found, Major. Their ETA is seven hours.”
“Thanks, Worf.” Kira closed her commbadge, and took another sip of
the plin juice. A cry of “Dabo!” behind her reminded her of Leeta, one of the
scantily clad dabo girls. Jake had dated her for awhile. Although she was with
Rom now, she might want to know about Jake. She was a nice girl, despite
what she did for a living. Kira swiveled on the stool to see if Leeta was
working that day. She wasn’t, but there were three other equally endowed
women spinning the wheels. For the millionth time, Kira wished she had the
freedom to shut the place down, or at least certain parts of it. Kira got off the
stool and turned to finish her drink, planning to go find Leeta elsewhere. She
downed it and put the glass back on the table, and noticed Quark still looking
at her. “Just a thought, Quark,” she said. “This place could use some dabo
men.”
As he watched Kira leave, Quark picked up the dirty glass thoughtfully.

**I’ve got to do something or I’ll die,** Sisko read. **Who knows?
Maybe I’ll die anyway, but at least I won’t die of boredom. Besides, I need to
let people know that this was all my fault. I bugged Dad until he let me learn
to pilot a runabout when I should have just let it rest. I don’t know. Maybe it
was just that I didn’t pay enough attention when I read the manuals, and did the
simulations in the holosuite. But when it came down to a real situation, I
panicked.
I need to back up a bit. It was my idea to practice on a real runabout. I
was tired of the simulations. I thought I’d seen all the variations, and I was
bored with it. I wanted to explore real space. “But you’re not ready to fly
solo.” Dad told me. I didn’t really think he’d let me go alone anyway. “I can
co-pilot, Dad,” I said. Poor Dad. He always had confidence in me. If I
thought I could do something, he thought I could do it. He always trusted me,
and gave me support, even after all the goof-ups I’ve done. But this is a big
one. I don’t think he’ll ever trust me again. A few days after I asked him about
it, Dad introduced me to Lieutenant Barry. He said that Barry would
accompany me in a runabout. “He’ll be studying Kriva’s Comet, which is due
to fly by the outer planets soon,” he explained. “Go early,” He added to Barry,
“Take the scenic route and let Jake try a few things.” Then he turned back to
me, “You don’t go through the wormhole, Jake. Got it?” I remember him
saying. That was the only thing I did right.
I was so happy to get in the Ganges. Barry was really nice. I thought
he’d resent having to chauffer me around, the boss’s son and all. But he
seemed to be looking forward to it, too. “Don’t worry,” he told me, as we went
through the pre-flight checklist, “I’ll play tour guide. There are some great
spots for free flying.” He winked at me, “I’ll show you some tricks of the trade,
if you promise not to tell your Dad.” He made me smile.
I tried to pay close attention through the launch. I got to engage the
thrusters, and I listened while Barry explained things. I knew by then why Dad
had asked him to do this. Barry was a great teacher. A natural, I guess you’d
call him. I watched the station shrink on the viewscreen, then switched to
forward scanners. “Okay, set a course,” Barry said. Since I’d really only been
to Bajor, I decided to go the opposite direction. He let me do a lot, right away.
He was basically there just in case, he said. To make sure I didn’t crash into
any planets. We flew for a long time, a couple of hours at least, and I was
really enjoying it. When I needed a break, Barry took over and did some loops
just to see the big stupid grin on my face. It was taking enough of my
concentration just to maintain level flight; I wasn’t about to try anything
dangerous.
But the space was mostly empty. Barry glanced at our location and got
excited. He took control and steered at a sharp angle. “There’s some great
sights over here.” I looked out the viewport and saw a few planets.
Uninhabitable, mostly. But as we rounded one of the planets, Barry pointed
ahead.
“What is that?”
“Kriva’s Comet,” he said in awe. He began activating all kinds of
scans, and moved us in close to the comet’s orbit.
This big ball of rock and gas blazed by us. Is was beautiful.
He blushed. “Yeah. I’m not in sciences, though, so I didn’t think I’d get
the chance to see it. Not up close like this.” He was still watching as it shrunk
rapidly on the screen. He glanced down briefly, and I heard him mutter “What
the–?”
I looked at my own panel and saw that all the readings, from internal
air pressure to warp drive manifold shielding, were fluctuating wildly. I knew
I didn’t have much experience, but it all seemed impossible. It the readings
were accurate, we would have blown up immediately. But it was also highly
unlikely that every computer system on the runabout would malfunction
simultaneously.
Then the Ganges suddenly bucked, and Barry quickly looked at his
readouts, still seeing meaningless gibberish. I could see the wheels of his
brain working as he took an educated guess, “A little too close. Damn!” The
runabout still wouldn’t fly straight.
“What happened?” I asked.
“I’m not sure. The comet’s tail might have hit us, or a piece of it. I
don’t know. I didn’t think we were that close.” He looked worried, and it
scared me. “The stablizers aren’t working. Jake, can you compensate?”
I tried to adjust the flight to the rocking of the runabout, but nothing
seemed to help. I noticed something else, too. “Barry, we’re venting just about
everything. It ruptured the tanks.” I knew then, that we weren’t going to make
it back to the station.
“I see it,” he said. “We’re going to have to come down on the nearest
planet. I’ll try to get a controlled descent.” He managed to point the Ganges
toward the planet. “Send an SOS, Jake.” I punched in the commands for
automated distress, but I couldn’t tell if the message got sent or not. My hands
were shaking. Thinking back, I may not even have pushed the right controls.
Looking up through the viewscreen, I didn’t like the looks of it at all. I
was hoping it was just cloud cover, but it was all white. “Well, it’s not Risa,
but it’ll do.” I quipped, trying to sound like I was in control as much as he
seemed to be.
Thinking of getting myself into a safe crash position, I moved to a
passenger seat and strapped in, but Barry called back, “No Jake! I need you up
here!” He pointed to the co-pilot seat, but I hesitated before I sat down and
strapped in there. He strapped himself into the pilot’s seat. “Tell me what
we’ve got, so I don’t have to read the instruments, Jake. Compensate where
ever you can.”
“They’re still fluctuating!” Nothing made any sense. It would have
been maddening, if I had had any time to get mad.
“Tell me anyway. They might be stablizing. Observe, Jake. I need
information.”
I looked at the gauges and tried to remember what it all meant. I raised
my head to object further, and saw an unbelievably large piece of hull float by
as the runabout continued its jerky, twirling path. Returning to the
instruments, I tried to make a guess on which ones were accurate. “There’s an
outer hull breach, and the force field is off-line, but the inner hull is holding.”
We hit atmosphere, and space was gone from the window. It was just white. I
tried not to look out much, to let Barry handle the steering. “We are venting
atmosphere, and plasma coolant. We just lost communications, and –” I
stopped. I bent down and tried not to tense up. I closed my eyes. The whole
runabout was shaking. It shook and listed from side to side for what seemed
like ages. The walls rattled.
Barry shouted at me, “C’mon Jake! Can you get attitude control?” I
kept my eyes screwed shut. Tried to tell myself this wasn’t happening. Willed
it to just be over. Then there was impact that nearly broke my restraints, and
the shaking stopped. But the walls still rattled. I opened my eyes. Through
the window, there was still nothing but white. A strong wind was making the
walls rattle.
I unstrapped myself and checked Barry. He was unconscious, and
bleeding from his head. “Barry!” I shook him gently. “Lieutenant!” Then his
head flopped, and I knew his neck was broken. He was dead.**

“Captain?” Bashir touched Sisko on the shoulder, distracting him from
the padd. “We’re docking. I need to get Jake to the Infirmary.”
Sisko blinked for a few seconds, then turned to look at Jake. “Of
course, Doctor.” He pushed himself off the biobed. “I’ll check in with Kira
and Worf, and be there shortly.”
With the padd tucked under his arm, he left the Defiant and headed for
Ops. Kira turned from her station to acknowledge his arrival. “Captain.” She
said solemnly.
“Mr. Worf,” Sisko said, “I want you and O’Brien to take the Defiant
back to that planet with a salvage team and try to retrieve the runabout. The
coordinates you’ll need are in the computer.”
Worf nodded and walked toward the lift. “Captain,” Kira spoke up,
“permission to accompany him?”
“Denied.” Before Kira could object he added, “I’ll be spending a lot of
my time in the Infirmary, Major. I’ll need you to stay in Ops. I realize you’ve
already had an extended shift, but –”
“Understood, sir.” Kira interrupted him. He didn’t have to explain.
“Go to your son.”
They looked at each other in understanding for a moment, before he
turned and left Ops.

Dax went into Quark’s and sat at the bar. She was worried about Jake,
but as she sat there she felt something else was out of place. Quark
automatically brought her a raktajino, and she stopped him to say, “Quark,
something’s different here. What is it?”
Quark shrugged.
“Morn.” She realized suddenly. “Where’s Morn? He’s always sitting
here.” She pointed to the stool next to hers.
“Oh, he’s at a Dabo wheel.”
“What?” Dax turned, and sure enough, Morn stood, silent as ever, over
one of the Dabo wheels, waiting for customers.
“It’s was Kira’s idea, actually. She said I needed some Dabo men, but it
doesn’t look like it’s working.”
Dax spewed a mouthful of raktajino. “Dabo men?”
“Am I doing something wrong?”
Dax collected herself, and studied the situation. Kira, obviously upset
at the perpetual sexism of Quark’s Dabo harem, had blithly suggested he
provide equal opportunity for the female customers. In response, Quark had
Morn in charge of a Dabo wheel. “Yes, something’s wrong,” she told him.
“Take a look at the Dabo girls.”
Smiling, Quark obliged.
“Now, look at Morn.”
“So?”
“Exactly. He’s not …uh…comparable.”
“Comparable? Oh, I see!” He hurried out from behind the bar and over
to Morn. He whispered something to Morn, and began helping him take off
his shirt.
Dax jumped up and hurried over. “No, Quark. That’s not what I
meant!” Quark and Morn both looked at her, confused. “No offense, Morn,
really, but Quark, he’s not the right type for this job.”
“He’s not?” Quark asked.
“No, he’s not.” Dax lowered her eyes. “Please put your shirt back on,
Morn.”
Quark helped Morn on with his shirt, “You can go back to your seat at
the bar. Tell Rom you get a free drink for your trouble.”
Morn nodded and walked away. “So you think it’s a bad idea?”
“The idea is sound, Quark.” Dax had to mentally applaud Kira for
coming up with it, but then cursed her for not being more specific. “You’re
just having problems putting it into practice. You need to find someone who
does for the women the same thing that, say, Leeta, does for the men.”
“And Morn wasn’t it?” He asked innocently. “Then who would you
suggest?”
Dax laughed. “Actually, anyone I’d suggest wouldn’t do it.”
Quark stared at her, unmoving, until she relented with a heavy sigh.
“I’ll see what I can do.”

Sisko returned to the infirmary and went to his son’s bedside. He told
himself that Jake looked better, but if so, it was very slight. “Report, Doctor.”
Bashir was solemn. “He’s still in a coma, but like I said before, I’ll be
keeping him in the coma for a few days. His body temperature is up to eighty
degrees fahrenheit and rising slowly. All life signs are low, but stable.” He
showed Sisko to a nearby biobed, just as he had on the Defiant. “I can’t say
he’s out of the woods yet, but at this point, it looks good.” Sisko looked up as
he settled himself on the biobed. Bashir knew he wanted to know specifics.
“There’s a possibility that his system will stop responding to the stimulants, or
that there may have been brain damage before we got to him. We won’t know
for sure about that until we waken him.”
Sisko took a deep breath and nodded. Bashir walked away to give him
privacy. Sisko pulled out the datapadd, and began reading where he left off.

**Barry was dead. I was alone. I wasn’t sure what to do at first, but
when I looked out the viewport I knew I couldn’t stay in the Ganges. Not that
the outside looked all that appealing. But the snow was coming down fast and
drifting rapidly and I knew the Ganges would be buried in a few hours. Nearly
all the systems were out, and I was already starting to feel the cold. The
shuttle was nothing more than an elaborate coffin. Then I had to decide which
equipment to take with me. Warmth had to come first. I opened the storage
cabinet and took as many thermal blankets as I could wrap around me. I
folded some and tied them around my waist to secure the rest of them against
the wind. I discarded the length of rope; it would only have been useful if
Barry had survived and we needed to stay together. As for climbing up or
down a cliff, I knew that if there was a cliff nearby I would either bump into it
or fall off of it before I even knew it was there. I took a travel bag and stuffed
all the smaller items into it. There were simple dishes and cups, some utensils,
a few ration packs, and a datapadd containing a survival manual. Then I went
to the arms cabinet and took the six phasers that were there. I looked around
to see if there was anything else I could both scavange and carry an unknown
distance. I went over to Barry’s body one last time. “I’m sorry.” I told him. I
tried to think of something else, but there was nothing to say.
I opened the door to the frigid wind and left the Ganges. I was
effectively blinded by the ice and snow buffeting me from every direction, and
stumbled that way, not even knowing which way to go, fairly certain that I
would be frozen to death before long. I don’t know how far I had to walk or
how long it took me, because there was no way to tell time now. I just kept
moving. Even after I grew more tired than I’ve ever been, I knew I had to keep
moving. I had to lift my legs high with each step to get through the snow, and
before long I couldn’t even feel anything below my knees. I found the cave
purely by accident. Sheer luck, no doubt. Act of the Prophets, as Major Kira
would say. I was walking, and suddenly the wind was gone, and I opened my
eyes. I had entered a large cavern. I shook the snow off my legs and went
further in, panting in exhaustion. Then fell to the floor. But I didn’t let myself
fall asleep. It was still too cold. I didn’t dare fall asleep.
After resting for a time, I found the strength to crawl even further in,
where the icy walls finally gave way to stone layered with crystals. This cave
had been built probably thousands of years ago. It didn’t look exactly natural.
Carved from one wall deep inside was a rocky slab obstensibly for sleeping on.
I dug out one of the phasers, and set it to the lowest setting. Then I fired on
the slab, slowly adjusting the setting up until the whole slab glowed pink.
With the blankets to protect me, I climbed my weary body up on top of it, and
lay down, finally confident enough to sleep. **

“No, I most certainly will not!” Bashir exclaimed.
“Oh, Julian. It won’t be so bad. Really!” Dax said in her sultriest
voice, “You’ll meet lots of gorgeous women.”
Bashir turned from his terminal in his office near the Infirmary, “No.”
He pushed past her to check some readings on an analysis he had run. “Ask
someone else. I’m very busy.”
Dax’s shoulders fell. “How is Jake?”
“So far so good.” He told her.
It seemed he was going to say more, but didn’t. “Julian, you’re
worried,” Dax said knowingly. “What’s wrong?”
Julian studied his readouts, “Maybe nothing.” He sighed, and rubbed
his eyes. “I just expected him to respond faster, I guess.”
Dax studied his face. He looked very tired, but what he said was
sincere. She looked over his shoulder at the readouts, too, and was glad she
did. “His circulation is back to normal. All extemities are getting oxygenated.
That’s good.” She put a reassuring hand on his shoulder. “You’re impatient
because you’re too close, and too tired.”
He looked up at her, “I hope you’re right. But something just doesn’t
feel right. Like I’m missing something.”
“You are missing something,” she told him. “Your rest,” she clarified.
“You won’t be any help to Jake if you’re exhausted,” she pointed out.
He reluctantly admitted she was right about that. “All right,
Commander,” he mocked her playfully, “I’ll take a break. Computer, alert me
if there is any change in Jake Sisko’s condition.”
“Acknowledged.”
Dax watched as Julian lay down, then went to the main room where
Jake and Benjamin lay on adjacent beds. Jake was sleeping; his father was
lying on his side, watching Jake’s thin chest rise and fall. “Benjamin.” She
said gently, letting him know of her presence.
Benjamin Sisko pushed himself to a sitting position, the datapadd still
in his hand. “Hi, Dax. Any news from the Defiant?”
“No. Not yet.” She pointed to the datapadd, “So what was he
holding?”
“This?” He wasn’t sure he wanted to share it with anyone yet. “Just
some writing of his. He kept himself busy, I guess.” He downplayed it, not
mentioning that it was a diary at all.
Dax nodded. “He’s alive. He did good down there. When he wakes
up, you’ll have plenty to talk about.”
“When he wakes up,” Sisko repeated, although he was thinking “if”.
Dax peered at him. He looked as tired as Bashir. “Have you slept
since we got back?” She asked.
Sisko waved the question away, “I’ll be all right, Old Man.” He leaned
his head against the wall above the bed, trying to blink the weariness from his
eyes. “It’s a diary,” he blurted.
“Pardon?”
He lifted the datapadd. “He kept a diary.” Dax came forward and sat
on the edge of the biobed, concern easily seen on her face. “Apparently, the
crash was his fault.”
“Oh, Benjamin….” Dax said. “Is that what it says?”
Sisko sighed, accepting what he saw as the truth, “He panicked after
the runabout was hit by debris from the comet. Instead of compensating, like
Barry told him to, he went into a crash position. Barry couldn’t control the
runabout by himself. With a controlled entry, the computer systems might not
have been damaged. And Barry might have survived.”
“He blames himself for Barry’s death.” Dax stated, and she looked at
Jake’s unconscious form in a new light. “That’s a lot of guilt for someone his
age to carry. Do you think it’s true?”
“Would he make it up?” Sisko asked.
“Well, don’t jump to conclusions, Benjamin.” Dax patted his leg, “The
Defiant will be bringing back the runabout. An examination of the damage
will tell us all we need to know.” She rose, started to leave and turned back.
“Get some rest, Benjamin.” She saw him close his eyes, and she left.
After he heard the swoosh of the door closing, Sisko opened his eyes,
and lifted the datapadd.

**I don’t know how long I slept, of course. I woke somewhat stiff, and
still felt unbearably cold, but I was thankful that I woke up at all. I was
tempted to reheat the slab again, but I knew I couldn’t waste the phaser energy.
My stomach was rumbling, so I opened one ration pack and nibbled slowly
until the rumbling ceased. I’d need water. Clean water. Wrapping the
blankets tighter around me, and grabbing the cup I had salvaged, I went to the
mouth of the cavern.
Nothing had changed. Visibility was nearly zero. If the runabout was
still out there, unburied or not, I couldn’t see it. A storm still raged out there.
Who knew if it was night or day? Probably a permanent weather condition. I
reached out and scooped up a cupful of snow, and took it back inside. I sat the
cup on a rock, and picked up the phaser I had used before I slept, and heated
the rock until the snow melted and came to a boil. I didn’t want to run the risk
of accidentally vaporizing the only water container I had. I could have heated
the cup directly, or for that matter, even the snow, but a phaser has alot of
power and I wasn’t comfortable with it yet. That should take care of any
bacteria, I thought. I let it cool for a moment, then picked up the cup using the
edges of a blanket as potholders, and sipped it. It was still warm, and felt
really good going down. I tried to drink it as slow as I could, but it just didn’t
stay warm very long. By the time I finished the cup, ice crystals were already
forming in it.
I had taken care of the three most important things: shelter, food and
water. While I was still cold, I felt better. I tried not to think about Barry. To
occupy my time, I picked up the datapadd and began reading the survival
manual. It felt good to realize that I had done all the right things so far without
even consulting it. But I knew it got harder. The rations wouldn’t last very
long, and though I had access to all the water I could possibly drink, it
depended on the phaser energy to purify it for drinking.
I tried to get some sense of time, but it was nearly impossible. I knew
we’d been flying for at least four or five hours. The crash seemed to have
taken forever, but would have been five or ten minutes. I estimated three
quarters of an hour until I left the runabout and found the cave. And I must
have slept several hours after that. So I’d already been gone at least twelve
hours. The search for the missing runabout surely had begun by now. But
there was no telling how long it would take to track us down. Finding the right
planet shouldn’t take long, but these constant winter storms were going to play
havoc with sensor readings. The runabout would be buried, visibility close to
zero. It really began to look pretty bad to me.
Pulling the blankets closer around me, I pulled the datapadd inside
them with me as I sat on the cold stone slab and leaned against the cold stone
wall. I opened a new document and began writing. **

“Benjamin, wake up!”
Ben Sisko sat up in the biobed before even opening his eyes. He was
surprised to find Dax shaking his shoulder. “Dax, what is it? The Defiant?”
“No, nothing from them yet,” she said. “Benjamin, you said Jake’s
diary said the Ganges was hit by debris from the comet?”
Sisko nodded. What was she getting at?
She was shaking her head. “It couldn’t have been.”
“What? Why not?”
Dax pulled him off the bed and led him to a computer monitor.
“Computer,” she said, “locate long range sensor data from one week ago and
the following two days. In that data sample, locate and display data from
Kriva’s comet.”
On the computer monitor, data began scrolling past. Dax paused it
every few moments as she pointed things out. “Look. These scans are from
before they left. And these are from after the runabout went down, by our best
estimates. There’s no significant loss of mass.”
Sisko scanned the data as she spoke. “What’s the margin for error?
These are long range scans.”
“Not enough to account for the kind of damage that would take down a
runabout. Even if it were all in one big chunk, which it wouldn’t be, it would
have to be at least eight point three percent of the comet’s mass. The
differential is less than one percent.”
What she was saying finally sunk into Sisko’s still groggy brain. “If the
comet didn’t take it down, what did?”
“Exactly.” They looked at each other knowingly.
Sisko tapped his communicator and spoke on the run, “Sisko to Ops.”
He continued without waiting for Kira’s reply, “Kira, try to contact the Defiant.
I’m on my way up there right now.”
“Aye, sir.”
With one quick look back at Jake, the two raced out of the infirmary.
As they entered Ops, Dax moved smoothly to her science station.
Without being asked, Kira reported, “No reply from the Defiant…” her voice
drifted as she continued to work her console. “Wait. I’m getting something.
Some strange kind of feedback.” She raised her head, “It’s from the Defiant.
A coded burst.”
“What does it say?”
Kira read it aloud, “Under attack. Jem ‘Hadar. Maintain radio silence.”
She swallowed, “that’s all.” Damn, she hated not knowing what was going on
out there.
“It appears that O’Brien set the transmission to ride back on our carrier
signal, as soon as we attempted to make contact.” Dax’s eyes opened wider.
She was impressed. “Although I’m not exactly sure how he accomplished it.”
“I’ll be in my office.” Sisko said grimly, as he climbed the few steps
behind Dax’s station.
He sat at his desk and steepled his fingers. The Jem ‘Hadar had to have
come from Cardassian space. What was on that planet that any of them would
want? Cardassians could stand the cold even less than humans. The Jem
‘Hadar were rugged, but still used to jungle terrain. Only the Founders
themselves would be able to make use of it, he imagined. And that was not
characteristic of that isolationist race at all. The question was, was something
there that they wanted, or did they want to put something there? At least he
felt reasonably sure of Worf’s ability to command the Defiant in battle. He
wondered just how many ships the Klingon was facing, however. He hadn’t
asked Sisko to send for reinforcements, so he must have felt confident about
the situation. But the whole thing was making Sisko very edgy. Although it
was an outer planet, it was still way too close to DS9 and Bajor for comfort.

The Defiant came out of warp smoothly, and fell into a polar orbit, as
per log entries from the rescue mission, around the frozen planet. Worf
leaned forward in the Captain’s chair, anxious to get this salvage mission under
way. “Can you locate the runabout?” He asked Chief O’Brien, who was at the
con.
After establishing orbit, O’Brien got up and went to the weapons
console, where the tractor controls were located. He scanned the instruments
quickly. “This is odd.”
“Chief?”
“There’s some interference I can’t pinpoint, but I think I’m detecting
tectonic activity down there.” He adjusted some controls, trying to get a
clearer reading.
“Earthquakes? What about the Ganges?”
The frustration was beginning to show on O’Brien’s face. “This is
going to be tricky. The sensors aren’t responding like they should.” He
paused, concentrating. “I think I have it. There’s something there, but I can’t
tell if it’s the runabout. Locking tractor beam.”
Just then, the ship bucked. O’Brien accessed perimeter scans. “Damn.
A Jem ‘Hadar ship just decloaked and fired on us!”
Worf responded immediately, “Shields up! Hail the Jem ‘Hadar ship!”
O’Brien jumped back to the con, his instincts already in battle mode.
Without being told, he brought the ship around and powered up weapons.
“Phasers locked.” He squinted at his panel. “And we’re being hailed. No
response from the Jem ‘Hadar. It’s from the station.”
“Don’t acknowledge.”
“Sir?”
“Radio silence except for ship to ship.” The ship was hit again.
“Return fire!”
“Aye, sir.” Thinking quickly, O’Brien coded a short message and set it
to DS9’s sent frequency. He hoped he’d done it fast enough for the signal to
piggyback. Then he fired the phasers at the Jem ‘Hadar ship.
When the phasers had no effect, Worf said, “Photon torpedoes.”
O’ Brien fired a spread of three torpedoes at the Jem ‘Hadar fighter.
“Direct hit!” Even as he spoke, the Defiant was rocked again by incoming fire,
shot seconds before the torpedoes hit. “Our forward shield is down.”
“Keep our port side to them. Fire at will.”
“Aye, sir.”
Beams of energy criss-crossed in space, broken only by intermittent
photon bursts from the Defiant. O’Brien saw the opening he was waiting for.
The ship tilted, and for one unfortunate second, it’s phaser emitter was open.
He sent simultaneous torpedoes and phaser beams to that point, hitting the
emitter with full force. The explosion took out a large portion of their hull,
and the ship went silent. But a chain reaction had begun inside, and several
seconds later the engine core exploded as well, reducing the ship to a slowly
expanding debris field.
“Damage report.” Worf said.
“Forward shield is gone. Port shield is down to fifty percent. No hull
breech. No casualties.” It certainly helped that there was not a full crew
compliment aboard.
“Contact the station.”

Bashir was wakened by a shrieking alarm. He jumped up immediately
and raced into the infirmary, where he found Jake’s unconscious body
struggling against the restraints, in the throes of a seizure. Quickly, he grabbed
a hypo, then released the restraints and spread himself over Jake’s torso to hold
him down as he pressed the hypo against the boy’s neck. Slowly, he felt the
convulsions subside, and finally Jake was still again. Bashir was breathing
heavy from the sudden rush of adrenaline.
He took deep breaths to calm himself as he straightened. He opened
each of Jake’s eyes and peered at them. He couldn’t wait any longer. He had
to know what was going on in Jake’s brain. The scans could only tell him so
much. There appeared to be no serious damage, but that didn’t necessarily
mean there wasn’t any. The synaptic mapping had been inconclusive.
Julian turned to the next bed and noticed that Sisko wasn’t in it. He
tapped his communicator, “Bashir to Sisko.”
“Sisko here, Julian.”
“I’m ready to wake him up.”
“I’ll be right there.”
By the time Bashir had gathered the instruments to within easy reach,
Sisko came through the door. Bashir approached him. “Sir, before I do this, I
think I should warn you. There’s no way to know what might happen. Five
minutes ago, he was seizing. Not necessarily a bad sign, but not a good one,
either. I’m only going to wake him for a few minutes, to assess his brain
function.” He lead Sisko to the opposite side of the bed, “I want you to talk to
him soothingly. He might recognize you, he might not.” Sisko nodded
solemnly, and Bashir reached for the hypo, which he pressed gently against
Jake’s carotid artery.
“Jake,” Sisko said immediately, “I’m here. I’m right here for you. It’s
okay now. You’re safe. Everything’s going to be all right. Bashir is taking
care of you. There’s nothing to worry about.” Nothing had happened, and he
looked at Bashir worriedly. Bashir merely motioned for him to continue. “I
know you can hear me, Jake. We need you to wake up now. You’ve been
sleeping long enough. You’ll…” his voice cracked a bit, “you’ll be late for
school, you know.” Seeing the lack of response was difficult. He noticed
Bashir taking more readings, and preparing another hypo. “I love you, Jake.
Everything’s okay. You’re safe here. And warm. Don’t you feel warm now?
It’ll probably be awhile before you want ice cream again.” The attempt at
humor passed without comment.
Bashir placed the second hypo on the other side of Jake’s neck.
“C’mon, Jake,” he whispered himself, “you can do this.”
His eyelashes fluttered. A groan escaped his lips. His eyes opened,
blinking.
“Computer, reduce lighting to half,” Bashir said quietly.
The computer complied, and the light dimmed slightly. Jake opened
his eyes and looked around the room. He saw his father, and a smile curled
his lips. “Dad.”
Silent tears burst from Sisko’s eyes and ran down his cheeks. “Jake,”
he replied, swallowing the lump in his throat, “yes, I’m right here.” He took
Jake’s hand in his.
“Jake.” Bashir got Jake’s attention, was glad to see his head and eyes
turn. “Do you know who I am?”
“Doctor Bashir.” Jake said, tiredly.
Bashir went to the foot of the bed and pinched Jake’s bare foot. “Did
you feel that?”
“Yeah. Too tired to say ‘ouch’,” Jake said.
Bashir’s smile radiated. “That’s great, Jake.” He returned to the side of
the bed, “Jake, you’re going to go back to sleep now, but you’re going to be just
fine. You understand?”
Jake nodded sleepily, out even before Bashir used the last hypo.
Bashir took a deep breath of satisfaction, and met Sisko’s gaze. “He’ll
wake on his own in about six hours, hopefully hungry. And he’ll be weak for
several days. But there appears to be no permanent damage.”
Sisko looked down at his son, this time with much less worry. “I have
to get back to Ops. Thank you, Doctor.” Sisko returned to Ops, told Kira and
Dax the good news, then retreated to his office.

**I’m on the third phaser already. I stayed awake as long as I could but
I don’t want to drift off before heating the slab. That’s the major power drain.
I could probably reduce the surface area, but that would require using the
phaser, too, and I don’t thing it would be helpful overall. I’ve honed the water
heating to an art form, I think. I’m now able to fire the phaser directly at the
snow and bring it to an almost instant boil. It’s certainly become routine
enough. I only have one ration pack left, and I’m constantly hungry. But I’m
holding off. It’s hard, but I have to. I lost control once already and ate a whole
pack at one sitting. It helped for awhile, but I can’t help thinking how much
longer I’d have food if I hadn’t rushed through it like that. Partly it’s because
there’s not much to occupy my time. I have to stay awake as much as possible,
but there’s nothing to do but look out at the storm. Yes, the storm is still going
strong. I don’t know if this planet has longer days and I just haven’t seen the
sunset yet, or if the storm is blocking any noticeable light source. But there’s
nothing I can count to mark time. Except for my own heartbeat. I did that for
awhile. Actually got up to twelve hundred before I just lost interest. I’ve
attempted to sing every song I ever knew, including the alphabet. Anything to
keep going.
Dad, if you’re reading this, if I ever again complain to you that I’m
starving, please hit me. I’ve never known what that word meant until now. I’m
munching on the last ration pack now because I just got a real hunger pang.
Just a couple of pinches of dehydrated whatever it is and I’ll fold it up for later.
I was sitting here, thinking about what to write, when my stomach cramped up.
It seemed to last forever, and I huddled doubled over on the slab waiting for it
to go away. For awhile, I didn’t think it would. Nothing I’ve ever done, no
injury I’ve ever suffered hurt like that. Okay, I’ve put away the ration pack,
where I can’t see it. I guess I’ll just wait for the next hunger pang. I have to
wait. I have to. All I can think about is eating, though. I’m drinking more
water, and I always try to drink it while it’s as hot as I can stand it. That heat
feels so good. And then the cold comes back. Even in here, without the wind,
it’s so cold.
I can’t feel my feet. My fingers are stiff, but I think punching this
datapadd keeps what little blood flow they’ve got. I walk around some, but it
hurts. I try to do it even though it hurts. But that tires me out, which means
heating up the slab for sleep again. So I don’t know what to do. I don’t have
many resources, and everything seems wasteful now. I bet the Bajorans had to
deal with stuff like this during the Occupation. Are there any frozen
wastelands on Bajor? But I know they had to scrimp and save every morsel, at
least most of the time. I really admire Major Kira. And all the Bajorans, now.
They lived like this. Of course, they had people to talk to, but they lived like
this. I’m just going to die like this.
I didn’t mean that. I don’t want to die here. I’m so cold. Somebody
come. Please. **

Dax was walking down the promenade, heading back to the infirmary
to check on Jake’s progress, when Quark came running up alongside her. “Any
luck, Commander?”
It took her a couple of seconds to remember what he was referring to.
“Um, I’m sorry, Quark, but I’ve got work to do now.”
“And I’ve got a business to run, and an unmanned dabo wheel. And
you said you’d find someone.” He reminded her.
She stopped walking and gave him her attention. “I remember, Quark.
And I will find you a dabo man, but I’ve really got work to do. Why don’t you
put another girl there, temporarily, until I do find someone?”
Quark tilted his large head, “Well…..alright. Hey!” He brightened,
“That gives me a chance to advertise! Whoever gets this job, his first day is
going to bring in alot of business!” And he left, wringing his hands in glee.
Dax shook her head, but still felt a little guilty that she had only asked
one person so far. Just to add to her sense of accomplishment, she headed for
Garak’s tailor shop.
Garak greeted her as she entered, “Hello, Commander! What a
pleasure to have you in my establishment! What can I do for you? An evening
gown, perhaps? Or is it time for that wedding gown?”
Dax held her tongue. Her relationship with Worf was well known, but
how it was progressing was certainly not Garak’s business. “Not today, Garak.
I just have a question I need to ask you. Would you be interested in working
for Quark?”
“Quark?” Garak was taken aback.
“Yes. He wants a male dabo dealer. He started with Morn,” she
explained quickly, “but I told him he needed someone with more, um, sex
appeal. And he finagled me into helping him, so……” She let her voice drift
off, not even willing to make eye contact with Garak.
Garak smiled broadly, “sex appeal? And you came to me? I’m
flattered, Commander, really.” He folded some large pieces of cloth as he
spoke, “but I’m much too busy. I have my own business to attend to, afterall.”
“It wouldn’t have to be full time. You could arrange a schedule with
Quark, I’m sure, that would allow you to keep your tailor shop’s regular hours.”
There, that should fulfill her obligation to this candidate, she thought.
“Sorry, Commander.” Garak replied congenially, “but I’m really not
interested. Thank you for asking, though.”
Dax nodded her acceptance, and left the tailor shop, resuming her path
to the infirmary. She hadn’t gone far when her communicator beeped. “Sisko
to Dax. Report to Ops, please.”
“On my way.” She made an about face, and picked up her pace.
As she entered Ops, she was pleased to see Worf in his command chair
on screen, with O’Brien behind him. She slid into her science station
gracefully.
“The Jem ‘Hadar ship is destroyed and we are resuming the salvage
operation.” Worf was saying as she entered. “However, there seems to be
some unusual electro-magnetic interference in the area. We’re having trouble
pinpointing the Ganges and locking the tractor beam on it.”
“Yes.” Sisko agreed. “We noticed some interference as well. Once we
found Jake, of course, we didn’t stop to investigate.”
Dax spoke up, and directed her question to Worf. “Worf, can you send
us your sensor readings of the area where the runabout went down?”
“Of course, Commander.” He nodded, and O’Brien did so.
O’Brien added, “But I’m not sure they’ll be of much help. They appear
to be scrambled. I can’t seem to find the source of that interference, although
it must be massive to have this kind of range. It’s playing havoc with every
sensor array we’ve got.”
Dax’s brow furrowed as she read the incoming information. “He’s
right. None of this makes sense.”
Sisko seemed disappointed not to have an answer. “Keep trying, Chief.
We’ll see what we can do from this end. Sisko out.” The screen returned to its
normal view of local space, and Sisko again went to his office.
At the last minute, Dax rose to join him. As the door closed behind
her, she asked, “Benjamin, do you have that diary here?”
By that time, he had it in his hands, “Yes. Why?”
“I need to see what he wrote about the crash itself.”
Sisko began scrolling to find that section. “You have a theory?”
She sat in a chair opposite his desk and took the datapadd when he
offered it to her. “I’m not sure.” She scanned the few paragraphs.
Just then, Sisko’s communicator beeped. “Bashir to Sisko.”
“Sisko here. Go ahead, Doctor.” Dax lifted her head, also listening.
“Jake’s awake. I’m getting him a sandwich.”
Sisko silently thanked the Prophets. It was getting to be a habit, but it
was nice to have someone to thank. “I’ll be there as soon as I can. Sisko out.”
“My God.” Dax said, as she resumed reading, and rose to show the
passage to Sisko. “Look. It’s all here! We’ve got a problem, Benjamin.” She
sank back into the chair, laying the padd on the desk.
Sisko picked it up and reread the section. “Would you care to explain?
I think I’m missing something.”
Dax apologized, “Sorry. You are. You haven’t compared the sensor
readings.” She slowed down and pointed to the padd. “Jake says the
insturments went haywire BEFORE the impact happened. We know they were
fired upon, but with what? No standard weapons would have that effect.”
Sisko hated the Socratic Method. “And what do the sensor readings
have to do with it? And what exactly is our problem?”
“I think the sensors are accurate; they’re just not showing us what we
expected. The readings O’Brien sent me show the Ganges at one and half
times its normal mass. That would be an intact runabout, not one minus the
debris we found in orbit when we found Jake. I think the Jem ‘Hadar shot
something into the runabout, something massive, causing it to crash on that
planet. Something like an incredibly strong electro-magnet. As it approached
the runabout, the systems reacted to the EM field.”
That was more like it. Sisko was following this explanation. “But how
did they know the runabout would be there? And why did they do it?”
Dax licked dry lips. “I think the runabout just got in the way. Or
became a convenient target, if the Jem ‘Hadar were watching and waiting. As
for why….” She paused, “O’Brien’s readings also show a slow, but exponential
increase in tidal forces. It’s already causing minor quakes. Another few days
to a week, and the planet could conceivable break apart or even shift orbit.”
“Causing a major gravitational disturbance throughout the solar
system.” Sisko finished.
“We have to get the Ganges, and that EM generator, off that planet.
The problem is, as the runabout gets tractored up, the Defiant’s system will
also react. They won’t be able to get a transporter lock on the generator to
beam it away, and if they bring it aboard, they could scramble the Defiant’s
computers worse than Eddington did.”
Sisko hit his comm badge. “Sisko to Ops. Kira, contact the Defiant.”

Jake, his skin now appearing his normal color, was sitting up weakly in
the biobed, eating the sandwich Bashir had given him. He wondered what was
keeping his Dad so busy. But Jake was sure he would be visiting soon. And
then, Jake knew, he would have to tell his father what he had done. He took
another bite, but the appetite he’d wakened with was gone. Thoughts of
Lieutenant Barry had come unbidden into his head. Instead of being hungry,
his stomach felt tight inside. He looked at the sandwich as if there might be
something wrong with it. He wished the ordeal was already in the distant
past. He didn’t look forward to the awkwardness that was sure to follow him
for at least several days. Awkwardness partly from his weakened condition,
but also from his own wondering what people were thinking. How much did
they know? Had they been close to Barry? Did they hate him for causing the
Lieutenant’s death? Did they feel sorry for him because of his brush with
mortality? Could they see the truth on his face? Then he remembered
something. “Doctor?”
“Yes, Jake?” Bashir asked from nearby, where he was logging Jake’s
progress.
“I was holding a datapadd. Where is it?”
“I believe your father has it. Should I ask him to bring it with when he
comes?” Bashir waited for a reply.
Jake thought about it for a moment. If he had it, he was no doubt
reading it. In a way, it made it easier. His Dad would know the facts. All
Jake would have to do is sit there and listen to a lecture. Very little
explaining. “No, thanks.” He finally replied. He took a drink of the milk
Bashir had also supplied, “I guess I don’t need it anymore.” The sandwich
slowly disappeared from his hand as he sat thinking about what he had written,
and how much of it his father had read. Well, he’d find out soon enough. If
things got rough, he could pretend to be suddenly very tired, which wouldn’t be
far from the truth, either. Under the blanket, Jake flexed his ankles and toes,
taking little joy in welcomming back sensation to his extremities.

Worf was again on the screen. O’Brien could be seen, still sitting at the
con in the foreground. Sisko and Dax had explained her theory, and O’Brien
admitted that it fit all the facts. “So what are our options?” Sisko asked of his
people. “We can’t leave it on the planet, and if we take it off, we’re
endangering both the ship and the station. I really don’t want to destroy the
runabout, either. Personally, I’d like to have that generator as evidence.”
“Then we’ll need to shut it down.” O’Brien stated. “That’s the only way
we could transport it safely. In an inactive state.”
“It’s under several feet of snow and probably ice. Do you know of any
way to accomplish that?”
“I could try to tractor it to the surface, then we’d have to send someone
down to deactivate the generator. Problem is, the transporters wouldn’t be
reliable. Not anymore. The field is too intense. We’d have to send down a
second runabout, which, as it nears the planet, would also lose control. The
pilot would have to survive a crash landing, as well as navigate from one crash
site to the other through blizzard conditions, without help. Communications
will be spotty at best, until the generator is deactivated. Then both runabouts,
with the pilot in the damaged one, could be tractored in.”
It really seemed to be the only way. “How can you ensure the pilot’s
safety in the landing? And make sure he or she doesn’t get lost on the way to
the other runabout?”
O’Brien gave a little smile at the “he or she” part. They both knew who
would be doing this. “The first part is easy. I’ll wear crash gear. The second
part, well….” He sighed, “I can rig some EM shielding around a tricorder, but
there’s no way to know if it’ll be strong enough to cut through the interference
at ground zero. But I can use a tether, to make sure I can at least find my way
back to the second runabout.”
“Sounds like a good plan, Chief. Keep us posted, Worf.” As he
climbed the steps to his office, Sisko wondered if O’Brien would be able to
pull if off, or if he would have to send yet another rescue mission. In the
meantime, he wanted to visit Jake in the Infirmary, but first he wanted to
finish reading the Diary. He sat at his desk and picked up the datapadd, which
still showed the passages Dax had looked at. He scrolled forward.

**The rations are gone. I’ve even licked the wrappings. There’s
nothing left. And I’m on the last phaser. Either some of them weren’t fully
charged when I took them, or I’ve been using them more than I realize. No
more phaser means no more hot water to drink to keep me warm. It’s a tough
choice. Do I drain the last phaser on one last cup of water, or use it on myself?
Even if I only stunned myself, at least I’d be unconscious before I froze to
death. I haven’t really slept in what seems like forever. I keep shivering.
Sometimes, I can’t make myself stop shivering. I could have prevented all this
if I’d just used that first phaser, before I even left the runabout. It would be
done now, and I wouldn’t be so hungry or cold. Well, I’d be cold, but it’s not
like I’d notice then. There are times when I find myself envying Lieutenant
Barry.
My fingers are so stiff, I’m having trouble using this datapadd. I don’t
think I’ll be able to write much more. I’m beginning to think it’s all pointless,
anyway. No one’s going to see this. No one’s going to find me. I’m sorry,
Dad. Damn it, if I cry my eyes will freeze! I can’t stand this anymore. All this
time I’ve tried to be disciplined, or maybe I was just accepting my punishment.
I don’t know. But there’s no fight left in me. I want to wrap myself up, and lay
down, and let whatever wants to happen happen. Then I think, they must be
close. I need to hang on a little longer. But that’s what I’ve been telling myself
since I got here. I get the feeling I’ve been lying. I’m sorry, Dad. I had so
much I still wanted to do. I mean, I know kids die everywhere, and it never
did seem right. But then, it never seems right for anyone to die, to me.
I want to keep trying. But I know it’s meaningless. I’m going to drain
the phaser now, and then I’m finished. **

Sisko raised an eyebrow. So what did he use the phaser on? He
scrolled a bit, but that’s all there was. Not even a “The End”. Just nothing. He
may have heated that one last cup of water. Without a time index, it was
equally possible that he had stunned himself shortly before being found. Sisko
didn’t want to think about it. Leaving the padd on his desk, he went into Ops.
“I’ll be in the Infirmary, if you need me, Major.”
“Aye, sir.”
Sisko had occasion to smile, for when he entered the Infirmary he saw
Jake sitting up, chatting with Dr. Bashir. “Dad!” He called cheerily.
“Well, you’re looking much better!” Sisko said, grinning broadly as he
came up to tousle the boy’s hair.
Bashir was also smiling. “He’s still weak, but I’ll release him
tomorrow. You’ve got quite a son, Captain.” With that, and a brief touch of
Sisko’s shoulder, Bashir retreated to his office to give father and son privacy.
Sisko pulled up a chair and sat at the bedside. “He’s right, you know.
I’ve got quite a son.”
Jake blushed. “Aw, Dad. Don’t.” The smile faded, as did the light in
his eyes. “It’s not true.”
“Who says?”
Jake hesitated, but still didn’t raise his eyes. “I say. And you know it. I
know you read it.”
Sisko tried to catch his sons eyes with his own, but finally had to use a
finger under his chin. “You did a good job, with that diary. Let me tell you
something.” And Sisko explained to his son what they had discovered, and
how his description of the events leading up to the crash played a major part.
He could tell that Jake was trying not to show any emotion on his face. It was
rigid throughout Sisko’s story. “Only Dax and I have read it. I want you to
know that. No one else will ever see it.”
“But what about…..what I did?”
Had he even listened? Sisko put his hands on Jake’s shoulders and
pulled him to face him, legs dangling off the edge of the bed, brushing against
Sisko’s own legs. “You didn’t do anything wrong, Jake. In fact, you did
everything right. You couldn’t have avoided the crash. If anything, Barry
caused his own death by not preparing himself as you did. Then you
documented everything. And you stayed alive so that we could find you.
Those are two big, important accomplishments. Do you understand me?”
Jake’s eyes were moist with tears. He didn’t speak, but nodded very
slightly.
Sisko pulled his son close, and held him. After a few moments, he
sensed his son had collected himself, and helped him settle back into the bed.
His voice, when he spoke, was so soft Sisko had to lean in close to hear him.
“Did you finish?”
“The Diary?” Sisko shrugged, “Got too busy. And there’s no reason to
read the rest of it now, is there?” He saw that Jake was falling asleep. “I’ll just
go ahead and delete it.”
“No.”
“No?”
Jake’s eyes were closed. “A writer never deletes anything. Save it for
me.”
Pulling the blanket up over his son, Sisko whispered, “I’ll do that.”

“Is there anything I can do?” Worf asked through the comm as Chief
O’Brien prepared the Orinoco for launch. The Ganges had been tractored
successfully to the surface, and it was now up to the Chief to deactivate the
electro-magnetic generator.
“Have some hot chocolate ready for me when I get back.” O’Brien
answered. “And I want marshmallows. The big ones.”
Worf was not sure if O’Brien was having fun or was serious. “You are
cleared for launch. No other vessels are detected in the area.”
“Aye, sir. Launching runabout. I’ll contact you when I’ve deactivated
the generator.”
“And if you are unable to find the Ganges?” As commander, Worf had
to ask questions like this.
O’Brien considered it. “If you haven’t heard from me in half an hour,
tractor up the Orinoco.” The implications of that statement hung in the air.
That would mean the generator was still operational. And the Chief himself
may or may not be inside the ship. If he was not, he may be pulled along
behind on the tether, or not be there at all.
A few minutes later, the Orinoco cleared the docking bay doors and
came about to descend to the planet. The flight was smooth until he hit
atmosphere, when high winds began buffeting the small ship. But O’Brien was
safe, already sealed inside an environmental suit and helmet. It was indeed
difficult to maintain a level flight. Even with an undamaged ship, O’Brien had
his hands full. He managed to steer toward the coordinates of the downed
Ganges before the readings began to fluctuate. The ground came up
unexpectedly and the Orinoco landed roughly on the planet. O’Brien felt his
helmet bang against the wall, and was grateful it wasn’t his head. When the
ship was still, it was only a relative term. An irregular rocking marked the
passage of a strong wind.
O’Brien unstrapped himself and pulled out the modified tricorder. The
generator was detected, now all he had to do was get there. Grabbing a phaser
and his toolkit, he opened the side door, cringing instinctively from the
snowstorm, and attached the tether mounted just outside the door to a secure
ring on his belt. He stepped out and let the door close, watching the tricorder.
Keeping his eyes on the screen, he stepped forward, feeling himself sink to his
knees with each step. After several steps, he looked up and around. It was
already as if he were alone. The runabout behind him was no more visible
than the one he hoped was in front of him. He put his free hand on the tether
to reassure himself, and moved forward again. He had to brush snow off the
tricorder’s viewscreen.
The cold was creeping through the environmental suit. Even it was not
impervious to these temperatures. After about ten minutes of walking, O’Brien
was getting worried that either the tether would run out or he had lost his way.
On the next step, the readings on the tricorder began to fluctuate. He stopped
dead in his tracks to make sure he’d seen it. It had to be close. Two more
steps and the tricorder was useless. He slung it over his shoulder. And then
another step, and dread filled him as the tether line went taut.
“Okay.” He told himself.
He reached out his arm as far as he could, stretched and turned his
torso to extend his reach, and maybe he was imagining it, but he thought he
felt a solid wall on the tips of his fingers. Hoping he was right, he reached
down and detached the tether, hanging on to the clip with one hand, he
reached out with the other again, and definitely felt a wall. He gave the tether
a quick pull, then let go. It retracted into the whiteness. Then he followed the
wall around. He recognized the rear end of the shuttle as he passed it, and
came around to the other side, where he gasped. There was a hole in the side
big enough for him to go through, stooping, which he immediately did. The
hole led into the small cargo area.
There, against the far wall, O’Brien found the machine. He rushed to it.
It wasn’t anything he was familiar with, but if he could interface Cardassian
technology with Federation he could do anything. Examining it quickly, he
tried to determine the best way to turn it off. It was the size of a replicator,
with a panel of blinking lights, and another panel of pressure sensitive
controls. The markings were all in an odd language, whatever the Jem ‘Hadar
wrote in, apparently. He was glad this wasn’t a bomb that might explode if he
did the wrong thing. It was just a machine, and the Jem ‘Hadar had meant for
it to continue working. At worst, the abort would be keyed to a voiceprint. In
that case, there would be little he could do except destroy it. He had a phaser
attached to the suit in case that was necessary, but an intact machine was
naturally preferred. He wondered how much time had passed.
The runabout shook violently as a quake ripped through the area.
O’Brien fell to his knees and waited for the quake to pass. It was only a mild
tremor. So far. But from his new eye level, he spotted something he hadn’t
seen before. An access panel. He pulled out his toolkit and had the panel
open in short order. Now this was what he understood. His trained eye
followed the connections and bypasses inside, found failsafes and
redundancies, and he smiled inside his helmet. Switching tools, he poked his
hands inside.
Soon, the lights were no longer blinking. He checked the tricorder and
found normal readings. He fell against the wall and hit his communicator.
“O’Brien to Defiant. Mission accomplished.”
There was no answer.

High in orbit, Worf heard the message. “Lieutenant Paza, fire at will.”
He said.
Lieutenant Paza, sitting at the con, fired full phaser banks at the Jem
‘Hadar ship dodging in front of the Defiant. They missed and faded off into
space. “Sorry, sir.”
Worf would have to speak to the Lieutenant about apologizing in the
midst of battle. Also for apologizing when it was not necessary. Even with
phaser lock, shots sometimes missed. The best the computer could do was
anticipate a ship’s most likely movement. Sometimes, a ship performed an
unexpected move and avoided being hit. “Photon spread.” He commanded.
“Target the engine core.”
He had no time for niceties, such as disabling the ship. This enemy had to be
disposed of quickly.
“Aye, sir.” He turned abruptly, “Sir, they’re retreating! Should we
persue?”
Worf saw that Paza was correct. The enemy ship was turning away,
and as they watched, went into warp and disappeared. “No. They detected the
deactivation of the generator and realized their plot had been discovered.” He
surmised. “Let them return home to announce their failure.” But that was all
the time he gave to that. “Activate tractor beams.”

Benjamin Sisko walked around the runabout, now sitting in docking
bay 4, amazed at the amount of wreckage. Chief O’Brien, finally getting a
good look at it himself, whistled. “Will you look at that…”
“Let’s get that generator out here,” Sisko said.
Together, they entered through the imploded hull and hefted the heavy
machine slowly out to the cargo bay floor. It was hard to believe that
collection of metal and wire was responsible for the damaged runabout, a
man’s death, and had the potential to destroy a solar system. “Dax tells me the
planet’s finally stablized. The tectonic plates have found a new configuration,
but the orbit wasn’t affected in an appreciable way.”
“That’s good news, sir.” O’Brien replied. “So what happens next?”
Sisko paused, thinking, we pick up where Jake left off. “We document
everything. Get complete scans of this thing, right down to replication detail if
necessary. That, and Defiant’s logs will go into my report to Starfleet.” He
sighed, “I’m not sure what they’ll do with it. It’s not like we can prosecute the
Jem ‘Hadar.” He straightened from a slouch he hadn’t realized he had, “But
knowledge is power, so they say. The technology might be useful for
something other than destruction.”
“In a scrap yard, maybe.” O’Brien muttered. “I’ll start those scans.” He
went off to get his tools.

Later, Dax, Sisko and Jake sat at Quark’s Bar. “Three synthales.”
Sisko ordered.
“Three?” Jake asked.
“Sure. I can drink two.” Sisko winked at his son, and was pleased to
see the smile light up his face. “You’ve earned it, Jake.”
In a moment, Quark arrived with the three drinks and placed two in
front of Sisko and one in front of Dax. Sisko pushed one of the glasses to his
son. Jake looked at it uncertainly, then lifted it to his lips and sipped. It was
stronger than he expected and he coughed a bit, but it tasted good.
Quark stepped over to Dax. “Didn’t you say you’d found someone for
me?” He asked as he wiped the bar top.
“Yes, I did.” She said proudly. “He’s perfect. He’s strong, and brave,
and recently proved himself in battle. Women will be clamoring to play dabo
at his table.”
Quark looked disappointed. “Commander, I really don’t think
Commander Worf is what I had in mind. He’s a Klingon. Klingon’s intimidate
people. Intimidation just isn’t good for business.”
She smiled slyly. “It isn’t Worf.” She hadn’t even asked Worf.
“Well, who else is strong, brave and proves himself in battle?”
Still smiling, Dax nodded her head to the left.

“Jake?!” Quark spurted. “You’ve got to be kidding!”
“Quark, he’s a celebrity right now. He survived almost a week in a
frozen wasteland and lived to tell the tale. And lots of people will want to hear
it.”
“He’s proved himself in battle?” Quark was skeptical.
Dax turned serious. “Yes. He battled a lot of things while trying to
stay alive, Quark. Hunger, thirst, even death itself.”
“What does his father say?”
Jake spoke for himself now. “He said I could try it for a week. Not
full-time, or anything. Just until I get my strength back. After that, we’ll see.”
Next to him, Sisko nodded in agreement.
Quark gave him the once over, acted reluctant to give in. “Well, all
right. Right this way.” He came out from behind the bar and showed Jake to
the dabo wheel, telling the girl he had put there to return to her previous job of
wiping tables. She pouted, but did so.
Dax and Sisko watched from the bar as Quark gave Jake a crash course
in the operation of a dabo wheel, and slowly players began migrating from
other tables to his. Sisko had quite a son.

THE END

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Thicker Than Water

From gatorgme@execpc.com Sun Apr 27 17:31:00 1997
Date: Sun, 20 Apr 1997 18:52:01 -0500
From: “Gail M. Eppers”
To: djtst18+@pitt.edu
Subject: Thicker than Water

I would like to submit the attached story for inclusion in your WWW
archive. Let me know what you think. Thanks!

Gatorgme@execpc.com

Thicker Than Water

Note: This story takes place shortly after “By Inferno’s Light”

by Gail M. Eppers

Quark stormed into Sisko’s office, with Major Kira right behind him trying fruitlessly to stop
him. “I’m sorry, Sir,” she said as Sisko stood up when they entered, “he insisted.”
“I understand, Major. You’re excused.” Kira left gladly, thankful that he hadn’t seemed
angry. Sisko was more curious than angry. Quark looked quite agitated, and was muttering
Ferengi curses under his breath. “What can I do for you, Quark?” he asked as he reseated
himself.
“You have to do something about Odo!” Quark didn’t even look at a chair. He was
obviously too angry to think about sitting down. He paced in front of Sisko’s desk, looked like
he was going to pound on it for effect, but thought better of it. “He’s gotten completely out of
control!”
Sisko remained calm. He knew what was coming. “How so?”
Quark waved an arm as if Odo were right behind Sisko, “Ever since he got his
shapeshifting ability back he’s been shifting all over my bar! I haven’t had an accurate inventory
count in weeks! He’s making a mess of my business, and he’s got to be stopped!” He finally
stood still, breathing hard, waiting for Sisko’s reply.
“Surveillance of your establishment is part of his job,” he started, “how Odo decides to
carry out that surveillance is up to him.” He was feeling unusually patient today. “It’s for your
own good as well, Quark. Would you want me to remove security from the bar entirely? Feel
like taking on your clientele single-handed?” Sisko knew the seedy clientele could be rough.
There were constant fights and injuries despite Odo’s watchfulness. Without him, there would
probably be a dead body every week. And all the property damage that would go along with it.
And Quark knew that, too.
Seeing that his personal safety was at stake, Quark calmed down. “I see your point.
However, it is still impossible to run a business when I have extra glasses one day, and extra
chairs the next. One day he was an entire case of Denebian Gin, which caused me to
underestimate my order and resulted in several irate customers. Couldn’t he at least come in as
himself once in awhile?”
Sisko was having a hard time not laughing aloud. “I can talk with him, Quark, but I can’t
make him alter his practices. He hasn’t broken any rules, and I haven’t heard complaints from
anyone else. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have a station to run.” He waved his hand in the air to
shoo Quark away.
Quark sputtered, “All right! All right! Well, when you talk to him, you just tell him that if he
can play dirty, then so can I!”
“Quark,” Sisko said, “whatever you’re planning, I wouldn’t recommend it.”
Quark didn’t answer, but just harumphed over his shoulder and walked out smugly. Sisko
sighed. There was never a dull day with Quark around.
“Bashir to Sisko,” Sisko heard and turned on his comm link.
“Sisko here. Go ahead.”
“There’s been an outbreak of S’Dellian Fever aboard the station.”
“S’Dellian Fever?” Sisko asked, “I don’t believe I’ve ever heard of it. Are we looking at an
epidemic?”
Bashir didn’t look particularly worried, “You could call it that, but it’s not that serious. For the
most part. I’ll give you more details later, but first I need to isolate Garak and Ziyal. It *is* fatal
to Cardassians.”
“I’ll have Kira bring Ziyal to the infirmary immediately,” Sisko offered.
“I’ll get Garak myself,” Bashir added. Then, not really to Sisko, though his comm link
did pick it up, “I hope he doesn’t hit me.” Bashir signed off. He grabbed his medical tricorder
and headed for the promenade.
Fortunately, the tailor shop was empty. “Garak!” Bashir called as he entered. He turned only
long enough to lock the door behind him. The last thing he needed was customers
interrupting. “Garak!”
In a moment, the Cardassian came from the back room, a bolt of cloth in his arms. “Ah,
Doctor, what brings you here?” He smoothed the cloth as he spread a few yards of it on a table.
“Time for a new suit?”
“No, Garak.” He scanned his friend, and was glad to see that he had not been exposed,
“I’ve had several cases of S’Dellian Fever.”
“Oh, dear,” Garak said.
“You’re familiar with it?”
“Doctor, aren’t you familiar with the diseases that could kill you?” He searched blindly for a
chair and finally managed to sit down. “Of course you are. You’re a doctor. What I meant
was—”
“Never mind, Garak. You’ll be fine. You’re just going to spend a few days in isolation
while the Fever passes through the station.” He put a hand on Garak’s shoulder, “There’s nothing
to worry about.” He showed Garak the tricorder, “you haven’t been exposed. We’ll go directly
from here to the infirmary. If you need anything from your quarters, I’ll get it for you later.”
Garak’s throat was dry, but he nodded, and let Bashir help him to his feet. As they
headed for the door, he stopped, “Ziyal,” he said.
“Relax,” Bashir insisted, “Kira’s bringing her to the infirmary, too.” He unlocked the
door, “Do whatever you need to do to close up the shop.”

Chapter One

Less than ten minutes later, Bashir watched as Garak walked into the isolation room. Air
locks cycled behind him. There were four full bio-beds, two extending from each side wall.
Between the beds on the right was a replicator, and between the beds on the left was a fold-down
table. Toward the back, a door led into a washroom, and a computer terminal stood in the center.
The wall with the airlock was made of transparent aluminum for observation purposes. “How
long will I be here?”
An open comm unit carried the question out to Bashir. “At least three days. Make a list of
what you’ll need from your quarters, and make yourself at home.”
Garak seemed to breathe easier now that he was in the enclosed environment. S’Dellian
Fever was nothing to fool with if you were a Cardassian. He didn’t know about other species,
and he’d never seen a Cardassian case himself, but he’d heard of a few. It was known as the
Sudden Silence. There were actually very few visible symptoms, but usually within a day of
exposure the victim simply collapsed and died. Every bodily system would shut down
simultaneously. He tried not to think about it, however. If Bashir said he hadn’t been exposed,
then he hadn’t been exposed. That he was sure of. He went to the terminal and began to work
on the list.
While Garak was working on the terminal in the isolation room, Bashir prepared his
report for Sisko. S’Dellian Fever was one of the most prolific illnesses. It seemed to affect
every species to some degree. As he’d said, it was fatal to Cardassians. Humans experienced
flu-like symptoms. Bajorans developed high-grade fevers and muscle cramps. Klingons got a
little tired. Vulcans lost their concentration, though would never admit it, of course. Ferengi
endured joint pain and low-grade fevers. Many species had serums available, and Bashir
reported that the various inoculations would be distributed as soon as possible. Some species
had no other course than to ride out their symptoms. But except for Cardassians, no one’s life
was in any danger.
By the time Garak had finished the list and sent it out to Bashir’s computer, he expected to
see Ziyal. But she still hadn’t arrived. “Doctor, where is Ziyal?”
“Right here,” Ziyal answered Garak’s question from the infirmary doorway. Dax stood
next to her, a small travel bag in her hand.
“Dax?” Bashir questioned, “I thought Kira was going to bring her.” He dutifully pulled
out a medical tricorder and verified that Ziyal hadn’t been exposed either before nodding to Dax
to show her into the isolation room.
As the airlock cycled open, Dax explained, “Kira called me. She’s not feeling well, and
didn’t want to run the risk of infecting Ziyal. As soon as I report that she’s safely in isolation,
Kira will come in.”
Bashir immediately began gathering a hypo spray and some vials. “I should have known
she’d be one of the first. Her recent pregnancy and birth must have compromised her system.”
Dax handed Ziyal her bag and the girl stepped timidly through the strange doorway. She
turned nervously when the airlock began to cycle closed. “It’s all right, my dear,” Garak took her
arm and led her further into the room. She set her bag on one of the beds, and hugged Garak.
“I’m sure Dax explained to you that this is just a temporary measure.” He held the frightened girl
gently.
She looked up at him and nodded. “Yes. She told me everything.” She finally pulled
away from Garak. “Well, if I have to do this, at least you’re here with me.”
“That’s the spirit.” He reexamined her sentence in his head, “I think.”
Meanwhile, Dax had notified Kira that Ziyal was safe. In another minute, Kira stepped
into the infirmary and Bashir immediately helped her to a bed. She was already weak, with
sweat beginning to drip from her temples. “I almost wish I was Cardassian,” she muttered as
she fought for breath, noticing the symptom free twosome in the isolation room.
“If you were, you’d be dead now,” Bashir warned her. He was quickly applying a
hypospray. “This should prevent at least some of the cramps. There’s nothing I can do about the
fever.” He stopped to run a scan, “Try to relax, Major. You’ll be here for at least two days.” But
Kira was already asleep. He used a nearby cloth to wipe the perspiration from her forehead.
Dax saw that Bashir had everything under control. “I’ll let Benjamin know about Kira,”
she said and started to leave.
“Dax,” Bashir asked, “do you know what symptoms to watch for?” He was referring to
her being a Trill. He had put out a listing to the station priority mail detailing the various
symptoms for the different races, but a Trill was very unusual.
“Yes, Julian.” She smiled at his concern, “If I detect any disruptions in my symbiont
interface, you’ll be the first to know.” Jadzia’s health wasn’t a problem. But the Fever tended to
make havoc out of the symbiont/host connection. Left untreated, it would leave permanent
damage to the symbiont, possibly even requiring that it be moved to a new host.
Bashir watched her leave, and wondered how pervasive this Fever would get. Sisko had
taken care of quarantining the station itself. No docking or undocking until further notice.
Naturally, it created a lot of friction for Sisko to deal with, and Bashir wished it didn’t have to be
done. Mentally, he went over his preparations, and felt satisfied that everything that could be
done was being done. He’d isolated those in the most danger. All humans had received their
inoculations, as well as those few oddball species, like Morn, for which preventive vaccines had
been developed. But he knew a lot of people were going to get sick, despite the inoculations. He
had the serums replicated and ready. He’d probably run out of beds, but it wouldn’t be the first
time.
He swabbed Kira’s forehead again and pulled a metallic sheet over her sleeping form. He
had his datapad in his hand and grabbed some vials and a hypo. “Garak, I’ll go to your quarters
while I’m doing rounds. You two behave yourselves in there.”
But before he could leave, the door opened and Chief O’Brien walked in with Molly in
tow. The little girl clutched a well-worn rag doll. “Chief, you’ve all had your inoculations.”
O’Brien looked amused, “Yes, we have. But Molly was worried because Beth didn’t get
one.”
“Beth?” Bashir asked. O’Brien gestured at the doll. “Ah, Beth! How could I forget?”
He found an empty vial and put it in the hypo. “May I?” he asked Beth’s caretaker. Molly
moved the doll so that she held it as if it were an infant, allowing access to the doctor. Bashir
pressed the hypo, which hissed appropriately, against the doll’s neck.
“Yeah!” Molly rejoiced. “Now that didn’t hurt a bit, did it?” she asked the doll. Then she
looked up at her father, who was smiling ear to ear.
“Thanks, Julian,” O’Brien said, “sorry for the interruption.”
Bashir pretended to turn very serious, “Interruption is right. I have patients to treat. I’m a
very busy man, you know.” He again gathered the datapad and full vials. “Tell me, Molly. Is
there anyone else you know of who didn’t get their inoculation?” The little girl shook her head,
causing her smooth black hair to sway. He mussed her hair a bit, “Thank you for alerting me.”
“You’re welcome, Doctor,” Molly replied. She again looked up, “Now Beth gets ice
cream, right, Daddy?”
O’Brien winked, “Right you are.”
“How’s the baby?” Bashir inquired. “I’m afraid his body won’t metabolize the serum very
well.”
“Keiko’s with him every minute,” O’Brien replied, “he seems to be doing just fine.”
“That’s good.”
“Let’s go.” Offering his hand to his daughter, who placed her incredibly small hand in
his, O’Brien led her out the door. Bashir followed them out, but turned in the opposite direction.

Odo sat at his desk in the security office, sipping Raktajino and reading crime reports
from a datapad. His door chimed and he said, “Come.” He looked up to see Sisko enter his
office. Odo rose to his full height, which was considerable, “Captain.”
“Constable, I just had a visit from Quark.”
“I’m sorry to hear that, Sir.” He again sat down. Quark was unimportant.
“He was very upset about your shapeshifting. Said it was disrupting his inventory.”
Odo put down the datapad and cup and gave Sisko his full attention, “Sir, do you trust
me?”
“Of course.” Sisko found that an odd response to his statement. Then his mind jumped
ahead, “You have something up your sleeve, don’t you?”
“I have no sleeves,” Odo stated. “But you’re correct. I suspect Quark of dealing in a
certain type of contraband and I’m hoping to get him to hang himself, as it were.”
“I see. By all means, carry on. But try to be a little less . . . intrusive,” Sisko suggested.
“Quark has already made a threat against you.”
“Ah!” Odo almost smiled, “Progress!”
Sisko was confused, but knew that if Odo wanted to give him more details he would have
been more forthright. He was about to leave when another thought came to him. “By the way,
Constable, have you heard about the S’Dellian Fever outbreak?” Odo nodded. “Have you
checked in with Dr. Bashir about it? How would it affect a changeling?”
“It’s a virus, isn’t it?” Odo asked, already knowing the answer. “I don’t have a
bloodstream. At least, not anymore. I don’t get viruses.”
“All the same, Odo, have Bashir check you out. Today.”
Odo sighed, “Aye, Sir.”

Chapter Two

Some hours later, Odo left the infirmary with a clean bill of health, but a stern warning to
watch for any unusual symptoms. Bashir already had every bed full, as well as a large number of
patients confined to their quarters with less minor symptoms. He was happy to see Kira begin to
stir. Her fever had broken over an hour ago. She was recovering swiftly. He approached her
bed, “How are you feeling?”
She stretched, arms above her head before letting them flop back down. “Very good,
actually.” She pushed herself up to a sitting position. “I’m hungry, is that a good sign?”
Bashir smiled, “A very good sign. What would you like?”
Kira thought about it. “Haspurat,” she decided finally, and Bashir went to get it. Kira turned
her head and looked in the isolation room. Ziyal and Garak were talking animatedly. With the
comm link off now, it was impossible to hear them. She took a deep breath, glad the girl at least
had company while she was confined.
Inside the isolation room, Ziyal was saying sadly, “It must have been awful for you at the
Dominion prison.”
“Well, I’d be lying if I said I had a good time,” Garak replied, “but I was more fortunate than
some others. I spent most of my time hiding inside a wall.”
“Hiding?” Ziyal could not believe Garak had been that cowardly.
“All right. Being hidden, then,” he admitted. “I was breaking into their communications
array in order to contact our runabout. It was very demanding work, in very, uh, tight quarters.”
He didn’t mention his severe attack of claustrophobia that nearly cost them their lives.
“I was sorry to hear about Tain. I know he meant a lot to you.” Ziyal almost reached out to
stroke his face, but held back. He was such an enigma. She wanted desperately to know what
was going on inside his head. She never felt quite sure about anything he said, though she also
never distrusted him. It seemed a contradiction, but her head did not rule when it came to
Garak.
“Yes, he did,” confirmed Garak, uncomfortable with the topic. He decided to change the
subject. “You know, I’m getting hungry. Would you like to eat something?” He went over to the
replicator.
Bashir handed Kira her haspurat on a plate. “Here you go. Eat that, and if you rest like a
good girl all night I’ll release you in the morning AND I’ll okay you for half a shift.”
Kira looked at him questioningly, “I thought I was going to be here a couple of days.”
“Well,” He explained, “first, your recovery is remarkable. Second, I know what kind of a
patient you are. And third, I need the bed.” Kira smiled at him and began eating slowly, pleased
with his prognosis. “No springball or . . . uh . . . other physical activity for the rest of the week.
And you can resume full duty in 72 hours.”
Kira pushed a straggle of meat inside her mouth with her lips, and chewed. “Got it. Tell
Sisko I’ll be in Ops in the morning,” she smiled, knowing she was pushing her luck at that.

The lights were lowered and the window opaqued to allow the two temporary captives to
sleep. Ziyal thought about what they’d told her about the S’Dellian Fever, and it frightened her.
Garak and Bashir had assured her repeatedly that she was safe, but it was hard for Ziyal to relax
and fall asleep.
Garak came out of the washroom dressed in pale violet pajamas, and settled into the bed
next to Ziyal’s, “Good night, Ziyal.”
“Good night, Garak.”
She rolled to face the opaqued window, but didn’t even bother closing her eyes. It was
quiet, and the unfamiliar surroundings only reminded her why she was here. She thought of
what might happen if she so much as cycled the airlock, now that the infirmary was filled with
patients. One little microbe . . . she sighed heavily. “Garak?”
“Yes,” came his voice.
Good, he didn’t sound upset that she disturbed his attempt to sleep. “Are you scared?”
“Of what, my dear?”
“Of the Fever, of dying, I guess.”
Garak sighed, but it didn’t have any irritation in it. “Ziyal, I was nearly dead more times than
I can count. I’ve been tortured both mentally and physically in my life. I’ve been severely
injured, and deathly ill. I’ve escaped bombs and warfare. There are times I wonder why I am still
alive.” He rolled onto his side, “But yes. Death scares me.”
She turned only her head to look at him, “you seem so calm.”
“I trust Julian implicitly,” he admitted.
“I try to, but I’m just not sure,” she tried to explain. “My head tells me I’m safe here, but my
stomach doesn’t agree. I feel nervous.”
Garak blinked, trying to see her better in the dim light, “It’s probably just that you were
brought here so suddenly. It’s a situation you’ve never been in before. That’s to be expected.”
“I won’t be able to sleep.” She resumed looking up in the darkness.
Garak hesitated a moment, then got up off of his bed and went over to Ziyal. He sat on
the floor next to the bed and leaned against the wall. “I’m right here,” he said. She rolled onto
her stomach so she could drop one hand to him. He held it.
Several minutes later, they were both asleep.

Quark knelt behind the closed bar, with Rom beside him. “Brother, are you sure about
this?” Rom asked while Quark fiddled with a piece of machinery.
“Yes, Rom,” he said as if talking to a young child. He grunted, trying to reach behind the
eerie looking hemispheric machine. “And behind the bar is the best place to hide it, too. But the
range isn’t good enough. We’ll need another one on the other side of the room, and two more
upstairs.”
“That really cuts into your inventory of those. Wouldn’t you rather sell them?”
“If I don’t use these, I might never sell *any*.” He shifted on his aching haunches, “I
have to know where Odo is and isn’t if I’m going to find a buyer. This isn’t your average
contraband.”
“But as soon as he comes in and he can’t shift, he’ll know!” Rom pointed out.
“That’s why this S’Dellian Fever outbreak is so convenient. I’ll convince him it’s the
Fever. Leave it to me.” He activated the unit and the semi-globe began to glow. A low hum
began, but Quark knew the ambient noise of the bar doing normal business would drown that out
with no problem. “And that’s how it’s done. You do the other three. I’ll check them in the
morning.”
“Yes, Brother.”

Dax looked up when Kira walked into Ops. “Nerys, it’s good to see you up and about so
soon!”
Kira stepped down to her station, “Well, I did my part for this epidemic,” she quipped.
“I mean it’s good, because Gul Dukat is on the comm link.” She nodded toward Kira’s
computer station, “He wants to come and talk to Ziyal.”
“What?!” Of all the nerve, she thought. “Did you tell him about the S’Dellian Fever?”
“He thinks it’s a ruse to keep Cardassians off the station,” she explained, making it clear how
stubborn Dukat must have been when they talked.
“I’ll handle this.” She put him up on the main viewscreen, and stepped around to stand
directly in front of it. “Hello, Dukat.”
“Major! My what a quick recovery you’ve had.” He said sarcastically, “I’d like to speak with
my daughter.”
“That’s funny. Last I heard, you didn’t have one,” Kira said, referring to Dukat’s
proclamation disowning Ziyal as he led the Dominion fleet home to Cardassia.
Dukat was already impatient, “Don’t play games with me, Major. This is very
important.”
“I’ll be glad to give her a message,” Kira offered, “but you will not be allowed to dock. We
really do have S’Dellian Fever aboard. And Ziyal has been isolated for her own safety.”
Dukat’s eyes got big, and then grew dark, “You’re not joking?” Kira was surprised to see
extreme worry come over his features, “Is Ziyal all right?”
“She’s fine. What would you like me to tell her?”
The Cardassian Gul didn’t reply right away. An awful thought was occurring to him,
“Wait a minute. The station only has one isolation room. You have two Cardassians. Don’t tell
me –”
“Yes, Garak is with her,” Kira verified. There was no use trying to hide it.
Dukat practically had smoke coming out of his ears. He gritted his teeth and growled to
himself, “I’ll kill him.” Then, “I must speak with her. In private. Can you put me through to the
isolation room? On a secure channel?”
Kira smiled. She enjoyed being in the catbird seat. “I’ll see if she wants to talk to you.” She
touched her comm badge, “Kira to Infirmary.”
“Bashir here. Something wrong, Major?”
“Not with me,” she clarified quickly, “I have Dukat on the line. He wants to speak with
Ziyal. Could you ask her if she accepts the call?” She waited, while Bashir inquired.
“Sorry. She’s not interested.”
Kira’s smile got bigger. “You heard it, Dukat. She doesn’t want to talk to you. Why
don’t you try again next week?” She closed her comm channel triumphantly.

Chapter Three

“Perhaps you should change your mind,” Garak suggested.
“Why? He let me stay on this station even though he expected to see the entire solar
system destroyed. He obviously doesn’t care.” She was now thoroughly depressed, trying
desperately to convince herself that she didn’t care either. She lay back on one of the beds and
stared at the ceiling.
Garak leaned on the nearest bed, “He’s still your father,” he stressed. “And he said it was
important. Aren’t you the least bit curious?”
“Maybe,” she admitted, still staring. “But I’ll get over it.”
Garak stood up and went closer to the bed, then crouched down so his head was level
with hers. “Ziyal,” he started softly, and she turned her head toward him, “Only one other person
knows this,” he started, then had to pause. Dare he even say it aloud?
“Go on.”
He could see in her eyes that she would respect the confidence. “Tain was *my* father.”
As the full meaning of those words sunk in, Ziyal turned to lie on her side. He continued, “and
we didn’t get along any more than you and Dukat are getting along right now, for most of my
life. Even as he died, he . . . ” Garak let himself sit on the floor, “he said he was proudest of me
when I was five.” He stared at the floor, “Everything I’ve done, my entire life, was meaningless
to him. He only contacted me when he needed my help. He only thought about himself.”
Ziyal reached down and touched his shoulder, “But the kinds of things that would have
made him proud, would you have wanted to do them?”
What would have made Tain proud of him? Some of the things he’d done while in the
Order might qualify. Or his inquisition of Odo while his shape-shifting abilities were
electronically inhibited. These were the types of things Tain was looking for. “No,” Garak
finally answered with a croak. “But that’s not the point,” he lifted himself back to his crouch, “I
didn’t have a real relationship with my father. I want you to have one with yours.”
“But he hates you,” Ziyal said, “he wants you dead.”
“I know.” He pressed his lips together, “don’t let that influence you. Do you want to live the
rest of your life without any parents at all?” Family was very important to Cardassians, but could
having been raised by her half-Bajoran mother, and spending several years with the Breen have
caused Ziyal to forget?
“If I can live it with you.” She did stroke the side of his face now. “Garak, he’d never allow
us to be together. You know that.”
He used one hand to hold hers against his cheek, “And I want us to be together very
much.” He closed his eyes, engraving the feel of her touch in his mind, then opened them again,
“I just don’t want you to make the same mistakes I did. Just talk to him. Find out what he wants.
Don’t allow him to shut you out of his life.”
Ziyal’s eyes searched his face and saw utter sincerity. She took a deep breath, then rolled
herself off the bed and turned on the comm panel. “Doctor?”
“Yes, Ziyal?” Bashir appeared almost immediately, looking all the worse for wear.
Behind him, Ziyal saw about a dozen people in the infirmary, some writhing on their beds,
others sleeping peacefully.
“I’m sorry to interrupt, but I’ve reconsidered. If he’s still out there, I will accept a call from
my father.”
Bashir’s face showed his surprise, “I’ll inform Kira.”

As soon as Odo stepped into the bar he felt it. It reminded him of the day Garak had
questioned him in that tiny room, and if he’d had real skin he would have shivered. “Quark!”
Quark approached him nervously from behind the bar. “I didn’t do anything.”
“You should get that tattooed on your forehead,” Odo grumbled.
“Can I get you a drink?” Quark peered at the constable uncertainly, “are you feeling all right?
You look . . . ,” he searched for the right word, “. . . too yellow.”
“Yellow?”
“Yes, yellow.” He snapped his fingers, as if something had just occurred to him, “The
S’Dellian Fever! Odo, you better get to the infirmary and let Bashir look at you.”
Odo stepped closer to Quark, “Where is it?”
“Where is what?” Quark was doing an excellent job of feigning ignorance.
“There’s an inhibitor field in here.” He looked around at the large crowded room,
“probably more than one.” Swiftly, he grabbed Quark’s arm and held on tight, “If you don’t shut
them off immediately, I’ll clear this place out faster than you can count latinum.”
Quark tried unsuccessfully to shake himself loose. “I don’t know what you’re talking
about.” He shook more violently, “your hand feels really hot, Odo. You’ve got a fever.”
He pulled Quark forward until they were face to face, “I don’t get fevers. I do not have
S’Dellian Fever. Now turn . . . it . . . off.”
Quark was only slightly flustered, “Can we talk?” He nodded toward the room behind the
bar. Reluctantly, Odo, never loosening his grip, dragged the Ferengi after him into the little
store room.
He stopped short when he saw stacks and stacks of boxes, all marked “Inhibitor Field
Generator.” He snorted triumphantly, “I hope you enjoy the brig, Quark. You’ll be there for a
very long time.”
“No, wait. Let me explain.”
Odo locked the door, then let go of Quark, “Explain.”
“The quadrant NEEDS these. Everyone is worried about an invasion by the Founders,
but with these we can detect the changelings. They’ll sell like . . . like tribbles reproduce.”
“They are still illegal. It’s Cardassian technology and must have, by it’s very nature, been
obtained illegally.” Before Quark could come up with another argument, he added, “And they
don’t detect. They just prevent us from shifting. What’s to stop them from just walking out?
Quark, do you ever think things through?”
“Odo, if these are everywhere, they’ll have no place to go where they can shift. They’ll leave
us alone. I’m doing this for the security of the Alpha Quadrant.”
“And for the latinum.”
“And for the latinum,” Quark repeated, knowing it was senseless to deny it. “I’ll sell
them at cost, if that’ll satisfy you.” It was an idle threat. If need be, he could easily fake an
invoice with an inflated charge.
Odo was intrigued, “No profit? Isn’t that against your Rules of Acquisition?”
Quark shrugged, “I’m not bound by those Rules. There’s little more the Ferengi
Commerce Commission can do to me.”
“I’ll make you a deal,” Odo said. “You tell me where you got them, and I won’t arrest
you.”
Oh. That deal again. “Reveal my source? I can’t do that. They’d have me killed!”
Odo raised what should have been an eyebrow. “Did I mention the entire inventory would
have to be destroyed?” He asked, ignoring Quark’s normal death threat routine, “and the
recording I’m making of everything happening in this room?”
Quark knew he had lost again. How was he to know changelings didn’t get S’Dellian
Fever? Everyone else got it. He’d read the symptom listing; even Horta were affected. They got
chilled to the point of hypothermia. But not changelings. Stupid virus. “I got the whole
shipment from the Yridian trader. He’s still docked at pylon eight,” he said.
“Thank you,” Odo said exaggeratedly. “And you’ll remove the ones you installed in the
bar?”
“As soon as physically possible,” Quark grumbled.
“Quark, if these people are who I think they are, you are not in any danger.” Then he left
Quark to puzzle it out.

Chapter Four

Kira’s voice came through the comm panel, “Ziyal, I have Dukat on a secured channel.”
Ziyal took a deep breath from where she sat at the computer terminal. “I’m ready.”
On the screen, Dukat’s familiar face appeared. Ziyal glanced up at Garak, who stood
behind the computer, watching. His very presence would make Dukat boil. It would be best to
stay out of the visual pickup. “Hello, Father,” she said.
“Ziyal, it’s so good to see you. I’ve been worried.”
“I’m sure you have.” She simply could not prevent the contempt from showing on her
face. “Say what you have to say.”
Dukat blinked, “you don’t believe me? I’m hurt. I really have been worried about you.
S’Dellian Fever is quite serious.”
“That’s completely under control, Father. Would you get to the point, please?” Ziyal
wanted to get this over with.
“Are you alone?”
“Yes,” Ziyal lied.
“Liar!” Dukat’s neck cords tightened, “I know that tailor is in there with you.”
Ziyal was prepared for this, “Yes, he is. And we’ve had nothing but sex since we got in
here. And by the way, I’m pregnant.”
Dukat was not amused, “Don’t toy with me, Ziyal. And please tell me you *are* toying
with me.”
Ziyal reached with one hand to pull Garak to stand next to her, ignoring Dukat’s plea.
Garak was reluctant. This wasn’t going the way they had hoped. “He is here, and if there’s
something you need to tell me, he’ll hear it, too. There’s no avoiding it. It’s not like I can ask
him to step outside.”
“Well, you could . . . ” Dukat mused, imagining Garak dropping dead in his tracks.
Garak said nothing.
“I wish I could see you in person for this,” Dukat continued, “but I had trouble enough
convincing the crew to approach this close to the station. As it is, I had to throw two officers in
the brig for insubordination.” He acted put upon and inconvenienced by this whole thing.
“First, you must swear to me that what I’m about to say will not leave that room. You
must tell no one.” He was quite firm in saying this. “No one,” he repeated.
Ziyal and Garak exchanged glances. Against both their better judgements, Ziyal took the
initiative, “Agreed.”
Dukat leaned forward conspiratorially, “I’m sure you’ve heard by now about our treaty
with the Dominion, and my personal vow to retrieve everything Cardassia has lost.”
“Yes, Father. I’ve heard.”
He seemed hesitant to go further, worried about the security of the communication.
Shifting his eyes from side to side, he continued, “it is not entirely true.” Garak cocked his head.
“I want you to know that I personally have signed the treaty, which I have no intention of
honoring.”
Garak had to speak, “If I may be so bold, Dukat, the only thing more foolish than joining the
Dominion, is betraying them.”
Dukat tilted his head to acknowledge Garak, “Then I am a fool.” He again centered his
gaze on his daughter, “I cannot give you all the details, but I did not abandon you willingly,
Ziyal. Please believe me.” His eyes glistened as he waited for a glimmer of acceptance.
“You expected this station, and this entire solar system, to be destroyed in a supernova,” Ziyal
stated the facts, “and you allowed me to stay.”
“I tried to convince you to come with me, but you wouldn’t let go of that . . . ” he realized who
else was listening and reconsidered his words, “. . . tailor!”
The girl was not convinced, “You’re Cardassian, Father. If I really meant so much to you, you
would have forced me to come with you. I would have hated you for it, but you would have
taken me by force. Even if you respected my right to choose, knowing my life was at stake
should have made a difference.”
Dukat saw her argument, “I know what it looked like, but it’s not true. I can tell you this
much, the changeling who impersonated Bashir was supposed to escape. On his way out of the
system, he was to beam you aboard,” he held up a hand to stop Ziyal from arguing, “And Garak.
In the split second timing he would only have had time to grab Cardassians, not look for one in
particular. As much as I argued for that. You both would have escaped harm and been brought
home to Cardassia.” He paused while all of this information came together for Ziyal, “Does
*that* explain my actions?”
Ziyal still did not want to admit it, “I suppose so. So you still would have allowed the station
to be destroyed, along with all personnel on board?” She didn’t want to think of her Father as
that ruthless.
“It was the only other alternative. The Founders were going to carry this out with or
without our help. My agreeing to sign the treaty won me your life.”
“Then you knew I wouldn’t come with you.” He must have agreed to this before trying to
make her leave.
“I suspected it.” He lowered his eyes for a moment, “especially with Garak missing at the
time.”
Garak suddenly found himself sitting on the foot of the bed. This was all a bit much to
take in.
“And before you think otherwise,” Dukat continued, “No, I do not approve of you and
Garak. That hasn’t changed.” He glared at Garak, “I simply acknowledge that it exists, and it
influences your judgement.”
There was a long silence as the three of them individually came to an understanding of
the situation. “And if Sisko found out about this . . . ” Garak began.
“He would relax his battle stations.” Dukat said, “You have to understand, I’m not in
control here. The Dominion is. But I have a high enough profile that even this communication
is an extreme risk.” He again looked from side to side, “I will have to continue the way Sisko
believes. The station is safer if he thinks as he does, that there is a constant threat from me as
well as the Founders. I will do what I can, but he mustn’t think of me as an ally. Are you both
clear about this?” They both nodded wordlessly, and Dukat finally seemed to relax a bit. “I love
you, Ziyal. Dukat out.”
His image disappeared from the screen.

Odo watched the activity around pylon eight from a distance. Four Yridians were taking
on boxes of medical supplies, moving in and out of the ship repeatedly, as the captain verified
each one on his datapad. Certainly looked as it should. Some station personnel were helping as
well. Then a fifth Yridian stumbled into the area. He went to the captain. For a moment, Odo
thought his eyes had gone out of focus for the Yridian blurred then solidified again. Odo peered
and squinted, noticing a few more subtle details that he hadn’t before. The captain grew angry
and shoved the fifth Yridian toward the docked ship. “You’re drunk!” he yelled, loud enough for
everyone within sight to hear. “Go sleep it off, Lieutenant!”
Odo knew he needed to be sure. Almost without thinking, Odo became a Yridian
merchant and walked forward, “Sorry I’m late,” he mumbled as he walked past everyone and into
the ship.

Chapter Five

It was a small ship, a few times the size of a runabout with the majority ostensibly being
cargo space. Odo the Yridian walked to the rear of the ship to the crew quarters, observing his
surroundings as he went. He ducked into the first quarters he came to. He stopped and stared at
the confirmation he’d been looking for. There in the middle of the room, secured to the floor by
metal mounting plates, were three metallic buckets, one of which contained, apparently, the
Lieutenant. He heard voices behind him, and did the only thing he could.
“Are you sure?” One of Yridians was saying.
“Yes. I saw him come this way.”
There was a brief pause, and sounds of footsteps. “I don’t see anyone.” This sounded
further away.
“It was a Yridian. A *real* Yridian.” Odo smiled smugly, or rather, his consciousness
did. “Why would he think this was his ship?”
“I don’t know. Maybe that Fever got him confused.” The voices got closer again.
“You’re seeing things. There’s no one here. Now get back to work!” the Yridian Captain
ordered.

Doctor Julian Bashir rubbed his hands over his face. It had been quite a day. One
hundred sixteen patients treated for high fever, cramps and other severe symptoms. Almost
another hundred treated in their quarters for mild fevers. It was tiring work, but at least the
worry factor was minimal. His assistants probably could handle it for a few hours. He decided
to get some rest. As he was about to leave for his own quarters, he looked in the isolation room.
It appeared that Ziyal and Garak were having a heated argument. He almost wished the
comm panel were on so he could hear them, but he’d allowed them to control it for their own
sense of privacy. His eyes opened wide when Ziyal attempted to strike Garak, who blocked the
blow easily and held her fist in the air. Then, feeling the voyeur, he forced himself to walk
away.
“We both promised we wouldn’t tell!” Ziyal was yelling. “Don’t you dare!” She yanked
her fist back.
“But if we explain it to Sisko, I’m sure he’ll understand. He’s a good commander.” Garak was
going to step forward, then changed his mind, “he wouldn’t let this influence his command or
how he runs this station. Dukat might not realize that.”
Ziyal crossed her arms in front of her and turned her back to Garak, “Garak, don’t you
see? If we let Sisko know, and the Founders ever find out about this whole thing because of it,
they would KILL Father.”
“Your father can take care of himself. He’s a soldier.”
She whirled on him, “But *I’m* not!” She stepped closer to him now, “I can’t live if I’m
always going to be worrying that they’ll find out. Didn’t you hear him? He’s not in control over
there. They are. The fewer people who know about it, the easier it will be for him. And me.”
Garak softened, but didn’t relent, “Sisko thinks your father is the enemy. That can be
equally dangerous.”
Ziyal’s eyes were misting up. It was too much. Too much responsibility. Too much
worry. “Maybe so, but from what I’ve learned about Starfleet, Sisko wouldn’t kill him in cold
blood. At a moment’s notice. For no real reason. The Founders might.” She was beginning to
choke up, “The Founders WILL.” She was almost in Garak’s arms now, and he brought his arms
around to hold her. “I don’t want to lose him. Please keep our promise.”
Garak swallowed, and held the crying girl tighter, “My lips are sealed.”

Odo waited, concentrating on being a bucket. When he was sure the two had left the
area, he resumed his Yridian shape, and walked calmly out behind them, diverting around a
corner where he again became Odo. He paused and looked back to see that normal activity had
begun again. Founders. Selling Inhibitor Fields. It just didn’t make sense.
Odo went back to Quark’s bar and arrived in time to hear Quark swearing profusely. The
Ferengi was bending down behind the bar. Odo peered over the top of the bar at him, “What is
it, Quark?”
Quark jumped up, obviously startled. “Odo! Uh . . . hi. I was just, um, trying to take out this
Inhibitor Field –”
Odo let his hand melt, then brought it solid again. “There’s no Field in here, now.”
“– I know! It just stopped working!” Quark steamed, “Defective merchandise! You
can’t trust Yridians!”
“They weren’t Yridians.” Odo said quietly.
“Of course they were Yridians. I saw them.” Quark stopped himself. If Odo says they
weren’t Yridians, who else could they be? Someone who could look like a Yridian, of course! A
look of horror swept across Quark’s face, “Founders? That’s ridiculous, Odo. Why would
Founders sell Inhibitor Fields?”
“I haven’t quite figured that out yet. May I have one for analysis?”
Quark got the gist, “I see . . . you think there’s something wrong with them? Well, you’re right.
They’re a piece of junk.” He brought one foot backwards and prepared to kick it.
“No!” Odo stopped him. “Don’t do that!”
Quark stopped in mid-kick and almost fell over. “Why?”
Odo’s shoulders sunk. Quark could be maddening, “Give it to me. I’ll have Dax and
O’Brien examine it, and let you know.” He waited patiently while Quark lifted the bulky
machine to the top of the bar.
“Take it,” he said. “It’s not even a halfway decent footrest.”
Odo lifted it into his arms, “In the meantime, Quark, don’t touch any of the others you’ve
planted in here until we know what we’re dealing with.”
“Others?” Quark asked, but after a stern glare from Odo he relented. “Understood.”

Chapter Six

Garak and Ziyal were stunned to see Captain Sisko walk into the infirmary and approach
the window. Garak turned on the comm panel obediently. “How are you two doing in there?”
He asked congenially.
“Just fine,” Garak spoke for both of them, as they stood hand-in-hand in front of the
window.
“I’ll get right to the point,” he began. “Ziyal, I know you’ve received a communique from
Dukat. Despite what’s happened recently, I want you to know I won’t block communication
between the two of you.”
“Thank you, Captain.” Ziyal was nervous, even with the encouraging hand squeeze from
Garak.
Sisko sighed and began to pace the width of the window. “And I can’t force you to reveal the
contents of any such communication. It was a secured channel, which I authorized, and
completely private in all respects.” He stopped pacing, “But I would hope that if you thought
any information would be useful to me in my command of this station, or to Starfleet, you would
see your way clear to sharing it.”
Ziyal was afraid of this. She had hoped the subject wouldn’t even come up, “I’m sorry,
Captain, but I can’t help you at this time. This was family business, nothing more.”
Sisko turned to Garak, “Garak, I’m sure you witnessed the call. Is this true?”
“Absolutely, Captain,” he replied without hesitation.
“No offense intended, Ziyal,” Sisko added, since asking for verification was like saying
he didn’t trust her. If only her father were not Gul Dukat . . .
“None taken, Captain.”
Sisko thanked them both, and left the infirmary. Garak and Ziyal each let out a long
breath of relief. Ziyal tried to calm her racing heartbeat as she hopped up on a bed and sat with
her knees up, her back against the wall. Garak turned off the comm panel and went back to the
replicator for another bowl of soup. “You sure like soup,” she said.
“Yes,” he said as if he had just realized this himself. “It’s . . . hot.”
She smiled, for the first time in hours. She crossed her arms over her knees and cradled her
head in them, “I’m surprised how hard that was. Lying to Captain Sisko.”
“But you didn’t lie, Ziyal,” Garak said as he came to the wall near Ziyal and pulled down the
table so he could sit and eat the soup. “It was family business.”
She laughed at his reasoning, “If my family is all of Cardassia.”
“Isn’t it?”
She got thoughtful, “I don’t know.” She was half-Bajoran, after all. And it’s not like she
would be accepted on Cardassia. But she wasn’t very certain if she felt any loyalty to them at all.
Or to Bajor, either, for that matter. All that mattered to her were the individuals she knew.
Garak, Kira, her father, it didn’t really make a difference what planet they came from. “What
about you, Garak? Do you really feel a connection to Cardassia, as a planet?”
“It *was* my home,” he told her.
“I was born on Bajor. I’ve never seen Cardassia. I’m not sure how to feel about it.”
“I see,” he put his spoon down for a moment. “So you’re acting purely on loyalty to your
father.” It was not a question. “Admirable.”
Ziyal rested her chin on her arms, “Or selfish?” She moved to dangle her feet over the
edge and faced Garak over the table, “I will keep my promise to him, but what if he is lying?
Am I trusting him only because he’s my father?”
“You know I can’t answer that question.”
“Am I being selfish by protecting his life?” She got off the bed entirely now and began to
pace, “I’ve heard the stories. I know what Cardassians are supposed to be capable of, what they
definitely have done in the past. If Father really is like that, he doesn’t deserve my support . . .
or maybe he said all those things under duress. Maybe it was a signal that he WANTED me to
tell Captain Sisko. Warn him about something . . . ”
“Ziyal, you’re thinking too much,” Garak said. “For once, I really believe Dukat can be
taken at face value here. The channel was secure. He’s still in command of his own ship. And
not telling Sisko only keeps him alert of every danger, just as Dukat said.”
“You’re right,” she agreed. “I guess I’ve just been in here too long. I’m getting a little crazy.”
“Well, it can’t be much longer. I’ll ask the doctor.” He went over to the comm panel,
“Garak to Bashir.” This time, there wasn’t an immediate reply. Garak looked out into the
infirmary. Some of the beds were actually empty now. The occupied beds held soundly
sleeping patients. “Garak to Bashir,” he repeated.
Finally, Bashir approached from his medical office, this time looking rested. “Something
wrong, Garak?”
“Ziyal and I were just wondering, how much longer we will be in here?”
Bashir considered the question, “I know you’re probably anxious to get out. But I
wouldn’t want to release you too early. I’m sure you can understand that. Sometime tomorrow, I
would think, though.”
“Thank you, Doctor.” He turned off the panel and turned back to Ziyal, “You see? You’ll
be back in your own quarters tomorrow.”
She smiled gratefully at him, “I’m sorry I’m such a bother.”
“No bother at all.”

Dax studied her tricorder readings, “How many of these did you say Quark has?”
“Dozens,” Odo replied. “Did you find something?”
Her forehead wrinkled, “I’m not sure.” She adjusted some settings on the tricorder, “I
don’t understand what this part does.” O’Brien looked at the readings as he stood beside her, but
obviously didn’t have an answer. “It doesn’t seem to be connected to anything, and I can’t get
very good readings on it with all the interference from the power supply.” She let the tricorder
fall to her side, “We’re going to have to disassemble it.”
“Are you sure it’s safe to do that?”
Dax grinned at Odo’s worried look, “reasonably sure. I’ll be right back. I need to get
some tools.”
While she was gone, O’Brien picked up the unit and gave it a close visual examination to
see how to begin taking it apart. Apparently clueless, he set it back down. This was the oddest
piece of machinery he’d ever seen. “But it did work, right?”
“For several hours, apparently. Then it just turned itself off, spontaneously. According to
Quark, anyway. As did the three others he installed.” Odo observed the whole operation with
trepidation. He clasped his hands behind his back, still working on the details of the situation.
The Founders distributing Inhibitor Fields just didn’t make sense. It was like the Bajorans selling
disruptors to the Cardassians. It was crazy.
Dax returned in a few minutes with a handful of various small instruments and she and
O’Brien set to work dismantling the Inhibitor Field Generator. In less than fifteen minutes, it
was reduced to a pile of apparent scrap metal and wiring. She held the questionable part in one
hand and the tricorder in the other. “Hmmmm. Still inconclusive. What is this thing, Odo?”
She held it out to the changeling.
He took it from her, but held it only for a second before dropping it to the table.
“Odo?”
“I…I don’t know,” he said, disturbed by what he had felt, “but whatever it is, it’s in the Great
Link.” He stared at it as he sorted through the sensations in his mind. But didn’t dare pick it up
again. If it was in the Link, it could communicate his thoughts to the whole Founder community.
Odo raised his eyes to meet Dax’s slowly as the only possible answer came to him, “It’s
not exactly in the Great Link. But it, or rather ‘they’ since there’s one in each generator, is under
control of the Link.”
“But what is it supposed to do?”
“In my opinion? Explode.”
Dax again examined her tricorder readings. “There aren’t any explosive devices in
there.”
“There will be.” At Dax’s questioning look, he explained, “sealed inside is a pocket of,
well, changeling, basically. A quantity of mass physically separated from its Founder. When the
time is right, the Great Link will tell it what to do. My guess is, after these generators have been
distributed all over the quadrant, sold through sheer panic caused by the Dominion threat, they
would all explode.”
Dax understood and slapped her comm badge, “Computer, locate Benjamin Sisko.”
“Captain Benjamin Sisko is in his office,” came the automated reply.
“Let’s go.”

Chapter Seven

The three now stood in front of Sisko’s desk. “Do you have a recommendation for what to
do about them?” he asked after hearing the report of their findings. He held one of the suspect
blocks in his hand.
Dax and O’Brien turned to Odo, who looked uncomfortable. He was always
uncomfortable when the Founders were involved. After all, they were his people. But species
was the only thing he had in common with them. He’d learned and agreed with many humanoid
values and spent most of his time upholding them. The Founders, on the other hand, were
nothing but conquerors. Conquerors who used their unique powers to coerce other races to
enforce their own brand of justice. In their quest to gain a foothold in the Alpha Quadrant, they
were even willing to distribute a device harmful to themselves simply because they knew it
would sell. The problem was, now that it was figured out, what could be done with the existing
generators? The Founders certainly wouldn’t take them back, and the longer they were here the
more chance the Founders would set them off anyway. “First,” Odo decided, “do not permit that
‘Yridian’ ship to depart. As long as they are here, the Founders can’t act without harming one of
their own.”
Sisko scowled, “That could be difficult. The quarantine is due to be lifted early
tomorrow afternoon. Can they be destroyed before then?”
O’Brien replied, “I suggest we beam them into space, using wide dispersal.”
Sisko turned the block over in his hand. “Odo, these pieces of Founders, they’re not
sentient, are they?” If they were, it could complicate things considerably.
“No, Sir,” Odo said. “A humanoid equivalent would be a severed finger or toe.”
“Good,” he felt relieved about that, “Chief, have them all moved to one of the cargo bays,
discreetly, of course. Start your teams on dismantling them. Put reusable material in storage
and set these aside. But don’t beam them anywhere just yet.”
“What are you up to, Benjamin?” Dax asked.
“Odo,” Sisko continued as if without interruption, “am I right in assuming that these
would be of value to the Founders?”
Odo tilted his head, “Of value? I suppose, if they realize the original intent is no longer
applicable, the Founders who donated the mass would want it back,” he speculated.
“How badly?”
“I’m not sure,” Odo replied.
Sisko stroked his beard, “I have a feeling I’ll find out.”

It was surprising to Ziyal how quickly one could get used to a strange bed. It was the
third, and last night, if what Bashir had said was true, and she almost felt as if she belonged here
already. This time, her sleeplessness was not due to anxiety, but to anticipation. She could
sense Garak’s nearness, even in the next bed. And she knew without looking that he wasn’t
sleeping either. She sat up and glanced at the window, checking that it was opaqued, and that
the comm link was still closed. “Garak, this is our last night together.”
“In isolation, yes. That doesn’t mean there won’t be others.”
Ziyal found herself holding her breath. Others? She jumped off the bed, but remained
standing by it, her breaths coming deeply now.
“Are you all right, Ziyal?” Garak asked, rising also. Through the dim light, they stared at
each other. Garak swallowed as Ziyal’s wordless stare made its meaning apparent. “I’m not sure
that would be wise, Ziyal,” he whispered.
“Who knows if we’ll get another chance,” she countered, and took a step toward him.
Then another. Garak didn’t move. Then she was right in front of him, but he was still not
receptive. “Haven’t you felt it the whole time we’ve been in here?” She grinned, “Are you sure it
was the soup that was hot?”
Garak blinked repeatedly and swallowed again, “Your father –”
“– isn’t here, is he?”
“That wasn’t what I meant to say,” he corrected her. He put a hand on her shoulder,
trying to exude nothing more than a paternal feeling, and failing, “You said you would keep your
promise to him. If you honor him so much, how can you go against his wishes now?”
“Oh, Garak. This has nothing to do with that.” She leaned her head against his chest,
listened to his heartbeat, “I want to be with you.”
He held her at arms’ length so she would look him in the eyes, “It has everything to do
with that. You either abide his wishes or you don’t. You can’t throw them aside simply because
it’s convenient.”
She kept herself away from him now, “So if I want to be with you, I have to break my
promise to my father and tell Captain Sisko the truth?”
“No,” Garak sighed, struggling for the words to explain what he was feeling. “I mean, we
can’t be together, like that, until we have your father’s blessing.”
“I don’t understand,” Ziyal admitted. Garak was thankful that she wasn’t teary-eyed.
“We’ll never get his blessing. He doesn’t have to know.”
“You really think he wouldn’t know?” Garak asked. “He’s your father. Maybe he didn’t
watch you grow up, but a father always knows.”
She laughed a little, “he thinks we’re already doing it. What difference would it make?”
“Ziyal, as much as I disagreed with my father,” Garak began, “I honored him. I know I
said it wasn’t a good relationship, and I was right. But when he needed me, I was there,
regardless of what he’d done in the past, regardless of the risk to my own life.” Garak could tell
she still wasn’t understanding, “Look at it this way: if we do this, your father will resent it, and
you’re right, we’d never get his blessing. If we don’t, he will learn to respect us, because we’d be
respecting him.”
“If you don’t want to –”
“Of course, I want to, Ziyal!” He held her arms tightly at her sides and kissed her hard on the
lips. Then he forced himself to pull away. “But remember I told you I wanted you to have a
good relationship with your father? Before Tain died, I felt differently. But losing him made me
realize how important a father is. No matter what you think of him, you can’t deny who he is.
You have to — I want you to stay in his life. And this is the only way to accomplish that!” He
turned his face away from her. “You think these last few days have been easy for me? You can’t
imagine how much I wanted to –” he wouldn’t even let the words out. “Excuse me,” he said as he
darted around her and into the washroom.
Ziyal stood there, stunned first by the kiss, then by the realization that he was absolutely right.
By the time Garak came timidly out of the washroom, she was curled up in her bed, with her
back to him, hoping that sleep would eventually come.

Sisko walked into Quark’s to see uniformed security officers carrying out boxes covered
with various colored cloths. Quark stood behind them, shouting, “You can’t do this! I paid for
those!” He saw Sisko come in and almost jumped on him, “Captain Sisko, I demand you
reimburse me for these! I paid five strips of latinum a piece!”
“You paid two strips, Quark,” Sisko answered calmly, “and it’s illegal contraband. I can
confiscate it free of charge.” He was half tempted to tell Quark about the danger they posed,
invite him to keep them in his store room knowing they could explode as soon as the Yridian
ship went to warp. “Besides, you yourself told Odo they were no good.”
“That *one* was defective. I could sell the other ones for a profit easily.” He looked
nervously at the boxes as if they were walking out under their own power. “I have a loss to
recoup.”
“Swallow it, Quark.” Sisko turned to the security team, “Is that the last of them?”
“Yes, Sir,” replied a partially hidden officer from behind a stack of boxes.
“Quark, is that all of them?” Sisko asked the Ferengi, knowing his tendency to squirrel
away things.
Quark grumbled, “Yes, that’s all of them.” He walked away, muttering under his breath,
“If I water down the drinks much more I’ll have to call it water.”
Sisko followed the security team to the cargo bay, where O’Brien’s engineers were
already beginning to take them apart. They were using the now empty boxes to sort parts into.
“How’s it going, Chief?”
O’Brien approached Sisko, one hand dangling at his side with a spanner in it, “Well, there are
almost 150 units. If we can speed up a bit as we go along, we might finish them by noon.” He
massaged his neck. He was already in his tenth duty hour.
Sisko noticed. “After you get them going smoothly, take a break, Chief. Get some
sleep,” he said.
O’Brien used the spanner to scratch the middle of his back, “You first,” he winked. At
Sisko’s uncompromising glare, he relented, “Aye, Sir.”
“Be sure I’m informed as soon as they finish,” Sisko said over his shoulder as he walked
out of the cargo bay, not waiting for or needing the acknowledgement.

Chapter Eight

Ziyal opened her eyes but didn’t move. For some reason, she still felt tired. Then she
remembered. She pushed herself to a sitting position, letting her legs dangle over the edge, her
back still toward Garak. She didn’t know what to say to him now. She didn’t know what to do or
how to act. She got to her feet and walked to the washroom, noticing as she passed that Garak
was still sleeping. By the time she came out, however, he was up, dressed and getting his
breakfast. “Good morning, Ziyal,” he said pleasantly.
“Good morning,” she said, and went to the replicator for her breakfast. Those were the
only words exchanged as they ate. When they had both finished, Garak voluntarily took the
dishes. Ziyal got out her bag and began to pack her things back into it. She heaved a sigh, and
went to the window, changing it from opaque to clear. There was one patient still occupying a
bed on the far side of the room.
As Bashir crossed from his office to the bed, he noticed the clear window, and Ziyal
looking out. “Just a few more hours, Ziyal. I promise,” he said, and went to tend his patient.
But she didn’t want to turn around. She watched the doctor at work for awhile, but wasn’t
startled when she sensed Garak come up behind her. She stiffened, however. After a glance to
make sure the comm unit was off, she said over her shoulder, “I know you’re right.”
Garak touched her shoulder gently, causing her to turn, “Am I?” he paused, then went on,
“I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have imposed my opinions on you last night. Yes, I want you and your
father to stay in touch, but is that what you want?”
She ducked away and went back to her packing, “Does it matter?”
“Of course it matters,” he said before she even finished speaking. “I’m confused. We’re both
confused here, by what each perceives the other one wants. Including Dukat. But what it all
comes down to, is what *you* want. And I shouldn’t have refused you based on my
perceptions of Dukat’s intentions.”
Ziyal stepped up to him as he spoke and put a finger to his lips. She had already made
her peace, “but you were absolutely right about one thing. If I do what I want, which is being
with you, I lose my father. Figuratively, if not literally. Before his call, I would have taken that
deal. But if he really is risking his life to save mine . . . ” her voice cracked and she had to stop
and swallow, “I can’t ignore that.” She took a deep breath and tried to make light of it, “It’s not
like I won’t see you at all. You’ll still be here on the station. We’re good friends, Garak.”
“Very good friends, Ziyal.”
“Someday we can be more. I’ll make sure of it.” She stood straight, “I’ll show Father
what a good man you are, and he’ll be proud to call you his son.”

“O’Brien to Sisko.”
“Sisko here. Go ahead.”
“The Founder blocks are ready for transport,” O’Brien reported.
“Good work, Chief. Stand by,” Sisko said. He turned to Kira, “Open a channel to that
‘Yridian’ ship, Major. I’ll take it in my office.”
“Aye, Sir,” she replied, and a moment later, “channel open.”
The Yridian Captain appeared on the screen on Sisko’s desk. “Captain Sisko,” he
acknowledged.
Sisko fingered the Founder block on his desk, still keeping it off screen, “I thought you’d like
to know that the quarantine will be lifted in a few more hours.” Absent-mindedly, he brought
the block into view, “I’m sure you’ll want to make launch preparations.”
“Thank you, Captain.” The Yridian was about to sign off when he noticed Sisko’s new
paperweight. He looked like he was debating whether or not to mention it. Finally, when it was
too awkward not to say something else, “Excuse me, but what is that object? We are traders. I
may be interested in purchasing it.”
“This?” He held it up for a full view, “A gift from Quark.” The falsehood of a gift from a
Ferengi slid by without question.
“Are there . . . more?”
“Yes, I believe there are quite a few more.”
Suddenly, the Yridian shifted into the more familiar Founder humanoid, “I see. And I’m
sure you see, as well. What do you intend to do with them?”
“Well, our first plan was to beam them into space, using wide dispersal to eliminate any
danger they might cause,” Sisko admitted, and was then pleased when the Founder looked
horrified. “We really have no use for them.”
“There’s no need to do that,” he said hurriedly. “We can take them off your hands.”
“I don’t know if they’re for sale,” Sisko said, making sure the Founder knew that they
would not be freely handed over.
He’d never seen a Founder quite so worried before, “We will pay you a strip of latinum
for each one. You did say they were worthless to you.”
“Five strips,” Sisko countered coolly. “Apparently, they are not worthless to you.”
“Two –” the Founder began, but seeing Sisko’s disapproval in his face he corrected
himself, “three. Three strips of latinum for each block. That’s my final offer.”
Sisko doubted that, but he’d gotten what he wanted. In fact, he got the impression he
could get quite a bit more if he tried. It made sense, he supposed. Even though they were
willing to give up the mass to orchestrate their plan, when it fell through they couldn’t afford to
let the mass go to waste. Or perhaps the Founders who donated them were unusually important
or powerful in some way. But with three strips he could reimburse Quark and the station funds
got a little something for the trouble. “You have a deal. I’ll have them brought to your ship. You
can give the money to my security chief.”
“It’s a pleasure doing business with you, Captain,” the Founder dripped sarcasm, but
sighed in relief.
“Sisko out,” Sisko then flipped a switch to contact O’Brien and told him the deal. Then
he leaned back in his chair, peeled back the gray paper from the block, and took a satisfying bite
of chocolate.

Bashir watched his last patient leave and then approached the isolation room. “Well, let’s
make this official,” he said, opening the comm link from his side, “The quarantine is lifted.
You’re both free to come out whenever you wish.”
The airlock cycled and Garak stepped into the infirmary. He took a deep breath, then
stepped over to the comm link, “It’s all right, Ziyal. Come on out.”
Slightly unsure, Ziyal came out, her travel bag in one hand, and looked around the room
as if she’d never seen it before. She took tentative breaths, shallow first, then deeper, and finally
smiled. “Thank you, Doctor.”
“My pleasure,” Bashir grinned back at her.
Ziyal put her free hand in Garak’s, and Garak said, “On the contrary, Doctor. The
pleasure was all ours.” Hand-in-hand, the two Cardassians left the infirmary and returned to the
hustle and bustle of station life, leaving Dr. Bashir to his imagination.

THE END

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

Time Bomb

“Time Bomb” by Walter Chmara

“I wanted to let you know that your orders have not changed,”
said Commander Sisko. “Captain Picard still needs you aboard his ship
before they arrive at their next destination. Our problem is how we get
you there. It wouldn’t be practical to divert the *Enterprise* all the
way here for one person, and at the moment, we really don’t have any
vessels docked here that could cover the distance required in the time we
have to get you to the rendezvous point.”
“I can see how that would be a problem,” answered Ensign Ro
Laren. “How about something that could give me a lift to someplace
closer? Somewhere I could catch a faster transport?”
“My first officer is running a computer search right now, looking
into the possibility. You’ll be notified when a suitable window of travel
is discovered. Meanwhile, I’d suggest using the time you have with us to
enjoy the sights and offerings of the merchants around the Promenade.
Have you ever visited the station before?”
“Twice. Once during the occupation and once after. Forgive me,
Commander, but I’m not very enthusiastic about the thought of spending
too much time here. Even the architecture of this place brings back bad
memories.”
“I understand. Well there’s not much we can do about the
architecture, but we have some highly professional people-pleasers
working here. If they can’t take your mind off your troubles, no one
can.”
They walked together as they conversed. Presently, a second
Bajoran woman approached, but she wasn’t wearing a Starfleet uniform.
“Major,” Sisko said. “Allow me to introduce you to Ensign Ro
Laren of the starship *Enterprise*. Ensign, this is my first officer,
Major Kira Nerys.”
Kira only nodded to Ro. “Commander, we may have a ride for the
ensign pulling in right now. There’s an Odarian trading ship in the
process of docking at upper pylon three. With a little financial
incentive, there’s a good chance the captain may loan it to us for the
round trip.”
Sisko smiled at Ro. “It may be that the Prophets have heard you.”

The Odarian captain was not a pleasant sight to most humanoids,
resembling a moss-covered, human-sized platypus. Roughly. It was hard to
compare them to anything else in the universe.
“Let me get this straight,” it responded to Kira’s proposal. “You
want to pay me to turn my ship around and take it two weeks back in the
direction I just *came* from? I’d almost take you up on it, since I try
to never turn down a chance to make a little extra on the side. But I’ve
just finished a month’s worth of travel in that tub, promising myself at
least four days of Dabo and drink at Quark’s as a reward for putting up
with this aged hulk’s grunts and groans. She only barely passes safety
inspections, which satisfies my boss, but not me. I hope you understand,
but all I want right now is to get blotto.”
It began to move off, but Kira jumped in front of it. She was
never one to take a simple “no” for an answer. “Look, what if I offered
you both?”
“What do you mean?”
“You can stay here at the station and relax. I’ll pilot your
ship, myself. I’ll even bring it back in better condition than it is now.
Where are you going to find a better deal than that?”
The Odarian laughed raspingly, giving her a playful slap on the
back. “You have a deal, Bajoran!”

“I don’t like the idea of doing without my first officer for at
least a month. Especially since I have plenty of other people I can spare
for a simple piloting mission,” Sisko told Kira as he sat behind his
desk.
“I doubt I would have gotten any cooperation without any personal
assurances from me. Would you trust your livelihood to a subordinate when
you could have someone of a more advanced rank take care of it?”
“You have a point I don’t dispute. I still don’t like the idea of
doing without two of my best people for that long.”
“Two? What…?” Kira was perplexed.
“Chief O’Brien’s going with you. Odarian traders have a
reputation for breakdowns that rival the one this station has.”
Kira rolled her eyes. “Well. The more the merrier, I always say.”

When Ro was summoned to the docking port of upper pylon three for
boarding, she found the airlock wide open. She stepped through it, into
the Odarian ship. Inside, she found a group of Bajoran engineers hard at
work around the core drive of the vessel. They were being supervised by
none other than a grinning Chief Miles O’Brien.
“Hello, stranger!” he greeted her, after wiping the grease off
his hand and offering it to her.
“Chief! I wondered if I’d be bumping into you around here.”
“It’s more than just a bump,” interrupted Kira, who entered the
compartment from the direction of the bow. “He’s coming along for the
ride. You two know each other, I gather?”
“Chief O’Brien served on the *Enterprise* for several years
before he transferred here,” explained Ro. Turning to O’Brien, “Does this
mean you’re coming back, Chief?”
“Hardly. Commander Sisko felt that this bucket might not hold
together for the trip, so I’m to make sure it does. Lord knows, that’s
what I’ve been trying to do with DS-Nine ever since I got here.”
“What *would* we do without you, Chief?” Kira said humorlessly,
patting O’Brien’s shoulder before leaving the compartment for parts
astern.
For a moment, his face held a smile of pride, but that fell
quickly when it sank in just how Kira had said it. Unless he was
mistaken, it sounded like sarcasm. “Hey! What’s that supposed to…?”
It was too late, though. Kira had already left.
“So,” said Ro. “How is Mrs. O’Brien and, uh, the little one?”
“Molly. They’re both just fine. Keiko founded a school here for
the youngsters. She’s a natural at being a teacher, and the kids just
love her. And Molly’s grown quite a bit–”
“Chief, I think you should have a look at this!” one of the
Bajoran technicians called out to him.
“Excuse me, Ro.” O’Brien turned and moved off to the trouble
spot.

About three hours later, the technicians departed as O’Brien said
his goodbyes to them. Kira was on the bridge and in the pilot’s seat,
making final prelaunch checks. Ro was poking around on the cargo deck.
What the Odarian had brought on this ship was destined for Bajor,
and all of it had been moved to a hold on the station. Sisko promised it
would be shuttled to the planet in runabouts as soon as they became
available. Whatever the captain deemed unnecessary to unload had
remained, and it fascinated Ro.
During the occupation, she wouldn’t have thought twice about
breaking into someone else’s cargo if she thought it would benefit her in
some way. But that was then. Today, the imperative of her people was to
learn to be civilized once more. To fight the Cardasssian meant to stoop
to his level. Many Bajorans had to do that, then had to find a way to
live with the ugliness they had found within themselves. It would be a
long and painful readjustment.
Ro needed to convince herself that the beast within her was
called out because of the times, and that he beauty inside her hadn’t
died during its long absence. Ignoring the urge to tear open one of those
odd containers told her more about herself than its contents ever could.

“Sisko to Odarian trader,” issued the commander’s voice from the
subspace speaker set just above Kira’s head.
“Go ahead, Commander.”
“Before you shove off, I’ve got another passenger for you.”
Kira shook her head. “If someone would have told me yesterday
that today I’d be an interstellar bus driver in an Odarian junkpile
barely passing for a starhopper,. I would have raised my voice at the
very least!”
“I hate to keep doing this to you, Major, but this wasn’t my
idea. I was approached only moments ago by the Vulcan ambassador to
Bajor, and he gave me quite a few…logical reasons for accompanying you
on your trip. And you did say the more the merrier.”
“Maybe I should wait in case O’Brien’s family decides to join us.
How about Quark and Rom? I could always make a stop at Ferenginar!”
“Take it easy, Major. The ambassador is a quiet fellow, and you
just happen to be heading his way. He will not be an undue burden on you,
I assure you.”
“With this lot on board, I’m sure the next two weeks are going to
be a real blast,” was her response.

The trader detached from the station’s pylon, lumbering away
under impulse until it was safe to go to warp. Once under way, Kira did
not have to remain in the pilot’s seat the whole time. These ships could
really fly themselves. If a problem presented itself, one of the
redundant sensors would catch it well in advance and warn her, no matter
where she was at the moment. Still, she didn’t like the thought of
leaving the post unmanned for too long, so she and Ro agreed to take
turns in eight hour shifts.
Kira took her naps right on the bridge. Everyone had been
cautioned to bring their own sleeping bags, and enough provisions to last
a month. Even the Vulcan had done so, although his idea of a month’s
rations was much smaller than the others. There were no set mealtimes. No
one ate in the company of anyone else. Conversation was kept to a
minimum. Just absolute must-be -said items, nothing more.
Kira had never considered herself a sociable type to begin with,
and that was just fine with her. Of course, she was far from being a
hermit, either. It was simply that she couldn’t stomach phoniness in
other people. In her mind, O’Brien beat his chest too much. And Vulcans
were probably the worst hypocrites in the known galaxy, always acting so
superior to everyone else because of a philosophy which sounded pretty,
but in reality was just another mask to hide a shame.
Then there was Ro.
It was bad enough that Ro wore the uniform of an outworlder, and
was giving her energy to the Federation instead of her own home world,
but on top of that, the word around DS-Nine was that she had once been
court-martialed and jailed.
*A fine example of Bajoran womanhood to show the Federation!*
thought Kira.
Ro, for her part, had met plenty of Kiras in her lifetime.
She knew the best way to deal to deal with them was to give them
their own attitude right back in their faces, but never to go so far as
to give them an excuse to boil over. *That frustrates them even more*
she thought with an evil grin.
As for the Vulcan, Ro was neither here nor there. She just didn’t
know him. She couldn’t even call O’Brien an old friend. Sure, they had
served together, but that was the extent of it. Knowing that he was
married and had a family made her even more wary of saying anything that
might be misconstrued.
For O’Brien, this was going to be a cakewalk. He knew just what
the condition of the engines were, and he was extremely confident he
would have time to read the book he had brought with him. It made him
smile to think that for two weeks no one was going to whine to him about
the computer being down, or the replicators making coffee taste funny, or
grinding noises coming from the lifts, or who-knows-what next. And, maybe
there would be some time at the end to chat with some old friends on the
*Enterprise*.
In the meantime, he knew the characters of both of the women very
well. Neither one took kindly to the implication that she was helpless,
so if anything unforeseen did happen, chances were all he would have to
do would be to stay out of the way while they would almost climb over one
another to prove themselves. About the Vulcan, though, he was curious. He
had met a few and found each one to be fascinating.
That’s what brought him to the ambassador’s quarters. He gave the
door a gentle knock, listening for a response. The door moved aside,
revealing the ambassador’s bland look.
“Good evening, Ambassador,” began O’Brien. “I hope I’m not
interrupting anything. I just wanted to introduce myself, and offer my
hospitality. Miles O’Brien’s the name. I’m Chief of Operations on
DS-Nine.”
The Vulcan bowed politely. “Siren Bortasompatorkus.”
His family name sounded like indigestion. A laugh exploded from
O’Brien before he gagged himself silent, turning red. “Uh, my apologies,
Ambassador Siren.”
“No need. My name has that understandable effect on most humans.”
“I’ve know precious few Vulcans, myself, so I was wondering– if
you have no objections, that is– would you mind satisfying my curiosity
on a number of points?”
“None at all. That is the point of my chosen profession. Would
you care to enter?”
“If it’s all the same to you, I was hoping we could chat in the
lounge. There’s an interesting interpretation of Odarian comfort there,
and it would be great if one or both of the ladies, upon passing through,
would have the option of sticking around and joining the conversation.”
“You are an intellectual tactician, Mister O’Brien. This promises
to be a very revealing discussion.”

The lounge was a fuzzy place. The deck and bulkheads were all
covered in multicolored fur, as was the furniture. It was like being
inside a pregnant tribble. No true tables or chairs existed, just
amorphous furry bags filled with a substance which could be shaped like
clay. One could fluff up one of these giant pillows to a desired shape
and softness, then simply throw one’s self into it.
O’Brien and Siren were game to try the strange furnishings, and
it didn’t take long for the both of them to get the hang of it. When Ro
turned up, her jaw dropped at the sight of the Vulcan seated in a pocket
on the wall, legs dangling down, while O’Brien’s head, propped up by one
arm, protruded from a mass of fur that had apparently swallowed the rest
of him.
“What’s going on here?” she asked.
“Don’t knock it till you’ve tried it, Ro,” grinned O’Brien. “When
I return to the station, I plan to make an offer to the Odarian for one
of these things!”
Her head tilted curiously as she took a few cautious steps upon a
nearby fuzzy hill. Impulsively, she bounced on top of it, sinking a
little deeper into it with each hop. Losing her balance, she tumbled into
a soft gully. She sat up, giggling.
“What’d I tell ya?” chuckled O’Brien. “I’ll bet you never had
this much fun since you were a kid.”
It was as if he had flipped the wrong switch on a control panel.
Ro’s pleasure seemed to instantly vanish.
“I wouldn’t wish the kind of childhood I had on anyone.”
“In that case,” Siren inserted tactfully, “perhaps this is the
place to have the childhood you have always wanted.”
“You’re not a typical Vulcan, are you, Siren?” asked O’Brien,
feeling that it was best to change the subject completely.
“That would depend on what you would consider to be typical.”
“Oh, unwilling to enjoy life for fear of losing dignity, that
sort of thing.”
“The other Vulcans you have known have left you with such an
impression? A true shame. I believed it was no secret to offworlders that
the reason for our stoicism was evident in the history of my people.
Non-Vulcans erroneously conclude that we are without passion, when the
truth is that we are probably the most passionate creatures in the
Federation.”
“Go on,” said Ro disbelievingly.
O’Brien was glad that Ro was warming to the idea of talking,
despite the landmine he had hit by bringing up her childhood.
“The Romulans are an excellent example of what Vulcans would be
like without the control we have imposed upon ourselves. Suddenly, our
solution does not seem so extreme when compared with the alternative. We
males are especially burdened, which is the reason why I am with you
today.”
Ro’s brows bore down on her eyes. “Yes. Why *are* you leaving
Bajor? Aren’t we good enough to have diplomatic relations with Vulcan?”
“The problem is personal, not diplomatic, Ensign Ro.”
“I don’t understand.”
“I think I do,” O’Brien broke in. “It’s that time of the decade,
isn’t it?”
“Exactly.”
“I still don’t understand,” Ro said.
“There is a septennial cycle, common to most Vulcan males, which
drives our passions far beyond our ability to control them. At its peak,
we must either mate or die. Prior to this point, we become dangerous to
everyone around us.”
Ro was in silent shock for a moment. “You’re telling me that at
any moment, you might go berserk and start attacking us?”
O’Brien covered his face, but still couldn’t hide the fact that
he was breaking up with laughter.
“I don’t see the humor, Chief,” Ro said crossly.
“Give the man more credit than that, Ro! If anybody is familiar
with his cycles, he is.”
“I am not due to exhibit the first symptoms for another six
weeks. Long before then, I expect to be on the *Enterprise* when she
passes Vulcan Science Colony Five, on her way to her next assignment. My
wife is to meet me there.”
“You seem to have it all well planned in advance,” noted Ro.
“We have a reputation for that sort of thing,” added Siren.

Kira was getting bored on the bridge. She fiddled with the
subspace set to see if there was anyone in range who just felt like
talking. All she picked up was a conversation in what was probably
Klingon, so she le them be.
She went through the computer’s memory to see if the Odarian had
put anything interesting in there, like some sort of game to while away
the time between ports of call. She couldn’t make any sense out of what
she found. No wonder the poor bastard only wanted to get away from this
ship and get drunk! Imagine weeks and weeks of *this*.
Heaving a sigh, she tapped her comm badge. :Kira to O’Brien.
Status check.”
“*Status quo*, Major. How about up there?” came his answer.
“*Quo*.”
“Major, you sound like you could use a break from staring at
those same stars all this time. We all know you don’t really need to be
there. Why don’t you join us here in the lounge? We’re having an
old-fashioned group therapy session, and the only one missing here is
you.”
“I don’t know,” Kira said. “It just goes against my grain to
leave the bridge unattended.”
A deeper voice now spoke to her. “Major, your belief that
something undesirable may happen simply because of your location on this
ship is not logical.”
*There goes that damned Vulcan superiority crap, thought Kira.
*And Sisko told me this guy was quiet.*
“He’s right, Major,” Ro chimed in. “Do you really believe that
the Odarian sits up there constantly, like you’re doing?”
Kira did a slow burn. They were trying to get her goat, and they
were succeeding. *All right, you want a therapy session? I’ll give each
of you one!*
“I’m on my way down,” she told them, rising.

The sensors of the trading vessel should have been able to pick
up any and all dangers in its periphery. But temporal anomalies weren’t
exactly something which it was equipped to look for. Not that much was
known about them in the first place. Just like the concept of fire,
everybody could recognize it, but nobody could understand what exactly
made it tick. Scientific wiseguys came up with terms like “rapid
oxidation,” which perhaps clarified what was happening, but not how, or
even why. Even the word “virus” was simply the Latin way of saying “I
don’t know what it is.”
Because the large blob of sped-up time completely enveloped the
Odarian ship, its passengers were incapable of perceiving anything out of
the ordinary. Until it was too late to do anything about it.

Kira walked into the lounge to find the others draping themselves
willy-nilly over the formless furnishings like children. Even the Vulcan
seemed to find “pleasure” in hanging from his knees from a pocket in one
of the walls. Somehow, looking at him, Kira was reminded of a bat.
“What is the matter with you people? Have you all forgotten your
ages?” she demanded.
“Absolutely,” grinned Ro, rolling over to face the newcomer. “And
what’s so wrong with that, anyway? We’ve got the rest of our lives to act
like stuffy old farts. Come on, Major, check your rank at the door and
come in and be just Nerys for a while. I promise it won’t kill you.”
Kira smirked at her. “Is that the attitude that landed you in a
Federation prison?”
“That’s low, Major,” O’Brien cut in. “We’ve agreed not to throw
darts at each other. Not while we’re here, at least. We’ve got a
marvelous opportunity to really get to know one another during this trip.
Let’s not waste it. Speaking for myself, I thought I knew everything
there was to know about Vulcans, but Siren has opened my eyes to
reality.”
As O’Brien spoke, Kira’s attention was on him. She belayed the
smart remark she felt like making when something unusual caught her eye.
Normally, O’Brien kept himself clean-shaven. But at the moment, he seemed
to be sprouting an obvious five o’clock shadow as he spoke.
“How are you doing that?” Kira’s brows bore down on her eyes.
“What?”
“Your beard!” Kira drew a finger along her jaw in illustration.
O’Brien reached up to touch his chin. He suddenly jerked his hand
back to take a good look at it. Yes, his fingernails were absurdly long,
as well.
“What the hell?” he exclaimed, standing up.
That was when both of the women noticed the beard on the Vulcan,
too. The women had also grown the hair on their heads at an extreme
speed.
Siren somersaulted down to the deck, landing on his feet. “Major,
we must be passing through an area of accelerated time. Our only course
of action is to increase our velocity to minimize our exposure to this
region, or face dire consequences.”
“I knew it!” Kira hissed through her teeth and she tuned and
broke into a run for the bridge.
Once back in the pilot’s seat, the first thing Kira did was
increase the speed to the highest warp factor available to her. The
others had followed her to the bridge, and Ro assumed the co-pilot’s
position, while O’Brien took charge of he ship’s systems monitors.
They had no way to map out the anomaly, so consequently, had no
way to know how large it was or what shape it had relative to their
course. Siren had arrived at the correct situation, given their
circumstances, much faster than the others would have. Only a quick
straight line insured exit.
*But will we arrive at the exit in time?* wondered Siren.
O’Brien’s worry, at the moment, was how he was going to keep this
old bucket together if something started to give. He knew the engines
were suffering a worse than apparent strain. Under the current
circumstances, one minute of actual warp could translate into triple
that, or worse. Who knew?
The ship began to tremble unnaturally.
“Bloody hell!” O’Brien dashed off for the engine room.
Some sense that only the Vulcan had among this group told him
that now was the time. “We are free of it, Major. You may ease us down.”
Kira’s eyes had been bulging during the ride. The first notice
she had that she had been holding her breath was when she slowly exhaled
it. She touched the proper panels to gently bring the velocity back to
more sane levels. Still, there was the unmistakable sound of a loud
rumble coming from the engine room.
Ro and Kira exchanged openmouthed looks before Ro touched her
comm badge.
“Chief O’Brien! Are you still with us?”
There was silence Kira noticed the indicator which plainly showed
they were dead still in space, but she said nothing. Her throat felt dry.
Then came a tinny-sounding groan from Ro’s badge.
“Ohhhhh…I’m still with you, Ro. I wasn’t able to get to the
engine room before it happened…”
“*What* happened?” insisted Kira.
“The engines…well…I’d get started sending out a distress call
right about now. As of this moment, we are without warp drive.”
“Great,” Kira slapped the console before her with a grimace on
her face. “If only I’d stuck to my instincts…”
“We would still be in the same predicament,” Siren finished for
her.
Kira gave him a withering look “I just love that quality Vulcans
have. How do you arrive at that conclusion?”
“It was simply unavoidable.”
“Maybe not. Has it occurred to you that in the time it took for
me to get back here, I could have already *been* here? That space of time
cost us our warp speed!”
“Illogical. Had you started our emergency velocity sooner, the
engines would have given out that much sooner. We would be stranded in
the anomaly.”
“So *you* say.”
“Major,” put in Ro, “you can accuse a Vulcan of much, but lying
isn’t something they generally do.”
Before Kira could respond to that, Siren said, “We Vulcans have
other characteristics which should concern you at the moment.”

O’Brien shook his head sadly at the mess that was once the
Odarian engine room. This could never be a one-man job to fix, and
certainly not without docking facilities. *Damn the Odarians!* he
thought. Not even the Ferengi were so cheap to insure that their space
vessels “only just passed” safety regs.
He could hear Kira engaging the impulse engines. That was some
comfort, but not much. The two week journey would now take the better
part of a year, assuming no faster friendly vessel would come by sometime
soon to offer a tow.
“Chief, this is Kira. Please report to the bridge. We need to
have a discussion, right now.”
“On my way.”

“This is the situation, people,” Kira said, as she paced the deck
before the other three. “We have no stardrive. Right now, we’re moving at
three-quarter impulse. I don’t want to push what’s left any harder than
that, and besides, we’re all familiar with the time dilation problems
caused by prolonged travel at full impulse. The subspace transmitter is
set to distress signal mode. If there’s anyone out there, let’s hope they
are in a position to be kind to us.
“Ambassador Siren has informed me that we and this ship have aged
three weeks in less than fifteen minutes. Assuming we get no outside help
in the next three weeks, he will be experiencing the first symptoms
of…what did you call it?”
“*Pon farr*,” said the ambassador.
“Holy shit,” O’Brien murmured. “I completely forgot about that!”
“Just as we have all temporarily forgotten our personal
grooming,” continued Kira. “We all look like mops with claws. More
importantly, I don’t know about the rest of you, but I’m expecting a
three-week hunger to suddenly hit us. And each of us has only brought
enough provisions for a month. Unless somebody has any ideas about that,
we may have to start chowing down on Odarian emergency supplies.”
Both of the Bajorans and O’Brien winced at the idea. Only the
Vulcan seemed unfazed.
“Well, that shouldn’t be a problem, Major,” said O’Brien. “This
is a heavily-travelled space lane. Somebody is bound to pass nearby
before we run out of provisions.”
“With any luck,” corrected Kira. “So far, we’ve had damn little
of that.”

Seven days went by with no luck at all.
Kira had been right about the overwhelming hunger that struck all
of them. Aging three weeks in a quarter of an hour was extremely trying
on the metabolism. Although they did try to pace themselves on the
rations, it was simply a tug-of-war between intellect and physical need.
Intellect lost.
No one felt much like going back into the fuzzy room. Things grew
as quiet between the four individuals as they had been at the beginning
of this ill-fated trip. Ro managed to bump into O’Brien while they both
wandered through hitherto unexplored parts of the ship. O’Brien mumbled a
hurried “Excuse me, Ro,” before he turned and brushed past her as though
he was desperately needed elsewhere. But they both knew better.
“Hey! I did bathe today, you know!”
That stopped O’Brien in his tracks. She noticed his face turning
redder by the second.
“Sorry,” he said. “I didn’t mean for it to look like anything
personal, Ro. It’s just that I’ve been told something that’s a bit on the
heavy side, if you know what I mean, and I’m having a bit of trouble
dealing with it, that’s all.”
“Dealing with what?”
O’Brien took a deep breath, then made a decision. “Siren says
he’ll probably kill himself if we aren’t rescued soon. He calls it *tal
shaya*. He says it’s the most merciful thing for all of us. Merciful!
Such an ancient and revered culture, and that’s the best answer they can
come up with.”
He harumphed, shaking his head sadly. “It shows me just how
powerless I am to do anything about it. You know, Sisko ordered me along
on this trip to help out, just in case something like this happened. Fat
lot of good I’ve done so far, eh? Maybe Kira’s sarcasm *wasn’t* lost on
me.”
First, shock crossed Ro’s features. Then wide-eyed concern.
Finally, she settled on a look that showed O’Brien that she was at least
a million miles away.
“Ro?”

Ro *was* a million miles away. At least. She was back in the Valo
system, a few years back in time. With the help of Captain Jean-Luc
Picard, she had been convinced to remain in Starfleet, after the incident
with Admiral Kennelly.
Despite his encouragement, she told him that the uniform didn’t
fit her — and she wasn’t referring to the tailoring.
“I think you’ve got a great deal to learn from Starfleet,” Picard
had surmised.
“I always thought Starfleet had a lot to learn from me,” she’d
retorted.
“That’s an attitude I’ve found to be common among the best
officers I’ve ever served with. You’re not one of them, yet. But you
could be if you work at it.”
She never could resist a properly issued challenge. And, she had
been working at it ever since. When a man like Picard sees something in
you he likes, well, that was worth investigating. He was ultimately
proven right. Currently, the *Enterprise* could not proceed to her next
mission without Ro on board.

“Ro?”
She was back on the Odarian freighter, standing before Miles
O’Brien.
“Don’t be so hard on yourself, Chief,” she told him. “You can
only do what you can. Do you believe it’s true what I’ve heard about
Vulcans? That homosexuality is unheard of among them?”
“I’ve *heard* that, but what’s that got –”
“Then you’ve done all you can by telling me. It’s now up to the
major and me.”
“*What* is?” demanded O’Brien. Then, understanding dawned. “Aw,
now, wait a minute, Ro!”
“Look…Miles…I’m not crazy about the idea, myself! But do you
think that killing or neutering him is a better option?”
“Uh…no.”
“Well, neither do I. The major and I will need to talk about
this, soon.”
“Good luck. I’ve a feeling you’ll need it,” O’Brien told her
sincerely.
Two days would pass before Ro mustered the nerve to do even that.

Kira posted herself on the bridge, and had remained there since
the catastrophe. So that was where she was during the alpha shift of the
ninth day, when the others were supposed to be asleep. Except Ro wasn’t.
The ensign entered the bridge, surprising the major.
“You’re five hours early,” was Kira’s only comment.
“You know why I’m here.”
Kira busied herself, redundantly checking instruments. “I’m
afraid I have no idea what you’re talking about.”
“You know as well as I do that help won’t arrive in time before
Siren…well, *you know*.”
“So, what do you expect me to do about that?”
Ro stomped over to where Kira sat and forcibly spun her around to
look her in the eye. “It’s up to *us*, Major! You and I. Do I have to
spell it out for you? Because I will, if that’s the only way you’ll hear.
None of us wants to die. And we all just might, needlessly, if we don’t
talk.”
Kira was almost stunned speechless at Ro’s effrontery.
“What the hell do you think you’re *doing*?” she spat.
“Getting your attention. And if I don’t get your full undivided
attention for the duration I’m talking to you, I’ll personally declare
you unfit and relieve you of command.”
“Don’t you start giving me ultimatums, sister!” Kira’s eyes
narrowed. “I’ll see you busted down so far, you’ll have to take off your
boots to breathe!”
Ro was unfazed. “Fine. I’ll see you at my trial. But right here,
right now, this is what’s important. I like Siren. I don’t want him to
die, nor do I want him to harm anyone else when he starts reacting to
his…biology. The way I see it, our choices are pretty limited. O’Brien
told me Siren intends to kill himself rather than endanger us. To me
that’s unacceptable. The only way to keep him and the rest of us alive,
is for one of us to…submit to him.”
If Kira thought she was shocked before, her eyes were practically
bulging out of their sockets, now. “Are you suggesting that one of
us…?”
Ro nodded solemnly. “That is *exactly* what I am suggesting.”
Kira found her own head bobbing up and down in an unflattering
imitation of Ro. She slapped her hands down of her thighs. “Okay. Have
fun. Enjoy yourself!”
Ro’s brows began to bear down upon her eyes. She shook her head
slowly, in sad disbelief. “So typical. Just like that, eh? No ‘Let’s draw
lots, Ro,’ or ‘Let’s discuss this further’? It’s ‘Go prostitute yourself
for all our lives, Ro! It’s beneath Kira Nerys’ dignity!'”
“Well, *you* said you liked him,” sneered Kira.
“No wonder the Cardassians laugh at us. Until this moment, I
never thought I would find myself admiring one of them over one of my
own. But now, I can say for sure that they have something we never will.
Respect for each other. They built an empire on that, while we scattered
ourselves only the Prophets know where. We truly are an inferior race.”
“Speak for yourself. We didn’t all flee when the Cardassians
came. Some of us stayed and fought, while others I could name slipped on
the uniforms of Federation pacifists and disgraced even *that*.”
“Is that what this is all about? You won’t offer to help as a
punishment for me? Do I embarrass you, Major?”
Kira paused. “Yes. I suppose you do. You say you want my respect?
Well, why don’t you start acting like you deserve it, instead of coming
to me with your half-baked ideas? If that Vulcan wants to kill himself,
that’s his decision. I didn’t ask for him on this trip. But if he tries
to touch me, I’ll shoot him — no ifs, ands, or buts. The same if he
tried to hurt O’Brien, or even you. Got it?”
Ro mouth dropped open. “We’re talking about an intelligent man,
here!” Someone who would never harm anyone in his right mind. But he
can’t help what he is any more than any of us can. You would kill him for
that?”
“In the interest of self-defense, you’re darned right.”
“Even though you have it in your means to prevent it from going
that far?”
“What makes you think that having sex with a Bajoran woman is
going to calm him down? Do you have any idea how strong a Vulcan man is?
This one could probably tear you or me in half, easily. And then what?”
Ro had no answer to that. She just turned and left the bridge.

There continued to be no luck on the fifteenth day since the
disaster.
In the privacy of his quarters, Siren noticed the first
sensations of *pon farr*. Just the preliminary signs. In six days, they
would start to become noticeable to the others. First, the shakes. Then,
loss of concentration, followed by full-blown memory loss.
The memory loss would be the worst part. That was when, once
again, intellect would lose to physical need. The mind would be slammed
into a closet and the body would take over until it was satisfied.
Perhaps O’Brien was right. Maybe Siren was atypical of Vulcans.
Most wouldn’t discuss *pon farr* with other Vulcans, much less a group of
offworlders. Even Siren’s own father, had he ever found himself in a
similar predicament, would have kept his mouth shut until the last
minute, then commit suicide and let the survivors sort it out, later.
Siren really couldn’t see the logic in that, except that his
father grew up in more bashful times. Now was the time to make plans for
the worst case.

O’Brien was on his back, inside a sleeping bag, near the impulse
deck. For days now, he had been trying to read his book, and failing. He
heard the hiss of a doorway opening. Siren was stepping onto the deck.
O’Brien lowered his book slowly. His left hand silently slipped into his
sleeping bag to nervously finger the hilt of his phaser.
“Siren! This is a pleasant surprise. To what do I owe this
visit?”
“I am here to make a somewhat large request of you, my friend.”
“Ask away.”
“When a Vulcan sees his own death approaching, it is customary
that he should make the attempt to insure that a valuable portion of him
be returned to his people. I ask that you carry my spirit home to my
world.”
O’Brien sat up. “No. Wait. I’ve heard of this. Ambassador, I’m
honored that you would entrust your *katra* to me, and I would be proud
to accept the responsibility. But we’re not sunk, yet. A lot can happen
in six days.”
“But not enough for me, I find. A rescue now would never be able
to get me to my wife in time. In order to prevent any undue
unpleasantness to you or the ladies, I would prefer to get my affairs in
order now.”
“I’ve been discussing your suicide plans with Ensign Ro,” O’Brien
said carefully.
“Indeed.”
“She’s just as broken up about it as I am.”
“Precisely the situation I wanted to avoid when I allowed only
you into my confidence.”
“Well, be that as it may, she seems to think that she can help
you.”
“Please elaborate.”
O’Brien fidgeted in the sack. “How can I put this delicately? Ro
thinks she can substitute…in lieu of your wife being here.”
“That would be impossible.”
“Why?”
“Ro does not understand the danger to herself, were I to agree to
such a thing.”
“You could enlighten her. Ro doesn’t scare easily, and she’s not
one to shrink from a challenge.”

Ro was alone in the fuzzy room at the moment Siren chose to
enter. She wasn’t certain what drew her back here. Boredom, maybe.
“May I join you, Ensign?”
Ro was startled into looking at the entrance. “Siren! I thought
it might have been one of the others.”
Siren approached. “Chief O’Brien has made me aware of your
notions of helping me through this difficult time. I am here to tell you
that will not be necessary. I have come to terms with my own death, and
O’Brien has graciously agreed to carry my spirit home to Vulcan.”
A rueful grin tugged at one corner of Ro’s mouth. “You would
rather die than live in shame.”
“I do not prefer death to shame. My decision is logical, not
emotional. There is no guarantee that your sacrifice would appease my
approaching madness. Most likely, you would die, followed by one or more
of the others — or they would be forced to kill me in self-defense. It
is more acceptable to simply end my own life beforehand. If I knew any
other way…”
Ro’s eyes narrowed. “How do you know that? I wasn’t aware that
precognition was one of your gifts.”
“It is not. I am simply more adept at probability than you are.”
“So, you’re saying that you would prefer to go with the odds?”
“Yes.”
“Well, unfortunately, there are some factors about me that you
haven’t taken into your probability equation.”
Siren mentally went over the entire situation in a flash. Again,
he found no mistake in his calculations. “I do not see where.”
A warm smile mellowed the normally severe look Ro had made such
an important part of her features. “I like you, Siren. That’s the first
one. It’s unacceptable to me to know that there’s a small chance that I
may help you through this, and you intend to not let me try. The second
is that you underestimate me. That’s almost…insulting. If you knew how
many times in my life I’ve bucked the odds, well, our success might just
work out as even money.”
“You are speaking emotionally.”
“I’m speaking damned *passionately*, Siren! You claim to be from
a race that has cornered the market on passion! It’s about time for you
to put your money where your mouth is!”
Vulcans were touch-telepaths. Most were raised not even to lay a
finger upon another for fear of breaching privacy. Yet, Siren gently
touched the back of Ro’s hand, knowing how important contact was to many
humanoids. He didn’t tell her that this simple act also enabled him to
confirm her sincerity. It also gave him an idea.
“There is a way we can reach a mutual conclusion on this matter.
It requires that you and I become one in a nonsexual sense. Are you
willing?”
“Yes,” she answered solemnly.

That evening, Siren mind-melded with Ro. As he explored her
memories, she explored his.
He learned that she had not been exaggerating about her
childhood. Or about her will to live. It became clear that he had indeed
underestimated her.
She experienced much of his life, as well, including the Vulcan
idea of passion, particularly during *pon farr*. She truly didn’t have
any idea about what she wanted to let herself in for until that moment,
and it did frighten her.

A couple of days later, Kira still sat on the Odarian bridge,
looking out into the starry void ahead, feeling just about as empty,
herself. How come no one answered the distress call? She checked it for
the umpteenth time. It was working just fine, just like the last time she
checked. Except for their own transmission, all the subspace channels
were silent.
Miles O’Brien entered, not looking very happy.
“Chief? What are you doing here? Where’s my relief?”
“Ro asked not to be disturbed. She and Siren are in the lounge.”
“*What?*” Kira jumped from her seat. “And you let them? Are you
insane?”
She dashed for the exit, but one phrase from O’Brien stopped her.
“It’s no good, Major; I sealed them in, myself. I guarantee you
won’t be able to get to them.”
Kira flashed a flabbergasted look at him. “*You…* Well, now I’m
ordering you to just *unseal* them!”
“I respectfully decline, Major.”
Kira’s eyes widened. They both knew what this meant, so the word
“mutiny” went unspoken.
“Okay,” whispered Kira. “You’ve rendered my authority null and
void. I just hope you truly know better than I do, because from where I
stand, I see a man who’s just sentenced a fellow Starfleet officer to a
bizarre death. If we do get rescued, you realize that your career is
over?”
“The court-martial will decide that, Major, not you. And I’m not
relieving you of command, I want you to know that. The bridge is still
yours, and I will recognize your authority on this mission in everything
except this.”
“It’s comforting to know you haven’t completely lost your senses,
Chief. Maybe I can still make you see reason before it’s too late.”
“Ro wants to do this. She is willing to risk her life for his,
and she barely knows him. I’m willing to give them the chance because
Siren was ready to kill himself rather than harm any of us .He now seems
convinced enough to let her try to help him. Ro is a survivor, Nerys,
like you. If this gamble pays off, we might all live long enough to get
home, someday. If not, then the deaths will be confined to that room.”
“Chief, I’m not unsympathetic to Ro’s nobility, just her lack of
good sense. Why do you think she deserves to die right along with him,
when he simply could’ve been the only casualty?”
“You’re looking at it as a numbers thing; only one should die to
prevent the death of more. The rest of us want no one to die.”
Kira sniffed. “This is precisely why ship command is not a
democracy. One captain’s rule must be absolute to prevent things like
this from happening. I don’t want anyone to die, either, but that is out
of my hands. Vulcans are Vulcans, and their biological nature won’t
change to accommodate this situation.”
O’Brien shook his head. “Impasse, Major. We’re not going to
convince each other of anything. Even though it’s as illegal as hell,
we’re overriding you on this one. Only the outcome will tell us who was
right, and I pray to God it’s us.”
At that moment, both of them were startled by a deep voice
emanating from the subspace set. O’Brien recognized it as being Worf’s.
“Odarian freighter,” it said. “This is the *Enterprise*. Do you
read us?”
Kira shot a pained look at O’Brien as she dashed back to the
pilot’s chair. “Get them out of there, Chief! Take a phaser with you!
Please!”
O’Brien nodded, tapping his communicator in order to monitor the
talk Kira would be having with Worf. He left the bridge in a run.
“*Enterprise*! This is Major Kira Nerys of the Odarian freighter
out of Deep Space Nine! We read you. Our stardrive is out, due to a
collision with a temporal anomaly. The Vulcan ambassador to Bajor is on
board and is becoming increasingly dangerous to everyone else. It’s some
kind of mating madness they go through; I forget the name. How soon will
you be able to reach us?”
A distinguished-looking bald human appeared on the tiny visual
display on the subspace set. “This is Captain Jean-Luc Picard. We are
computing your position now, and will go to maximum warp once we have it.
In the meantime, what is your situation with the ambassador? Do you have
him under restraint?”
“Sort of, Captain. We’ve got him sealed up in a room with Ensign
Ro.”
Kira watched Picard’s eyebrows go up. She felt obliged to
explain.
“It was her own idea, sir. She felt she could help. I ordered
Chief O’Brien to release them the minute you answered our distress call.”
A pleasant-sounding off-screen male voice said, “ETA to Odarian
freighter at maximum is five hours, twenty-two minutes, sir.”
“Thank you, Mister Data. Engage. …Major, as it will be some
time before we reach you, is there anything you can tell us about how far
the ambassador has progressed in his *pon farr*?”
“I, personally, haven’t seen him in days, sir. O’Brien might be
able to answer that better than I could.”
Miles O’Brien had heard every word as he arrived outside of the
fuzzy room, phaser in hand. “This is O’Brien cutting in, Major…and
Captain Picard. I’ve not released them yet, but I don’t hear any signs of
a struggle going on inside.”
“Of course you wouldn’t!” said Kira sharply. “It’s padded with
all kinds of fluff in there!”
“Listen carefully, Mister O’Brien,” Picard said. “Do you have a
phaser?”
“I am armed, sir, yes.”
“Good. I want you to place it on setting three. This is crucial.
Have you any idea how far along the ambassador is in his condition?”
O’Brien’s weapon beeped as he made the small adjustment. “He was
having a bad case of the shakes when I saw him about an hour ago, sir.”
“Would you say he was still lucid?”
“I wouldn’t know. He didn’t say anything. Ro did all the
talking.”
“All right. Pay close attention to what I am about to say. In
order for Ro and the ambassador to have consummated the act, the
ambassador must be in what is known as the *plak tow*. It will be during
that moment that he will be at the height of his frenzy, at the most
likely to do any serious damage to Ro. Is there a way for you to listen
in on them without giving yourself away? I must warn you that if he is
indeed in *plak tow*, he will very likely attempt to kill you. A single
burst at setting three should render him unconscious for ten minutes. Be
sure he is clear of Ensign Ro before you fire.”
“I know. At setting three, even a single blast could be very
nasty for Ro.”
“If it seems that they are already, uh, underway, and Ro has
everything under control, then leave them alone. Only attempt to fire if
you are convinced that Ro is in true danger. And Chief, you’ll only be
able to shoot him twice. A third shot will kill him, and a smaller
setting will have no effect.”
“Aye, sir.”
O’Brien removed a panel beside the entrance to the lounge.
Reaching in, he flipped the opening combination into the locking
mechanism processor, then stood back and waited. When nothing happened,
the tried the combination again. Still nothing. Upon closer examination,
his discovery made his heart sink.
“O’Brien to Picard. Access to the lounge has been by-passed. From
inside.”
“Is there any other way to get inside?”
“No, sir. And this ship doesn’t have transporters.”

When Kira met O’Brien one deck above the lounge with a tricorder,
her initial scan of what was going on beneath them confirmed that Ro and
Siren were both still alive, although their physiological readings were a
little unusual in some respects. It didn’t take a genius to figure out
why. Decorum prevented either of them from stating the obvious out loud.
So, they just sat up there, phasers ready, monitoring the
readings in silence for the first sign that they should charge in.
Five hours later, they were still waiting.
An away team from the *Enterpise* materialized on board, led by
Will Riker and Doctor Selar. It was at this time that Kira’s tricorder
showed two people in the lounge moving toward the lounge entrance.

Ro and Siren were met by everyone in the hallway outside of the
lounge. They both appeared to be tired, but in good health. In fact, the
only thing that seemed to be wrong with either of them was the unkempt
state of their hair.
For a brief moment, Ro and Kira locked sights on one another.
Neither of them said a word to each other, but perhaps the most
communication the two of them would ever have took place between them
right then and there. Even though it was only a moment, to Kira it seemed
much longer due to her discomfort. One thing was certain, the expression
on Ro Laren’s face would be with Kira Nerys for a long time to come.
Everyone was whisked to the *Enterprise* and the Odarian
freighter was towed to a repair facility. Afterwards, the *Enterprise*
continued on to her next destination with Ro.
With the Odarian warp drive repaired, Kira and O’Brien were once
again underway, this time on the final leg of their journey — the return
to Deep Space Nine.

“Major,” began O’Brien uneasily, as he stepped onto the bridge.
Kira knew what he was about to bring up. By rights, she should
have brought charges against O’Brien and Ro for willfully disobeying
orders of the appointed captain. If she had done as she was supposed to
do, instead of going home, they would have been on their way to a
court-martial.
“You were right,” Kira said, not looking at him, but out into the
starry night ahead of them. “If you had followed my lead, the Vulcan
ambassador to Bajor would be dead now.”
O’Brien could hear the pain in her voice. He knew this wasn’t
easy for her. “It could have gone the other way just as easily, Major.”
“If it had, you bet I’d put your butt on trial, Chief. But, the
way things have turned out, a trial would only have put the four of us
through a lot of unnecessary unpleasantness, especially me. I’d look like
the biggest horse’s behind in space.”
“You know,” O’Brien said, sitting down in the co-pilot’s seat,
“there were plenty of times in my life when I thought I had all the
answers. I was right, and anybody who wasn’t with me was an idiot.
Convinced, I was. Then, boom, I was wrong. I couldn’t believe it! Me!
Wrong! Unheard of. It’s a real kick to the ego, but you know what? Once
it’s brought home to you that you *can* make a mistake, just like anyone
else, you no longer believe that you were sent by God to right all the
wrongs of the universe. You become a better person.”
“Should happen more often to us megalomaniacs,” sniffed Kira.
For a moment, they both pondered the point.
“Naaaaaah!” they simultaneously agreed.

_____________________________________________________________________
You don’t need to buy Internet access to use free Internet e-mail.
Get completely free e-mail from Juno at https://www.juno.com
Or call Juno at (800) 654-JUNO [654-5866]

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

A Wish to Dream On, Part Three

Author’s Note: Well, here we are again, enduring the life struggles of our
favorite Starfleet couple (at least one of them.). This one will probably bring
some controversy to all you fans out there, mostly because of one single person
(I won’t tell now.. I want you to read this ? ) I fit in some other characters for
those of you who like more than one ST show.. And there is a little thing in
here for P/T people too.
One more thing. The song toward the end fits in, but it works better with the
full song (I don’t know if you’ve ever heard it, but Whitney does a wonderful
job..)

Dedicated to: Kate and Robert (again) for their brilliance in acting capabilties,
all my friends, Lauresta, Dana, and Allison, for their continuous help and
support, and last of all, to my sis, Ame, for putting up with every one of my
writer’s blocks and frustrations.

A Wish To Dream On (Part Three)
by Lisa

“Kathryn?!?”
Kathryn Janeway heard the voice, then for a brief time lost her whole
memory. A black void filled her inside and out, and a strange floating sensation
came. She saw hundreds of stars flying by her, like she was alone amongst
them, going to an unknown place.
Then, in another instant, her memory came back. Her head throbbed, and
she felt herself thrown against a hard surface. She felt like she was in a cage and
clawed, trying desperately to get out of the void.
Then she felt nothing…

A hand was placed on Janeway’s shoulder, nudging her. A voice called her
name, but she couldn’t call back. Her eyes were like rocks, refusing to lift, but
she forced them open.
Chakotay was kneeling beside her, trying desperately to wake her. Janeway
moaned at him, wanting to go back into a peaceful slumber.
“Kathryn, wake up!” Chakotay called.
Janeway rubbed her eyes. She remembered a strange alien saying she could
help them go home. There was an eerie light, and then…
Janeway sat up with a start. Ignoring her aching head, she called, “Report!
I want to know exactly where we are and where the Nu’Tok ship is.”
“Sensors are off-line, but we can have them fixed in a few minutes,”
B’Elanna Torres said from her engineering console.
“Captain,” Tuvok called, unnerved by their episode, “the Nu’Tok are hailing
us.”
Janeway stood once more and moved a loose strand of hair out of her eyes.
“On screen.”
The Nu’Tok woman once again filled the forward view screen. “I do hope
that your journey was not too rough. We have to perfect the device in that
way..”
“Lady Nu’Tok,” Janeway cut her off. “We very much appreciate your help.
But our sensors are off-line and we would like to know where we are.”
“First, you may call me Leemna. About where you are, try turning your ship
around.”
The view screen changed, the transmission ended. Janeway sighed at the ship
now on the screen, then faced Tom Paris. “Turn us about, Mr. Paris.”
The ship slowly turned, changing the screen slightly with each adjustment
made by the conn officer. After a few moments, a small blue planet filled the
screen. As the bridge crew saw the station orbiting and a yellow planet with
large rings coming out from behind the bright yellow star, their eyes opened
wide with amazement, and their jaws dropped.
A beep came, barely heard by anyone on the bridge, signaling a voice
message. “Kathryn Janeway and the crew of Voyager—— Welcome home.”
B’Elanna looked at her panel, awakened by the message. “Captain, we have
sensors.”
At his board, Harry Kim called up the screens to see the open space outside
the ship. “The Nu’Tok have left,” he barely managed to whisper.
*We’re home.* Janeway could not believe it. After three years, they had
met someone who could turn their 70 year journey into a seven second trip. *Is
this possible? Am I dreaming?*
Tuvok, unsettled by feeling surprise at the sudden change in location, began
to concentrate on the panels before him. “Captain,” he said, breaking the
trance on everyone on the bridge, “there is a ship approaching. It is Federation,
and its weapons are charged.”
“Hail them,” Janeway managed.
A human face appeared on the screen. He had on a gray and black uniform,
with the usual red of a captain underneath. He was in the middle of the bridge,
on a raised platform, with the other officers just beneath him. His bald head
showed bright, though there was little light.
“This is Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the starship Enterprise. Identify
yourself.”
Janeway stared in both awe and amazement at the almost legendary captain.
After finally collecting herself, she spoke. “My name is Kathryn Janeway of the
Federation starship Voyager.”
She watched as her peer’s face turned the same shade of pink hers had. A
woman got up in the background and moved to her captain, whispering
something. Chakotay did the same at almost the exact same time.
“That’s the captain who was once Borg?” he whispered, in the same awe as
Janeway. She nodded, then lifted her head as the other captain began to speak
again.
“We all thought you and your ship to be lost,” Picard said, sounding
somewhat confused. “What happened to you?”
Janeway smiled. “That could take a long time to explain, Captain. Let’s just
say we’re glad to be back.”
Picard nodded, also smiling. “Perhaps you can explain after we have your
ship docked. It looks like you’ve been through a lot, seeing your ship.”
Janeway’s smile brightened. They talked a few moments more, then ended
the transmission. Janeway turned to look at her crew. Neelix, worried about the
strange transport, had appeared on the bridge, Seven beside him. They both
looked puzzled, and Seven carried a unique look of anger. *Probably for
Picard,* Janeway thought. *He was a Borg once, and escaped the collective.*
“Janeway to all hands,” she began. “This has been a long journey for all of
us. I’m sure I speak for all of you when I say I’m glad to be back. I wanted you
all to know that I’ve been proud of all the hard work you’ve put through to help
us get here. I hope that you all can take a rest from being on this ship. I know it
has been a home to all of us for so long, and no one knows if we will be able to
all come back. But I wish you happiness, and I will miss you all. Welcome
home.”
A clap started from somewhere in the room, and grew until the entire ship
seemed to be clapping. Most of the applause was directed at Janeway. `You got
us home,’ it seemed to call. Janeway collapsed into her seat, trying to take all
of this in. The applause continued. They were home.

* * * *

Kathryn Janeway sat back in her chair. Her tea was still warm in her cup, but
sat untouched on her desk. Heavy thoughts were on her mind, like what to do
now that the crew was safely home.
*Mark’s going to be very happy. I shouldn’t contact him yet, just so he’ll be
surprised.*
*What about Chakotay?*
At the thought, Janeway became even more depressed. All that she’d built in
a relationship with her first officer might fall apart now. And once again the
problem was Mark.
The chime sounded, and Janeway called “Come,” but in a half-hearted voice.
In walked Tom Paris and B’Elanna Torres, holding hands. “Captain, we
thought you should be the first to know,” Paris said excitedly. “B’Elanna and
I. Well, we’re engaged.”
Janeway smiled, though she was sad that things couldn’t work out for her as
well. “Who broke the question. That is, if I may be so bold as to ask?”
B’Elanna spoke first. “He asked, but I had to pry it out of him.” She put an
arm around Tom’s waist, and he returned the gesture, though his face was red
with embarrassment. “We were hoping to get married here on Voyager, but
that would make it months away. So we’ve decided to have the ceremony on
Earth, possibly on one of the shorelines of California.” Tom raised his eyebrows
at the last part, but made no comment.
Janeway noticed, but ignored it. “I’m very happy for both of you,” she said,
standing to shake Tom’s hand and hug B’Elanna.
The happy couple started out, but B’Elanna turned back just before leaving.
“Can I talk to you alone for a minute, Captain?” she asked, and urgent tone in
her voice. Janeway nodded, and Tom kissed his goodbye to B’Elanna, then left.
“Captain.” B’Elanna started, bowing her head. “I don’t want to pry into
your personal life, but—- how are things between you and Chakotay.”
Tears sprang to Janeway’s eyes, and this time she let them show. “It was so-
—- wonderful,” she stammered. “Now. I don’t know. The only thing I do
know is that Mark is the one who always gets in the way. And now. I don’t
know what to do.”
B’Elanna moved over to sit across from Janeway. “He loves you, Captain.”
When she saw Janeway lift her eyes, she continued. “I’ve noticed it in his eyes
every time he hears your name or voice, or even just looks at you. I know this is
none of my business, but think of him when you decide what to do and not just
of yourself and your happiness.”
Janeway moved over to hug B’Elanna. “I promise that I will never hurt him,”
she whispered. “He will be the first one I think of, so that he won’t be hurt.”
B’Elanna left, seemingly satisfied, and Janeway returned to her thinking.
*How can I choose? I love them both with all my heart.*

***************
Who would have thought of it,
that I might feel like this.
The thing about it is
it’s all so innocent.
I wasn’t looking for it;
came knocking on my door.
I’m trying to do things right
but I’m about to lose a fight..
Oh, my heart is calling,
I’m falling for you.
My Heart Is Calling, by Whitney Houston
***************

As if in answer to her question, the chime sounded again. But this time
Chakotay entered her ready room.
“Here’s the damage report you wanted,” he began, his voice unwavering.
“It’s amazing how much we’ve been through in our three years away from any
Federation help.”
“Yes, we have been through a lot,” Janeway muttered, keeping her eyes on
the report. When Chakotay make no move to leave, she looked up and, with
fear in her heart, asked, “Is there something else?”
“Kathryn,” Chakotay said, moving closer, “How are you handling things?”
Janeway turned away to their home in the window. Their `long lost’ home
called out to her, welcoming her back. “I don’t know Chakotay,” she said,
standing to move near the window. “I don’t know what to do now. especially
with our problems.”
Chakotay moved behind Janeway and wrapped his arms around her.
“Kathryn, my beloved, what can I do to make you happy?”
Janeway couldn’t help but melt into his arms. “Chakotay,” she whispered,
“Do you love me?”
“Of course. Do you think I wouldn’t after all we’ve been through?”
“I’m not sure anymore, about anything really. It’s like my heart is being torn
between two men, both of which I love dearly.” At that sentence, Chakotay
began to hold Janeway tighter.
“Please, Chakotay. Help me know what to do.”
Chakotay turned her around. Seeing his eyes froze her, and she melted into
his embrace. When they broke apart, she whispered, “I love you, Chakotay.
Nothing will change that. Help me. Help me to talk to Mark.”
Chakotay’s understanding gaze gave Janeway the answer.

* * * *

The shuttle began its decent. It was mostly filled with the senior staff, but
also a few younger crew members. Its destination: Starfleet Headquarters, and
the many trials that awaited the crew.
Janeway watched the Earth in the view port coming up at them. Hundreds of
things danced in her head, especially what she would say to the Board of
Administrators.
*And what will you say to Mark?*
Janeway sighed. She felt Chakotay’s presence just beside her, as he always
was. *I’ll tell him the truth,* she decided. *What more can I tell him?* She
felt Chakotay’s hand take a hold of her own, entwining their fingers together.
*Kathryn Janeway, with each passing moment, you’re getting yourself into
more trouble..*
“Shuttle Cochrane, you are clear to land on docking platform 18,” a voice
said through the comlink system. Janeway broke from her daze and looked at
her crew behind her. They were the last to leave the ship; everyone else had
already been escorted to the surface.
“Captain,” Harry Kim began nervously, “do you think that the Board will
believe us?”
Janeway turned to look at the youngest of her senior staff. He had most likely
been the one person of her entire crew to endure the most on their journey.
“Yes, Harry. Besides, what reasons do they have not to believe what we tell
them?” She looked at the other crew members. “We have people to show and
stories to tell, all of which are very real and hard to disprove.”
The shuttle continued downward, making a smooth landing on an open
platform. It opened in the back, giving its passengers access at last to their lost
homeland. Everyone stepped out into the warm sun and the small breezes, and
silently prayed thanks.
Janeway stepped out with the others to the awaiting crowd, taking in
everything happening. She heard a familiar voice calling her name, but ignored it
as she was greeted the members of the Board assigned to welcome them home.
Then she turned, and saw the source of the voice. He pushed through the
crowds to get to her and gave her a large hug when he reached her. “Kathryn,
darling,” he said into her ear, so he would be heard above the crowd, “I never
lost hope that you would return home, never. Why didn’t you contact me
instead of letting Starfleet do it?”
Janeway stared into the once familiar face, not knowing what to say. She felt
Chakotay come up behind her, which gave her some more comfort. But when
she spoke, her voice shook with nervousness just now being released from her.
“Hello, Mark.”

To be continued.

Legal whatever, Paramount’s people (with the exception of Leemna of the
Nu’Tok), my jazz reel
Copyright 1998 (It’s a new year, and I have to keep reminding myself now).
Comments and complaints go to me at AEARDG@aol.com

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

A Wish to Dream On, Part Two

Author’s Note: This episode is mainly on the troubles of Seven of Nine fitting
into the crew, but I fit it in with the main theme (at least I hope so). There’s a
brand new race of alien’s in here, and I’m hoping you all like them. The
Caretaker just seemed to fit in with them, and if you don’t think so, I’m sorry.

Dedicated to: Kate and Robert (once again), for their contribution to the Star
Trek world, my friends Lauresta and Dana, who have helped me on my way,
and finally my sister, Ame, for putting up with
me for all these years.

A Wish To Dream On (Part Two)
by Lisa

Captain Janeway looked one more time in the mirror, smoothed her dress for
the hundredth time, then turned to go to the door. The chimes rang just as she
made it to the door. Surprised, she moved forward to allow the door to slide
open, and found Seven of Nine standing outside.
“Am I disturbing you, Captain?” Seven said with some reluctance in her
voice.
Janeway sighed, then said, “No, Seven. I was just leaving. Why don’t you
walk with me?”
The former Borg nodded her head, then turned to walk beside the captain.
After walking in silence for a few moments, Janeway asked, “What did you
need to see me about, Seven?”
Seven sighed, then said in a nervous voice, “I’ve been having some—–
difficulties——-with my feelings toward some of the crew members.” After a
moment, and a few passers, she continued. “I’ve been receiving some angry
feelings from different crew members, directed at my former life as a Borg.
Other crew members are suspicious of my every move. Only the senior staff
truly wishes to talk to me. I was just—–wondering——if I have offended the
crew in some way that I have not been able to understand.”
Janeway sighed, then muttered, “I was afraid of this.”
Seven looked at her with a look of confusion. “What do you mean, Captain?
I do not understand—-
There is nothing at this current time that would bring fear to anyone—”
Janeway smiled, and held up her hand to stop Seven. “It’s a figure of speech.
It means——Never mind. You shouldn’t be worried. The crew is still trying to
get used to having you around. Once you earn their trust, this won’t be a
problem.”
“How do you suggest I—-earn their trust?”
“It will take time, Seven. Be patient with the crew, and they will come
around.”
Seven, apparently satisfied with the answer, said goodbye, then left Janeway
outside the door to Commander Chakotay’s quarters.

As Seven passed through the halls, she thought about the Captain’s words.
*Perhaps the crew will adapt to my presence on Voyager,* she decided. And
her hope grew with each person that acknowledged her as she passed. But when
she reached her quarters, she dropped all the hope that had been building up.
On the door, painted in a scarlet red, was an arrow. Half way through it was
a circle with a line diagonally put through it. In the middle of the circle was a
badly drawn picture of her face.
And to top off this devastating scene, printed above the door in bold letters,
were the words *BORG TRAITOR.*

“To us,” Chakotay said, smiling, as he touched his glass to Janeway’s. They
had been officially dating for a month now, and were really starting to open up
to each other. Every once in a while, they attempted the subject of home,
though it was difficult at times.
Janeway smiled back at him, finally at ease with their relationship. She had
been on-edge with everything happening, mostly because she was haunted with
the memory of her husband, though he was far away. But she had come to
believe that he had moved on, and she should do the same.
She looked down again at the elaborate table setting before her, and asked,
“So, what’s the occasion?”
Chakotay gave her a confused look, so Janeway glanced over at the food to
give him a clue. “Oh!” he said, as if coming out of a daze. “There’s no special
reason for this. I just went all out because—-” He dropped his head for a
moment, searching for the words that could help him explain. When he lifted his
eyes, Janeway saw a deep love in him that he wanted to show, but didn’t know
how. And when he spoke, his voice went straight to her heart.
“I just wanted to somehow show you that there is no one else in the universe
who I could love as much as I love you.”
Janeway put her hand on his cheek, and whispered, “Thank you.” She
looked straight into his eyes, to make sure her response was heard and felt, then
leaned forward and kissed him. They then sat down to eat, but just as they were
about to take the first bite—-
“Security alert. Captain to Seven’s quarters.”
“Never fails,” Janeway muttered as she put her fork back on her plate.
Tapping her combadge as she rose, she replied, “On my way.”

The scene she found outside Seven’s quarters could only have been described
as a riot. Tuvok had half his security staff keeping the crowd away from the
door.
The crowd expressed mixed emotions. Some wanted to make sure Seven was
all right, others sounded as if they were bounty hunters waiting for their prey to
appear.
Janeway pushed through the crowd to the door, and pressed the call button.
She heard a faint “Come,” which was almost drowned out by the gathered
crowd. Before she entered, she managed to get the crowd’s attention and yell,
“Everyone back on duty, NOW!”
The crowd began to dissipate, and Janeway turned to Seven’s door, now
marked with an unwanted symbol (unwanted on the door and in meaning). She
eyed the threat above the door, then stepped through.
No lights were on in the small room that was shared with Seven by another
crew member. Janeway desperately tried to adjust her sight as she called to her
newest member.
Seven was huddled in a corner opposite the door. Her knees were drawn up
to her, making her face hidden. Janeway knelt down beside her, struggling to
do so with her evening dress still on. “Seven?” she started, stopping as she
heard the woman’s weeping. She put her hand on Seven’s shoulder, whispering,
“Hannakah, speak to me.”
The face that came up to meet the Captain was not of a former Borg, but of a
lost and scared child. Janeway longed to comfort the child, but wasn’t sure
how.
“Papa—-” the child whispered, tears streaming. “Papa, what did I do
wrong?”
“Hannakah, you’ve done nothing wrong. There are some people here who
just won’t accept you for who you are, but I can help.” Janeway tried to make
her words sound believable, though it was hard for even her to believe.
The door opened, and the two women turned to see Commander Chakotay
come inside. Several people were still outside, shouting out against Seven’s
presence on the ship. But Chakotay made sure the door shut quickly behind him.
“Why do they not appreciate me?” Seven’s voice had begun to return to
normal, and she had stopped crying.
Chakotay spoke then, kneeling down beside the two women. “They still
think that you are likely to betray us to the Borg..” He bent his head and
continued in a whisper, “like I did when you first came.”
Seven simply nodded her head and replied, “I understand your reasons now.”
Then she stood and headed for the door.
“Seven!” Janeway started quickly, but Seven was outside before either her
or Chakotay could stop her. All they could do then was follow.
Seven stopped right outside the door. She saw the white face of her
roommate standing amidst the gathered crowd, but decided to ignore her—– for
the moment.
The crowd, on the other hand, brought all their attention to Seven. In the
lighted hallway, they could see the red beneath her eyes. They realized what
they had done, and to a human being none-the-less, and some hung their heads
in shame.
“I understand that there are people amidst the crew who wish for me to be
dismissed from this ship, and I understand why you want this. When I was
Borg, I assimilated many people, and you fear that I will do the same to you.”
Seven paused for a brief moment, looking at the crowd. “I will do no harm to
this crew. I—- hope— that you can learn to trust me—– and I you.”
The crowd was then silenced. The first person to speak was Seven’s
roommate. She stepped through the crowd and stood beside Seven. “If that
doesn’t change your minds, nothing will,” she announced. One by one, the
people nodded in agreement.

Janeway was stunned. Seven was becoming more human every day, and this
proved it. She watched as Seven pushed past her and Chakotay, followed
closely by her roommate, heading straight for the replicator with a plan of
repainting the door.
“Well,” Janeway said to Chakotay as the crowd finally dispersed, “Why
don’t we get back to our dinner?”
Chakotay nodded, and they left.

* * *
*

Captain’s Log. Stardate 58392.1; It’s been two days since the incident with
Seven, and there have been no further provokes. Hopefully, it will last for
more than this time.
Janeway turned off the monitor and leaned back in her chair. She began to
play with her wedding ring, muttering, “Meanwhile, Chakotay has a question to
ask me—– but am I ready for it?”
By that time, she had worked the ring off, and moved over to the window.
She looked out at the stars going by, the decision heavy on her heart.
“Mark,” she finally whispered, “I’m sorry, but—- it’s time.”
With that, she put the ring in a small jewelry box by her bed, and shut the lid.

*****************
.Some say love, it is a razor
That leaves your soul to bleed.
Some say love, it is a hunger,
An endless aching need..
It’s the heart, afraid of breaking,
That never learns to dance..
And the soul, afraid of dying,
That never learns to live.
——The Rose, by Bette Midler
*****************

Once more, Janeway sat across from Chakotay, but this time they ate in pure
silence.
*If you’ve every felt more uncomfortable, Kathryn, you will never be called
“Captain” again.*
Janeway pushed the incessant voice out of her head, not wanting to admit that it
was her own.
“I’ve noticed that you weren’t wearing your wedding ring anymore,”
Chakotay said, breaking the silence. Janeway looked down to see herself
unconsciously rubbing her hand where her ring usually
was. She immediately stopped and tried to find something new to do in her
nervous state. But Chakotay took her hands in his, trying to calm her down.
“I’m sorry,” Janeway said, her eyes facing downward.
Chakotay moved to her side, lifting her chin gently with his hand. Her face
was wet with tears. “Please.. Kathryn..,” he started. “Tell me what is
wrong.. What have I done?”
Janeway took his hand from her chin, then searched the room with her eyes
as if that was where the answers were. “You haven’t done anything, Chakotay.
It’s just that..” She sighed, having difficulty even talking to someone about
her struggles. Chakotay squeezed her hand once, encouraging her, and Janeway
continued.
“Ever since our time together on New Earth, there’s been some strange bond
between us. It’s been hard for me to deal with, and only because I keep
remembering Mark. Last night, I made the decision
to let him go… but I’m not sure he would have wanted that.”
Chakotay looked in her eyes then, filled with a sense of understanding. “If I
were Mark,” he whispered, “I would want you to be happy… no matter the
circumstance.”
Janeway smiled. *It’s time* repeated through her head. *Goodbye,
Mark.*

The next day..
“Captain,” Tuvok’s voice rang out, in the midst of almost pure silence,
“There is a ship approaching. Its weapons are charged.”
Janeway calmly looked up at Tuvok and said, “Hail them.”
Tuvok pushed a series of buttons. “They are responding,” he called after a
moment.
“On screen.” Janeway stood up and faced the screen. The face that appeared
to look back at her was
a purplish color. Large ridges came up to its forehead on the outline of its face,
creating a type of arrow. It had dark hair running down its back and over its
shoulders.
“You are entering Nu’Tok space. Identify yourself.”
“My name is Kathryn Janeway of the starship Voyager. We mean you no
threat..”
“I will decide if you are a threat. Why have you come here?”
“We are trying to get back to our home. We came through to your space
because it was in our path.”
“How far away is your homeland?”
“It is on the other side of this galaxy. We’ve been trying to get back for three
years now.”
“I calculate that at your top speed it will take almost 70 years for you to cover
that distance.”
Janeway looked over her shoulders to see if anyone else was surprised.
Ensign Kim had wide eyes
and a partially dropped jaw, which he closed when he saw the Captain. Tuvok
was in as much surprise as everyone else, but expressed it through raised
eyebrows.
Janeway turned back to the Nu’Tok. “How do you.?”
“Never mind,” the alien cut off. “I can help you return to your world.. if
you wish it.”
Janeway’s eyes brightened. “If you could possibly help us, we would very
much appreciate it. Would there be a reward or payment to you for your
services?”
The alien laughed, her white teeth shining against her purple face. “No
reward is necessary. We often find people here, trying to get home. They were
all brought here by the Caretaker, or at least they claimed to be. He sent us the
information on all those people, and of you, for storage. You, I believe, were
the last.”
Now Janeway caught her dropped jaw. “How many other people made it
successfully home?”
“As a matter of fact, all came here somehow, just as you did. They’ve all
been escorted home safely.”
“Could you? Could you take us home?” Janeway asked, eyes wide with
longing.
The Nu’Tok bent over a computer board, pushing buttons. Janeway saw a
bright light coming suddenly from everywhere. Before she passed out, she heard
Chakotay’s voice call out.
“Kathryn!?!”

To be continued..

Legal whatever, Paramount’s people (except for Lady Nu’Tok), my jazz reel
Copyright 1997, comments and complaints (if any) go to AEARDG@aol.com

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Monsters in the Replicator

cmwende@compuserve.com
Delta Story

Synopsis: Several couples: some “canon”, some created. NC-17. Several of
Voyager’s stalwarts play along in a new twist to an age-old game, and a
good time is had by all. (Harry ends up with *two* women, and even stays
alive!)

MONSTERS IN THE REPLICATOR

“Neelix, there’s a monster in the replicator,” Naomi Wildman
chirped in her child’s sing-song voice. Her giggles accompanied
Neelix’s stealth-like tip toed walk over to the unit. The game
was now part of their daily ritual. Her small form shadowed his
footsteps, as her fawn colored hair streamed down over her slight
shoulders.

Her furry faced friend slowly leaned down, peering into the wall
receptacle. He offered a now familiar chant as he performed the
nightly task. “Monsters, beware; Neelix is here!” He jumped back
slightly, uttering a small gasp, which quickly turned into a wide
grin. Turning, he showed her the empty space between its walls.

“No monsters in here!” he happily reported.

She returned his cheery smile, and ran into his now-outstretched
arms. “Thank you, Neelix! Only you know how to scare them away.”
He hoisted her up, holding her in a loving grasp. She wound her
little arms around his thick, hairy neck, and then laid her cheek
against his whiskered one, being careful not to snag him with her
forehead spikes.

He sighed with a contentment that he had long since thought was
never to be his, as he carried his precious load into her
sleeping area. He started walking across the short distance; his
eyes fell into the smoky gaze of Sam Wildman, who was leaning
against a nearby doorframe. With a graceful movement, she
followed Neelix and Naomi. The two adults stood on either side of
Naomi’s bed, and together, they tucked the little girl underneath
her covering. Again their eyes met, and silent smiles crept
across their faces.

Their hands met in the center of the blanket as they finished
their duty. A blush crept across Sam’s face; she looked at her
daughter, who was rapidly falling asleep. The blessed peace of
the innocent radiated from the child’s face. Naomi sighed herself
further into slumber.

Neelix slowly covered Sam’s hand with his, curling his burly,
fur-covered fingers around her smooth, slender ones. She raised
the index finger of her free hand to her closed lips, gesturing
that he should be quiet. He stifled a quiet laugh, then pulled
her hand down the length of the sleeping child, finally leading
the two of them back out to the sitting area of the ensign’s
quarters. Sam signaled the door separating the two areas to a
closure of 80%.

She gently pulled her hand away from Neelix’s, as she went back
to the famous replicator.

“Would you like some Ktarian tea?” she asked him.

“That would be lovely,” he replied, clearing his voice somewhat
in a nervous gesture. He walked over to the sofa which was
underneath her starport. The luminescence of the starlight
streamed in and framed her intent face, leaning over the
replicator and awaiting her order. He sat down quietly, drinking
in the serenity of the scene and the handsome beauty of this
woman who had been fulfilling a unique responsibility on Voyager.
He had come to admire her greatly… to appreciate all that she
did for the ship, the rest of the crew… and yes, lately,
himself.

Sam turned with two steaming cups in her hands. She put them
down on the low table in front of the sofa, and seated herself,
curling her long legs up under her full body as she did so. She
was still in uniform, but moved as if she were unhampered by any
of its constraints. She leaned over to the enthralled Talaxian
sitting beside her, and slowly reached out and tenderly started
tugging on his whiskers. He sighed, as his hands reached out to
brush aside her long blonde hair.

She whispered into his ear, her voice now low and sultry, “Aren’t
you glad we have monsters in the replicators?”

He said nothing, only uttering his trademark twittering laugh, as
he pulled her closer and closer until they knew there was no room
for any monsters to get between them.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Neelix whirled out of the Wildman quarters, his mind and eyes
still in a delicious, delirious haze. His turn was a little too
quick, and he ran right into Tom Paris, who was heading down the
hall to his rooms.

“Neelix,” Tom said with surprise, as the two crewmembers fought
for balance of their bodies. He looked up, and realized where
the shorter man had been. A sly smile brightened his face, as
his mind started putting together a few facts.

“Why, Neelix; I thought that Naomi had called you for her *good
night story* hours ago… and now it’s after 2300; don’t tell me
that…”

The bewhiskered Talaxian was momentarily flustered. He hastily
licked his lips, his eyes twitching back and forth. His hands
nervously tugged and smoothed his tapestry jacket. “Mr. Paris, it
seems that the Wildmans had… um… monsters in their…
replicators,” he suddenly said, his eyes now beaming and
satisfied with the idea. “Yes, yes… that’s it… monsters in
their replicators! Why, those weaselly, rascally monsters take a
long time to track down… one never knows what damage can
happen… if they’re not caught.” He quickly covered his mouth,
smothering his sounds, which were rapidly disintegrating into a
stream of giggles; and he scurried down the hall.

Tom watched the little man’s departure, sensing a mischievous
notion forming in his own head.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

B’Elanna Torres’ comm badge tweeped, just as she laid it down.
“*Now* what?” she said, anticipating yet another “emergency” in
engineering. The entire day had been nothing but small problems,
all which could have been handled by Carey or Vorik, but
ineptitude was running rampant throughout her staff as of late.
Ever since she had reprimanded Carey about not documenting the
Jefferies’ tubes calibrations in the correct sequence… when
were these people *ever* going to learn? All right, so she *had*
been a little loud… and had been hoarse for 12 hours… and had
broken a PADD when she slammed it against the railing around the
plasma core…

“Yes?” she said tersely in response to the hail.

“Well, nice to hear you, too,” came Tom’s voice from the other
end of the communiqu‚.

“Oh, Tom… I’m sorry, but…”

“It’s been a rough day; yes, I know; I heard about your little…
um… discussion with Carey.”

Her snort was transmitted readily over the comm range. “Does
*everyone* know about that?” she opined brusquely.

“Maybe not everyone in the *Alpha* Quadrant…” Tom ducked
instinctively, even though two decks separated their quarters.

“Seriously, though, I *do* have a problem with something here in
my quarters that I was wondering if you could take a look at
it…”

“Log it in with repairs; we’ll get to it as soon as we can,” she
replied curtly.

“Hey — it’s not that important. It’s just that… well, it’s
something right up your alley, so to speak.”

He knew just how to reach her; her curiosity was piqued
instantaneously. “Oh. And just what might that be?”

“Come on down and see,” he said with a tease in his voice.

A smile curved across her face. *All right; two can play this
game, mister,* she thought as she stormed towards the door,
heading towards the turbolift and his quarters.

The doors to his living area opened before she had a chance to
buzz. Tom was standing there, in his favorite off-duty attire of
dark blue pants with a thick heather gray knit top. His face bore
a curious expression, and his eyes seemed to be holding back a
story of some sort.

“So… what is this great emergency that you have?” she queried,
her face softening at the sight of him.

“It’s my replicator. There seems to be something… making a
strange noise inside it. I just got in from duty, and thought
that an Andorian ale would taste pretty good. I heard sounds in
the mechanism, but then it seemed to stop the replication from
…um… being completed, and I never got my ale. And, hey —
before you say anything… yes, I *do* have enough replicator
rations!”

A feigned, annoyed sigh sounded from the chief engineer, as she
marched over to the replicator.

“All right, I’ll look at it this time. But, this is *not* an
emergency… not at 2330 hours, and just for an Andorian ale.”
She leaned over to examine the opening. The lighting in the area
was not as strong as she would have liked it to peer into the
awkward aperture, and the flowing sleeves of her repose shirt
obscured her view.

“Here; let me help you,” Tom’s soft voice uttered, as he reached
around her, pulling the obstructing garment pieces back.

She turned slowly, then rose to a straight position. His arms
adjusted to her changing position and enclosed her in a loose
embrace. She looked into his eyes, and started reading the joke
in them.

“All right, this is probably the lamest of any of your excuses
recently to lure me into your lair,” she said, a low growl
starting to emanate from her throat. “What sort of reason were
you going to give me?”

Tom swallowed. “That there is a monster in my replicator?” he
meekly answered, realizing what was going to follow that growl.

“Monsters in the replicator, huh? Come on; where did you hear
*that* one?” Her voice was getting lower in pitch; she was
pushing his head to one side…

“Would you believe… Neelix?” he managed to get out. Her hand
had twisted his head far to the side; his voice was somewhat
strangled in its efforts to vocalize…

She started laughing… a low, guttural, animalistic laugh.
“*Neelix*? Why, the only monsters he knows about…” She raised
her head, the chain of her concentration broken. She became
silent, as the implication his statement sank in.

“Neelix?” she repeated. “And… and…Sam Wildman?” The look on
her face was incredulous as the tone in her voice. She shook her
head, whether in an attempt to clear her thoughts or regain her
composure. “But… who knows? Maybe those monsters do strange
things to unsuspecting folks. We better take a closer look here
at yours.”

She once more grabbed at his head, lowering it to hers. He felt
her nails and teeth more marking his cheek and neck; he
unconsciously groaned with the pain inflicted, knowing and
anticipating the pleasure to follow. His sounds began to imitate
hers, as he leaned down to reach the side of her neck with his
lips. He made his mark on her dark skin as he pushed her roughly
into the wall next to the replicator… the monster had been
released between them.

B’Elanna grabbed his face between her passion-strengthened hands,
hungrily surrounding his lips with hers. She snarled as her
tongue voraciously sought his, wrapping itself around the inside
of his mouth like a cobra coiling. He awaited her sting, as she
then bit down on his tongue. He tasted his own blood, like bitter
venom. She moaned with delight at its metallic essence, and
lapped it up.

She broke away from the embrace, a thin glow of perspiration
starting to form over her face. He smiled back at her, a feral
gleam in his eyes. He suddenly swooped her up in his arms, only
to roughly toss her onto the sofa in his sitting area.
He brusquely pushed aside the table obscuring his distance to
her. With one hand holding her in place, he reached down with his
free hand, and pulled off the laced slippers which were on her
feet. The tight space within which her arms could move allowed
her only to reach his tunic; however, she used it as a means to
pull him towards her once more. Her tongue found the original
wounds she had inflicted, and she sucked them, savoring the blood
she drew to the surface.

Tom continued his actions of peeling off the layers of her
clothing, all the while allowing her the succulence of his
lacerations. Her body was responding to his preparation… it was
twitching with savage, muscular movements, further heightening
his desire for this wild, beautiful woman. He was willing to
endure any physical test to win her love. She, in turn, was more
than willing to give him that love. With a last effort on his
part, he grabbed her hands away from his face and pulled the long
repose shirt over her head.

She only allowed him a moment’s indulgence in enjoying her prone
body before starting to remove his garments. He was straddling
her body, kneeling over her. She braced her hands on either
side, and shifted herself up to a sitting position. Quickly her
hands yanked his shirt over his head. She tossed it to the side
of the sofa, and ran her hands through the thick, soft hair that
covered his body, from just below the Adam’s apple in his throat
to a dwindling point three inches below his navel — *just like
an arrow, showing me the way,* she thought with a grin. He read
the unspoken joke in her eyes, and as if to tease her further, he
himself started inching down the waist of his pants, revealing
the diminishing hairline. Her fingers followed its waning
appearance, only to touch a suddenly noticeable appendage. Their
eyes met with frenzied delight, as he quickly disposed of the
last piece of clothing… and let the “monster” into her…
replicator.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following morning, B’Elanna was running later than usual.
Her head was lowered into a charging bull position as the doors
to the mess hall opened, and she ran full tilt into Voyager’s
security officer who was exiting at the same time. Her hard
Klingon head hit him dead center of his ramrod straight chest.

Lt. Commander Tuvok issued a slight “umph”, as he recoiled from
any further impact from the feisty Klingon.

“Oh, Commander, I’m so sorry,” she said, as she instinctively
reached out to him in an attempt to smooth out any physical or
mental injury to him.

He retreated still further from the physical contact, raising his
eyebrow in surprise at her actions. He looked at her now
upraised face, which looked like it needed about two more hours
sleep.

“Lt. Torres, it appears that you have had a… restless night.
Did you not sleep well?” he asked solicitously.

The brunette engineer shook her head, as if to bring herself to a
more alert state, brushing her hair back as she did so. She
smiled back at the Vulcan, a glint of conspiratorial knowledge
behind her flashing dark eyes.

“Um… no, it was a rather restless night. I had an… emergency
repair call. You see, Tom had… er… um… a monster in his
replicator, and…”

“Lieutenant, it is not logical to have a monster in a
replicator,” Tuvok said to B’Elanna, as she started to continue.
“You, as an engineer, must be able to ascertain the absurdity of
such a situation.”

B’Elanna tried to suppress a grin. Why bother to elaborate any
further? Tuvok would never understand. She was suddenly aware
that his eyes were now focusing on someone else who just arrived.
She turned her head, only to find that Tom had appeared right
behind her. Her face was mere millimeters from his, which also
bore the remnants of late hours.

In a barely audible whisper, with the breath of his words warming
her , he said, “Good morning, beautiful.”

Once more, a sound came from Tuvok, as he cleared his throat,
reminding them of his presence. Tom had forgotten about the
super-sensitive auditory sense of the Vulcan species. Tom’s
attention was drawn back to the older officer, who had a stern,
knowing look on his face.

“Lieutenants, my advice to you would be… to be more discreet…
about… monsters in your replicators.” He continued his
departure down the hall.

Tom and B’Elanna, looked startled by his obvious recognition of
their euphemism for their midnight tryst. Was the staid Vulcan
actually starting to lighten up a bit? Their momentary
bewilderment was rapidly replaced by another round of stifled
giggles, as they entered the mess hall.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Tuvok had taken his place on the bridge. As usual, he had
appeared early for his shift. He was reviewing some of the logs
of the previous day when he became aware of a tall presence next
to him. He turned as he heard a voice start to speak.

“I do not mean to interrupt your thoughts, Commander, but I have
some questions to ask regarding security checks of various
systems on the ship,” the assured voice of Seven stated.

Tuvok turned to her. “Is there a problem, Seven? My logs show no
irregularities in the last twenty four hours.”

“I have not had any direct experience with the situation, but I
have overheard two people mention a problem about… I am certain
I heard them correctly… *monsters in the replicators*.
Although I myself have no need to use the items in question, I
was concerned that we had once again… been invaded by… unseen
alien forces.”

The Vulcan looked into her serious eyes. He could feel that he
was suppressing… the humor of the situation.

“There is no need to be concerned. Some members of our crew have
decided to utilize this phrase to… conceal words describing
some of their… off-duty activities.”

The Borg/human looked a little more confused. “Why do they wish
to camouflage their actions? Are they indulging in illegal acts?”
she further quizzed him.

Tuvok felt somewhat uneasy with the progress of the conversation.
“No; however, there are certain parts of… relationships… that
most species feel should be kept private. Therefore, when they
are mentioned… in public… they use words other than
descriptive ones, to describe their actions. It is… like a
coded message.” He felt the unpleasant, rare sensation of sweat
droplets forming on his forehead.

Seven looked at him, still with a perplexed appearance. “Why do
they wish to speak in code?” she pressed.

Tuvok’s much-heralded patience was beginning to show a strain.
“Seven, I am not an expert on human psychology. Why do you not
go to the Doctor? His data banks would reveal much more
information.”

“An excellent thought,” she said with a firm nod. “He will want
to see me today for one of my booster medications. I shall
inquire.” She pivoted with military perfection, and proceeded to
the turbolift doors. She turned her head in exiting. “Thank
you, Mr. Tuvok.”

“You are most welcome,” he said with a very un-Vulcan sense of
relief.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Doctor was concentrating on the microphotographs on the
screen connected to his microscope, noting the mutations in the
viral particles he was examining. A shift in the holographic
emissions of his matrix alerted him to the fact that someone had
entered sickbay. He rose from his task and sighed without
turning around.

“Yes… please state the nature of the medical emergency.”

“There is no emergency, Doctor. I just need some information
about humans.”

The Doctor’s face lit up as he recognized the smooth monotone of
Seven’s voice. He spun around, now with a wide smile bisecting
his face.

“Why, Seven; it’s always a pleasure to have you visit. Human
information, is it? My, my… every day you become more and more
human and less and less Borg.”

“It is not about myself, Doctor. I am trying to understand the
human characteristics of some of the crew aboard this ship.”

“Well… who isn’t?” the EMH humphed, half to himself. He looked
at the statuesque figure standing no more than two feet away from
him, trying to understand the very human emotions he himself was
experiencing at this very moment.

“I will help you as much as I can,” he stated, half swallowing
his words. She moved closer to him, as if closeness would help
her to better understand.

“I approached Commander Tuvok with my questions, but he referred
me to you.” She paused, waiting for a response from him. He
uncharacteristically remained silent, forcing her to continue
with her explanation.

“It would appear that there is a coded statement being used by
several of the crew in order to conceal certain actions about
which they do not wish others to know,” she continued. “I am
curious why they would want to cloak anything. This is not what
I am used to with the collective. We experienced all as a group.
Mr. Tuvok has told me that the actions which are taking place are
not illegal, so I do not understand why there is such secrecy.”

“And what might this code be?” asked the Doctor, curiously,
encouraging further discourse from her.

“It is a phrase I have overheard. Lt. Paris and Lt. Torres were
laughing as they mentioned it. Then, Lt. Jenny Delaney remarked
about the same thing to her sister. They, too, expressed…
happiness when they were talking.”

“And?” The Doctor was getting exasperated at her drawn out
explanation.

“They were talking about… monsters appearing in their
replicators. This is the reason I went to Mr. Tuvok, to see if
we had had another alien invasion. He assured me that this was
not the case, and then told me that the words were being used as
a code… for some human action.”

The Doctor had to fight hard to suppress his glee now. Tom had
made a call to sickbay earlier that morning to have the doctor
perform repairs to some “minor” injuries that had resulted from
his latest encounter with his Klingon amour. The ever-curious
doctor inquired as to how the injuries occurred, and Tom had made
no secret as to his method in getting B’Elanna to his quarters in
the middle of the night. The doctor’s face lit up with a knowing
smile, and he reached down and took her hand between his.

She looked at him with startled surprise, but made no attempt to
remove her hand. He sighed, taking a deep breath before
proceeding. No one aboard Voyager had ever seemed to be in need
of a “facts of life” lesson previously. He had hoped that
perhaps the Captain, with all her other good maternal instincts,
had provided this service already for Seven, but… well, things
had been rather busy lately. He licked his lips… this was it!

“Seven, much like the Borg collective, most species, especially
the humanoid species, have a need for certain… interactions
among their beings. Many times, it is group interaction, such as
you see among Voyager’s crew when they are working. But,
sometimes, this interaction takes place between only two
people…”

“When they have strong feelings for each other?” she interrupted.
“I am aware of this… togetherness. Mr. Kim once told me about
it.”

Well, then,” he continued, a little more at ease, but now
wondering how she learned this from Harry Kim. “I guess you know
that these… strong feelings… sometimes make people want to…
be alone, by themselves.”

“How can they be alone, if they are together?”

“Well… um… when they are together, sometimes they are as
one.”

“How can this be, if they are not a collective?”

The EMH reluctantly dropped her hand… it was surprisingly soft
and… human, in spite of the remaining Borg implants.

“The Borg collective is one of thoughts and actions, whereas this
state in humans is more… physical.”

“Do they join in this togetherness?”

The doctor nervously cleared his throat, and his eyes broke
contact with hers.

“Yes, sometimes they do… join physically.”

She looked at him intently, her eyes now wide with interest.

“How can they do this? Do humans have probes that they can use to
join with each other? Do they assimilate each other?” Her eyes
opened wide with curiosity at this seemingly similar
characteristic.

*How do I continue with this line of questions?* the EMH rapidly
thought. *Should I get a reference PADD and…* He glanced
around quickly for a prop of support. Abruptly, his thoughts
were once more caught short.

“Can you show me how this joining happens?” she queried.

“Well… I’m not… Seven, you know that I am not really a
human,” he stammered.

“But, you are sentient; and, with your autonomous holo-emitter,
you have achieved even more human capabilities. You have a
complete assimilation of knowledge regarding human anatomy and
psychology.”

The doctor feared that he was rapidly approaching the boundary of
professionalism; this conversation was quickly escalating to a
level of physical as well as mental discomfort for him, as he
felt his uniform clinging too closely to a certain part of his
anatomy. He squirmed uncomfortably.

She looked at him. “Have I done something to offend you?” she
asked innocently.

“N..no; no!” He turned, and gently took her shoulders in his
hands. “Seven, I think that you understand what I mean about…
certain things happening between two people.”

“You mean… sex,” she stated matter of factly.

“Yes,” he responded, obviously relieved.

She continued. “But… is not this action merely a set of
motions? Why do humans become uncomfortable and noncommunicative
when I mention this?”

The doctor felt himself becoming *very* human-like as he stood so
close to her voluptuous form. The full, swollen lips of the most
recent addition to the crew were mere centimeters from his. He
quickly leaned towards her, and kissed her.

Startled by his action, she jumped back.

“What… what was that?” she asked, her eyes large with the
question.

“That, my dear Seven, was a kiss. It is a very human action…
between two people who care for each other.”

“Who… care… for… each other?” she asked, looking at him
with a sudden comprehension.

“I feel strange,” she said; “I need to assimilate the
experience.” And she copied his shoulder grasp, and kissed him.
It was now his turn to show shock.

“Most interesting,” she said. “I am integrating some strange
sensations, but feel that I need to repeat this.”

The doctor’s spirits rose. “Well, yes. Repetition is best. Do
you want to further experiment?”

Seven looked at him with curiosity. “Yes, I do. I have never
had such a strange impression with assimilation…”

The doctor took her hand, his face suddenly gleaming with wicked
humanity, and lead her towards his office.

“Seven, let me show you about monsters in the replicator…”

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Chakotay was leaving the bridge, as Seven was entering with a
report for the Captain about the latest findings in astrometrics.
The faintest hint of a smile was forming on her lips.

“Good afternoon, Seven. You seem happy today,” the first officer
said in greeting her.

“Happy? Oh, yes… a human emotion. I have learned something
new today, and it has given me… pleasure.”

*Pleasure?* thought Chakotay. *What has she discovered that has
brought her this far?*

“Oh… and what might that be?” he questioned her.

“The doctor has taught me about…” she paused before continuing.
A slight grin formed on her face. “…about monsters in the
replicator.” For the first time that either of them could
recall, she blushed, and… giggled!

The look on the first officer’s face was one of shock,
surprise… and glee! Seven was *definitely* becoming more and
more human. His dimples appeared, deep with delight.

“The doc has monsters in his replicator?” Chakotay repeated, with
a tone of disbelief.

“No… not really. It is a code for…” she leaned close to him,
looking around for any eavesdroppers. “…for sex!” The blush
became more intense on her pale skin.

Chakotay did all he could to stifle the laugh that was quickly
forming in his throat. *The doctor? And Seven? Well, really it
wasn’t too far off base… two automatons…*

“So, it is a code, hmm? Well, I *have* heard that Neelix is…
um… frequently called to Ens. Wildman’s quarters to search for
monsters…”

“And Lieutenants Torres and Paris, also,” she revealed, with a
newly found enjoyment of being able to relate more to her fellow
Voyagers.

She once more assumed a serious demeanor. “Commander Chakotay, do
you and Captain Janeway look for monsters in your replicators?”
she asked with a knowledgeable innocence.

Now it was Chakotay’s turn to turn crimson. With an expression of
bewilderment, he asked,”Seven, where would you get such an idea?
The Captain and I have never…”

She cut him off. “But you have… strong feelings for one
another, don’t you?”

He was at a rare loss for words. “Well, we care for each other,
yes, but…”

“Have you ever had sex with her?”

Chakotay was *really* unnerved now.

“No… why do you think that?”

“You both would like to, would you not?”

*Think before you answer!* he cued himself.

“Seven, I really don’t think that that is anyone’s business but
mine and the Captain’s,” he finally stated matter-of-factly,
wishing to discontinue this conversation as quickly as possible.

She looked at him, confused at the opposing signals she was
getting from his words and his eyes.

“Maybe you should ask her,” the Borg/human stated, as she took
leave of the awkward moment.

Chakotay stood in place, shaking his head and dumbfounded by
Seven’s simple observation. Was his — or her — desire so
evident?

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Sandrine’s was up and running that evening, and it seemed that a
majority of the off-duty crew were making use of the raucous
facilities. Conversations overlapped as easily as the different
groups of people; words echoed across tables and across the room.
The hushed tones of whispers cushioned the shrill tones of more
resonant discussions. The air was heavy with the heady aromas of
synthehol, warm bodies and hormones; the floors were crowded with
physical forms in close contact — some dancing, some standing,
some just wanting… to be close.

The doors to the holodeck opened to admit yet two more people,
Captain Janeway and her first officer. Both had decided to
forego the confines of their uniforms and were clad in simple
casual clothing — she, in a jumper-tunic over leggings in her
favorite muted blues; he, in a simple tunic and trousers of
heathered browns. The lack of stress in recent weeks shown in
their faces and movements, as they warmly greeted their
crewpeople.

Harry Kim looked up as they walked past the table where he and
Ensigns May and Fraser, both from astrometrics, were deep into a
serious poker game. The statuesque Ens. Fraser had a stack of
chips in front of her that rivaled her height. Harry had a
lesser number of tokens, and from the expression on Ens. May’s
face, she was definitely on the losing end of the evening’s
activities. She was the dealer, and was shuffling the deck of
cards, darkly grumbling under her breath.

“Captain… Commander… care to join us for a few hands?” Harry
called out, even as he jumped up to get two chairs for them.

The two senior officers looked at each other, a mutual smile of
agreement on their faces.

“Why, thank you, Harry,” Kathryn Janeway said, as she seated
herself. “How have the cards been playing tonight?”

“Lousy!” replied Ens. May, before realizing that it was the
captain to whom she was responding. “I mean… Lousy, Captain,
ma’am…” Her tall body tensed at her faux pas.

“At ease, Ensign; I don’t bite!” Janeway soothed, patting the
younger woman’s hand.

“Yes, ma’a… Captain,” the astrometricist answered, with her
face turning a brilliant scarlet.

Harry had gotten more poker chips, and was distributing them to
the newcomers. “All right; there’s a one “credit” ante… er, I
mean, a white chip. Of *course* we don’t play for the real
thing…”

“Of course not,” Chakotay smiled, his eyes twinkling with a full
knowledge that they did indeed play for replicator rations.

“So — what’s the game tonight?” the Captain offered, as a
change of subject.

“Five card draw,” responded Fraser, who was gathering her
mountain of chips closer to her place. “Are you feeling lucky
tonight, Captain?”

“Hmmmm… we’ll see after a couple of hands,” the senior officer
answered.

As May was dealing the cards, Janeway glanced at Chakotay, who in
turn was scanning the room, nodding every once in a while at
someone in the crowd. She noticed that he suddenly froze,
looking at the Doctor, who was deeply engrossed in a conversation
with Seven. The first officer’s expression turned to one
indicating smirking delight at seeing the pair. She made a
mental note to ask him about that.

Her concentration was brought back to the immediate group when
she heard Harry say, “Captain, your cards…”

“Oh… yes; sorry! My mind was elsewhere,” she laughed,
covering her momentary lapse. “Let’s see…” She looked at her
cards — not very promising! She had two deuces, and one each of
a four, six and nine.

She folded after two rounds; her replacement cards did nothing to
better her pair of twos. Finally, it was down to Ens. Fraser and
Chakotay. He finally called, and Fraser’s full house beat out
his two pairs. The ensign added another 20… whatevers… to
her stash.

That hand was the last one that lucky Fraser was to win for a
while, however. It seemed that the addition of the two senior
officers brought new luck to Ens. May, who won the next two
hands. Then, in order, Harry, Chakotay and Janeway each held the
triumphant cards.

The conversation was becoming both lively and flippant. The
three younger officers seemed to become more at ease, as they
realized that Janeway and Chakotay were comfortable being just
part of the crew.

It was Harry who finally broached the fateful subject. “Say…
has any one here looked for monsters in their replicators
recently?”

Chakotay shot him an icy look, and the two younger women suddenly
froze in disbelief. Janeway surveyed the looks that were being
shot back and forth among the quartet.

Janeway studied their startled expressions. “Anyone want to tell
me what this is all about?” she asked, her eyes twinkling.

An uncomfortable silence overcame the table, broken at last by
the voice of the commander.

“I’ll tell you what, Captain. Let’s keep it within the game.
The four of us will play a hand, while you sit it out. Then, the
winner will have the… er… pleasure of telling you about
Voyager’s… um… latest *scourge*.” He quickly looked at the
stunned faces of the younger officers, daring them with his eyes
to say anything further.

“Straight poker. No extra cards. Agreed?” he half asked, half
ordered.

The trio nodded obediently, and mumbled their accord with his
suggested stake. Statistically, he figured it was Harry’s turn
to win; served him right!

Ens. May’s hands were shaking as she dealt the cards. Each of
the other three players glanced at each card as it appeared face
up in front of them.

The first round gave Chakotay, to Ens. May’s left, a seven of
hearts. Next, Harry got the queen of clubs; Fraser’s hand showed
a ten of hearts, and May upturned the ace of spades in front of
herself. She groaned at the significance of the card.

Four more cards were dealt. They were the five of hearts, jack
of diamonds, three of diamonds and the ace of clubs. The tall
young woman shifted uncomfortably.

Round three showed up the eight of hearts, two of diamonds, king
of spades, and ten of clubs, respectively to Chakotay, Kim,
Fraser, and May.

When the fourth cards fell, they came in this order: Chakotay,
four of hearts; Harry, jack of spades; Fraser, nine of clubs; and
May, the two of clubs.

All eyes suddenly were on the four cards in front of the first
officer — he had four hearts — and was just one off from a
game winning straight or flush. He looked up, a surprised
expression of apprehension forming, as he realized what *could*
happen…

Janeway looked at him, with a quizzical crooked grin on her face.
“Why, Commander… is your little plan going to backfire? Just
what is with this interesting story that seems to have passed by
me?”

Chakotay looked at her, trying to keep the panic out of his eyes,
praying that Harry would get a third jack; or May, a third ace.
He realized that his hands were sweaty, and he wiped them on his
trousers. Forcing a confident smile on his face, he said,
“Ummm… Captain, it would be my privilege to fill you in, if
that’s the way the cards fall.”

And with that, Ens. May upturned the next card in front of him:
the fateful six of hearts, completing his straight. He let out a
sigh of resignation to his lot.

The woman dealing quickly laid out the next three cards, just to
make Chakotay’s win honest. Harry ended up with the six of
diamonds; Fraser got the five of spades, and May gave herself the
ten of diamonds. The three young people in unison turned their
heads and looked at their senior officers.

“I’m waiting, Commander,” Kathryn Janeway said with authority.

Chakotay was looking at the five cards in front of him, a state
of shock settling in as he comprehended what he’d set himself up
for. His chain of thought was broken, as the three other card
players hurriedly rose, not even bothering to collect what was
due to them from the night’s winnings.

“Commander, I’m sure that you would like some privacy with the
Captain,” said Harry, as he ushered the other two women in front
of him. “It was fun; we’ll have to do it again,” he winked at
the first officer, as he put an arm around the shoulder of each
woman. The three quickly made their exit from the vicinity.

Chakotay’s cheeks took on an uncharacteristic ruddiness, as he
tried to look at his commanding officer, his thoughts zooming
back to the conversation he had had earlier in the day with
Seven. Impulsively, he looked up and over the captain’s
shoulder, only to meet the staring eyes of Seven, who seemed to
sense what was happening. She smiled provocatively, and nodded
to him, then turned her attention back to the doctor, whose arm
was wrapped snugly around her trim waist.

An idea was forming, even as Janeway was waiting for his answer.
In the privacy of their twosome, he addressed her familiarly.

“Kathryn, perhaps I can *show* you better than tell you what this
is all about. Would you accompany me to my quarters, so that I
might… um… explain… the monster in my replicator?” He
rose, and offered to pull out her chair.

She responded to his courtesy. “Thank you, Commander; that seems
an excellent suggestion.”

As they walked towards the exit, she questioned him further.
“Just why haven’t you informed me earlier about this problem? I
haven’t seen any reports regarding the situation.”

He stammered uncomfortably. “Well, Captain, it doesn’t really
affect the ship that much.”

“Oh?” she responded. “I would think that anything of this nature
would most certainly affect Voyager.”

They arrived at the turbolift. As the doors opened, two other
crewmen from the holodeck entered as well. Their conversation
was abruptly quelled, as the two younger people acknowledged
their superior officers.

The turbo stopped, opening its doors onto the deck of Chakotay’s
quarters; he and Janeway exited into the hall. The pair hurried
along the suddenly populated corridor. They stopped in front of
his door, and he hesitatingly asked, “Do you want to come in?”

“Why wouldn’t I?” she asked.

They entered his sitting area, the lights adjusting to the
incoming lifeforms. She walked slowly over to his sofa, sat
down, and put herself at ease. He was *far* from being
comfortable.

“Uhhh… please make yourself at home, Kathryn,” he managed to
say after-the-fact, all the while avoiding her gaze. “Would you
like some… coffee or tea?”

She looked at him, her legs lazily crossed and her arms spread
across the low back of the sofa.

“Well, now… tell me.. how can you replicate some… with a
monster in your replicator?” He turned and looked at her; her
eyes and smile were teasing him unmercifully. It seemed she was
holding back a ringing laugh.

His discomfort was escalating. He turned, and started walking
towards her.

“Kathryn, I…”

“You what?” she queried, slowly… provocatively rising from her
seated position and walking towards him. “Don’t you want me…
to look for monsters with you?”

A sudden illumination lit up in his mind. His dark eyes awoke
with the realization… that she was fully aware of the meaning
of the phrase.

“Kathryn… you know…”

“All about it? Yes, I do.”

“How long?”

“Since this morning. Tuvok told me about his little…
discussion… with Seven. And, I also heard about Tom’s visit to
sickbay…”

He threw his head back ever so slightly, his mouth forming a wide
arc between his dimples. He started laughing, at first
nervously, then with relief. “Why didn’t you let me know?”

“And spoil a *very* interesting evening? Never!”

Chakotay inched towards to her, closing the distance between
them. His eyes were daring her to continue.

Her eyes were now piercing his; her voice became lower…
softer… with her words. “Why did you… *really*… ask me
here?”

He was now standing next to her, his shadow embracing her, his
voice tone echoing hers. “If you knew about the… monster
story… why did *you* agree to come?”

Her smile became enigmatic; she turned slightly, breaking their
eye connection. Her nervousness became audible with a twittering
sound which he could barely hear.

She spoke softly, “Maybe it’s time for us both to put certain…
monsters… to rest.” She once more looked into the darkness of
his eyes. “Monsters that have frightened us… and kept us
apart.”

Chakotay took in a deep breath, allowing himself time to respond.

“Perhaps so,” he said, now closing the final distance between
them. “There have definitely been… certain things… that have
terrified us. And, just like Naomi’s monsters, they may have
been just… fabrications in our minds… keeping us from seeing
our real surroundings… understanding what feelings are truly
real.” He looked at her, hoping that she would once and for all
admit that her defense mechanisms… were just that.

She reached up to him, her slender arms encircling his muscular
neck. “Chakotay, send the monsters away,” she said pleadingly.
“Don’t let them frighten us or keep us apart any more.”

The smile that took over his face suddenly brightened and warmed
the room. The depth of his dimples drew her towards him as
surely as any black hole. She was surrounded by its gravity-like
attraction, which drew her to him. As if wanting to fill the
void that had existed for so long, he hungrily sought her
penitent lips, encasing them with the fullness of his.

Not satisfied with just finding her lips, he vigorously pursued a
further uniting with her. The forceful tip of his tongue bid her
open to him, which she did with no further defense. Hers joined
his in a savage exploration of their first tastes of each
other… drinking of each other like two lost travelers in a
desert, not being able drink enough of each other. His hands
held her head within a firm possession; hers fell from his neck,
only to claw his back through his tunic with a savage like
strength.

Seconds… moments passed, as they endeavored to search for
answers for unanswered questions: weeks of indecision; months of
yearning; years of obsession. They finally broke their embrace,
only to begin again an odyssey with their hands… wanting to
explore the new lands that they knew were ahead of them…
frightened of what their reactions would be.

He leaned down into the heady warmth of her neck, sucking the
soft area that she exposed to him by tilting her head back. Her
sighs of satisfaction were drowned by his moans of ecstasy. Her
hands journeyed lower, and found a hold around his tensed gluteal
muscles. She grasped their firm roundness, and in doing so,
pulled him closer to her. A small gasp of surprise came from her
as she realized that he was as hard in front as he was in back.

His hands, too, had traveled downwards on her torso, surveying
every curve of her upper body. His right hand moved inwards,
then stopped to grip her rapidly swelling breast. The tender
tissue, ravished by his pleading hand, responded by molding to
his grasp.

Both sensed an immediate need to get even closer. In
synchronized movements, they reached to the lower edges of their
upper garments and quickly rid themselves of the bothersome
fabric layers. With the same dexterity, they peeled down their
leg coverings, removing their shoes also.

Kathryn was now clad only in a simple one piece undergarment, and
Chakotay stood before her in his plain underwear, invitingly
misshapen by a firm erection. They backed away, if only to
assess views of each other that they had never seen before.
Their flushed faces further beamed with satisfaction with what
they beheld… and with their rapidly growing desires.

She reached up with her right hand, placing it on his chest as
she had done so many times before, but now, not as a consoling
and comforting touch, but with a need to assure herself that he
was truly here, in this state, in this room, wanting her as much
as she wanted him. As if reading her thoughts, he reached over
to one of the thin straps of her soft garment, and slowly pulled
it down and off of her shoulder. He repeated the action with the
other strap; as it slid down her arm, the last bit of tension
holding the filmy piece being releasing itself. Gravity took
hold, and with nothing but her breasts to hold it up, it began a
sensuous downward fall.

She stood there, allowing nature to take its course with the
garment. He placed his hands underneath her arms, deciding to
help the fabric in its journey. He eased it over the ripe mounds
on her chest, revealing their glowing fullness. His mouth
anointed each one as it appeared, with brief sighs signaling his
satisfied pleasure with what he saw. His tongue grazed the erect
nipples on each, stopping long enough to suck each briefly. One
more bit of guidance eased the soft piece over the last obstacle
of her body, the curves of her hips. He released his hold,
allowing the now free article to fall to the floor, forming a
lake at her feet. She nimbly stepped out of it, and stood before
him — one less monster was in the way.

He stepped back, wanting to burn into his mind forever this first
time of revelling in her natural beauty. And beauty it was… as
perfectly proportioned as he had ever dreamed… the pink
paleness of her skin that could only compliment his own burnished
pigmentation.

“Kathryn…” he finally said huskily.

“Shhh…” she said, as she now gently released him from his one
remaining constrainment, carefully pulling the undergarment over
his engorged tissue. She eased it down over his thighs… his
knees, his ankles, allowing herself to follow its path. He
stepped out of its confines, and reached down to pull her up. As
she slowly rose, she stopped momentarily, to kiss his saluting
member; he once more moaned with deep pleasure. She braced her
hands on the smooth bronze of his chest, sliding them up
seductively as she moved into an upright stance.

Once more they stood, with only their bodies as support for one
another. For a journey that had taken so long, it now raced
towards its destination. Neither of them was willing to allow
any more detours; it was now accelerating at full speed… now,
warp 9.95.

Chakotay once more grasped her shoulders, this time tenderly
urging her backwards, towards the wall a few feet away. She
willingly allowed him to guide her, sensing what was to come. As
soon as she felt the firm support of the wall surface behind her,
she stretched for his neck, as an anchor for her movements. He
reached behind her, cupping her firm buttocks in his massive
hands; she pulled her legs up his body, locking herself securely
around him.

The way was open and ready. He easily slid into her; she
welcomed him by drawing herself tighter. They both sighed with
the knowledge that… it could be this easy. She jostled herself
a bit, to grasp him tighter, both inside and out.

He began to rock gently back and forth; up and down; her soft
sounds fell into his rhythm. But four years had been too long
for him to be satisfied with the slowness that he wanted, and his
movements quickly escalated to a fevered pitch. Her voice also
crescendoed, as her frustrations were falling like leaves in a
November wind. Higher and higher they spiraled in their
ecstasies; faster and faster their bodies met in sweaty
delight… until they both reached the pinnacles of their
desires. The rapture released itself in one last plunge; then
the motions slowed to a peaceful calmness. They remained in
their locked position, allowing themselves to again fall to a
plateau of peaceful consummation.

Their breathing became more evenly paced. She finally relaxed
her legs, and they once more assumed a standing position, but
seemed too weak to remain there for long. He, too, was
struggling to stand upright, and they sank together into a mound
of satiated flesh on the floor, locked in each other’s arms.

The next few minutes seemed as long as the previous four years;
neither of them either had the strength or the courage to speak.
Finally, Chakotay decided he had better break the silence, for he
had been the one who “lured” her here.

“No regrets?” he whispered, as he brushed back the wet strands of
her hair clinging to her cheeks.

“No regrets,” she repeated, tracing his lips with her fingers.
“It’s time that we once and for all got rid of all the
monsters… in the replicators… and between us.”

He leaned over and kissed her, this time slowly… with a promise
of much more to come. He then got up, and offered her his hands,
pulling her up also.

“Then… let’s put the monsters to bed,” he said, with his smile
beaming, and he lead her towards his bedroom.

She allowed herself to slide into the curve of his arm, comforted
by his own particular form of a bedtime story, and silently
thanking little Naomi for making the rest of the ship’s
inhabitants cognizant of their own deepest, imagined fears.

Voyager’s monsters were no longer in the replicators… or
anywhere else.

******** Happy Midwinter’s Night’s Dreaming! ********

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , , , | Leave a comment

Starfleet Intelligence: The Missions of the USS Doyle, Chapter 4

STAR TREK: STARFLEET INTELLIGENCE
The Missions of the USS Doyle

by Edward Webb

LEGAL STUFF: All of the characters and events not specifically
copyrighted by Paramount Television is copyright (c) 1998 by Edward
Webb. This is a fan novel written for the pleasure of other fans. It may be
distributed freely as long as no charge is collected in this distribution, and
the body of this work and this copyright notice is kept intact.

Chapter 4: Briefings

Admiral Tapok stepped off of the shuttle onto the grounds of
Starfleet Command. The trees and grasses waved gently in the nighttime
breeze, but the simple beauty of the scene was lost on him as the nameless
shuttle pilot showed him into the building. He looked neither left nor right,
simply following the pilot until he reached the secured area. He
absent-mindedly thanked the ensign and continued on his own down a
number of maze-like corridors, eventually arriving at an unmarked turbolift.
He stepped inside.
“Security Clearance?” the turbolift computer asked.
“SECLAR 8. Admiral Tapok. Starfleet Command, assigned to
Starbase 29. Access code Beta Theta Five.”
“Access granted. You are expected, Admiral Tapok.” The turbolift
lights started to move, but Tapok knew they were a disorientation technique
so that no one knew exactly where the meeting room was. For years he
tried to determine from the subtle changes in pressure where the turbolift
went, but he never followed up on his estimates, since he knew the price of
exposing Intelligence secrets. He simply waited for the turbolift to stop,
holding his PADD at his side.
Soon, the door opened. The room beyond was dimly lit. It contains
a semi-circular desk, curving around a single chair illuminated by a spot
light. The three figures seated at the desk were barely visible. Tapok knew
them only as Admiral Adams, Admiral Baker, and Admiral Caine. Tapok
knew were pseudonyms, since Admiral Baker went from a male to a female
voice over the years, and Admiral Caine was obviously now an Andorian,
whereas Tapok first met a Terran in that seat. These were the Assistant
Chiefs of Starfleet Intelligence, their identities kept secret from all
personnel except the Chief of SFI and the President of the Federation
himself. Tapok walked into the room, and sat in the chair.
“Welcome, Admiral Tapok,” Admiral Adams said, his voice
bouncing over the nearly empty room. “Status report.”
“As ordered, I have assembled the special operations cell. Captain
Sara Takashi has taken command of the USS Doyle. The cell is listed
under the name Project Josephine”
“Good,” Admiral Baker replied. “Have you placed your agent inside
Josephine?”
Tapok nodded. “The information is in the file, codenamed
Manchuria.” He handed the PADD towards the table, and a blue hand was
briefly illuminated as Admiral Caine reached into the light to take it from
him. A few soft sounds issued from the PADD as he looked over the
information. “Excellent,” Caine said.
Tapok raised his voice. “If I may inquire, it seems illogical to assign
an agent inside of a supposedly trsutworthy cell, especially an agent who is
unaware of his nature as this one is. Why was this course of action
chosen?”
“Captain Takashi is a bitter woman,” Adams replied. “The Psych
department says there is a small chance that she may join certain… terrorist
organizations. If the intelligence information she has access to gets into
Maquis hands, they could become a sizable threat in the future.”
“Then why was she assigned to Josephine?”
“She is the best choice for the job,” Baker responded. “The inside
agent is merely a precaution. Her family has a history of loyalty to
Starfleet, and we expect her to continue in that tradition.”
“I saw nothing from her service record that indicated any
extraordinary skills.”
“She has a vendetta against the enemies of the Federation,” Caine
said. “The Cardassians, the Borg and the Romulans have taken away
everyone she has cared about. That makes her more useful than any other
highly-skilled agent. Plus, she is no ordinary starship captain. She has a
diverse background.”
“You are referring, I presume, to her time in the Starfleet Marines.”
“Correct,” Adams said. “She has experience with military
operations. Although she was only assigned to them for six months after
the Wolf 359 massacre, her unit distinguished itself during the crisis.”
“The details of which, I’ve noticed, are classified at SECLAR 9.”
Admiral Baker chuckled. “Yes. Technically, she doesn’t even have
the clearance for her own knowledge. One of the perils of intelligence
work.”
“Understood. Is there anything else?”
“Yes,” Caine said. “You are to return to your duties on Starbase 29.
We are putting Commadore Iannone in command of Project Josephine. He
will be assigned to you officially, but in reality he will report to us.”
“I understood that Commadore Iannone was one of the officers who
first joined the Maquis’ terrorist activities.”
“You are correct,” Adams commented. “He has been pardoned.”
“Is he still sympathetic to their cause?”
“That information is classified, Admiral Tapok.” Admiral Baker’s
tone brooked no arguement.
“Understood. I will then resume my duties.”
“One more thing, Tapok,” Admiral Caine said. “This meeting never
occured. Josephine is simply a new crew testing out an experimental ship.”
Tapok saluted. “Of course, sir. No meetings ever occur in this
room.”

* * * * *

The turbolift doors opened, and Takashi looked out at her bridge for
the first time. It was designed in the traditional circular shape. In the
center of the floor stood on a gentle dais, which spread out into a wedge
behind it. On the wedge were the weapons and communications consoles
facing front, and the engineering display behind. Bradley was hunched over
the console, making minor organizational adjustments for his benefit. On
the right side of the wedge were the turbolift doors Takashi stood in, and on
the left side was the entrance to the officer’s lounge and meeting room. In
front of the chair was the navigation and operations console, with two
chairs in front for the two duty officers. One of the chairs was occupied by
Tee-eye-you, slowly piloting the ship out of dock at one-quarter impulse.
On the left side was the science station and the door to her Ready Room,
and another chair for a counselor or second officer, and on the right was a
tactical display and th!
e first officer’s chair. Wren’s chair.
In the center, on the dais like a throne, was the captain’s chair.
Takashi stepped up to the chair and slowly eased herself into it, feeling it
give and contour itself around her body. Her hands gently stroked over the
displays on the chair arms, and she looked ahead at the three dimensional
viewscreen, which was showing the last of the shipyards as they prepared to
go to warp. She simply sat for a few moments, feeling the throb of the
engines under her, the sounds of the consoles gently beeping and chirping.
She nearly missed what Tee-eye-you said.
“What was that, Lieutenant?”
Tee-eye-you made a small electronic noise, which could have been a
sigh. “I said we’re ready to go to warp at your command, sir.”
“Very well.” She held her breath as she made her first command
decision. “Engage.”
The starfield streaked by, and she felt the ship’s throbbing increase.
She watched as the ship approached warp 4, when suddenly the floor
lurched and everyone was forced to hold on to their seats to keep from
falling to the floor. “What the hell was that?”
“Engineering to Bridge.” Maron’s voice filled the bridge as they
heard other voices muttering in the background. “Sorry about that, Captain.
We’re having a little problem with the inertial damping system. Should
have it sorted out in a few minutes.”
“What happened Maron?”
“Some kind of weird reaction with the Chameleon and the warp
field dampners, sir. Someone probably cross-hatched when they should’ve
patched. Nothing major.”
Takashi laughed. “Keep me posted, Engineering.” She stood up and
crossed the floor to Wren, stealing a brief glance at Tee-eye-you. She
thought she could see him punching at the display in front of him a little
harder than usual. “Lt. Bradley, inform our escort of our current situation,
just in case. Lt. Tee-eye-you, open a level 4 LCARS link with the Norway,
and let them monitor our readings until we reach Starbase 29.”
Tee-eye-you turned and faced Takashi, his yellow eyes seeming to
burn into her. “I can’t do that, Captain.”
Takashi took a step closer to him, invading his personal space.
“That’s an order, mister.”
Wren stepped closer as well, facing Takashi. “Frank’s right,
Captain. The Norway’s Captain only has a SECLAR of 5, which isn’t
enough for an unrestricited computer link to the Doyle’s computers.” He
turned to Tee-eye-you. “Give them a LCARS link, but keep their access to
engine output and open ship communications. Everything else is to be
cleared only by myself or the captain.”
Tee-eye-you looked at Takashi for a moment longer, and then
glanced at Wren before going back to the console. “Aye sir,” he practically
spat.
Wren turned back and motioned towards her Ready Room. “That
briefing?”
She started to walk towards the door, and stopped. She was damned
if she would allow any officer to speak to their Captain that way. Ryan
wouldn’t have allowed that outburst, even at the most relaxed of times. She
strode back to the other side of the console, facing him, and slammed her
fist down.
“Mr. Tee-eye-you, as long as I command this ship and this cell, you
will do as I say. I don’t care if you don’t like my race, my gender, or even
the color of my hair, but as long as I have these,” she said as she pointed to
the pips on her collar, “you will cut the attitude, and cut it now. Do I make
myself clear?”
Tee-eye-you sat for a moment, and then spoke evenly, the
modulations in his voice almost absent. “Permission to speak freely, sir?”
She considered for a second, and then decided, What the hell? Let’s
get it over with now. “Granted.”
“You’re out of your element. Wren and I have been in Intel for
years. We don’t need some upstart Captain screwing things up. As long as
you sit in that chair and keep your mouth shut, we should do fine.”
She glanced over at Wren, who gave a half-hearted shrug, as if to
say Good luck, I can’t control him. She turned back to the cyborg, and
smiled. “I may not have been in Intel for years like you have, but I’ve been
involved in starship tactics and military operations since I was born. My
family comes from a line of warriors and generals thousands of years long.
I’ve survived Wolf 359, and damaged one of the Borg ships in the process.
I’ve lost my last ship to three Romulan warships, and it was my quick
thinking that saved the lives of some of this crew, including your Security
officer.” She leaned forward, her nose almost touching the cyborg’s. “The
Federation needs a pro-active measure to keep our families safe from
invaders. They need a ninja, a thief in the night, an invisible sword to
silence its enemies. The Doyle is that sword.”
She stood back up and straightened her tunic. “So, Lieutenant, just
sit there, keep quiet, and do what you’re told, and watch me wield this
sword against those who would slay us. It’s kill or be killed, and I’ve made
my choice. Have you made yours?”
Tee-eye-you stared for a moment, and then his gaze dropped to the
console. “Estimated arrival at Starbase 29 in 48 minutes, Captain.”
She let her breath out in a sigh. “Thank you, Lieutenant. Inform me
when we are within five minutes of the starbase.” She stepped back to her
Ready Room, aware that all eyes were on her. She felt Bradley’s voice in
her mind, congratulating her. She smiled to herself, and then turned to
Wren. “That briefing?”
Wren looked at her, dumbfounded. “Aye sir.”

* * * * *

Takashi sat behind the Ready Room desk, trying not to think of
ways of decorating the room to her liking. Wren spun the built-in PADD
towards him. “Computer, access file Josephine 1. Access code Wren 6.
Verify.”
“Access code for Commander Elayth Wren confirmed. Voice or
text?”
“Text. Display on this terminal only.”
Takashi looked at Wren. “So, after that little scene out there, I take
it I have a lot to learn about Intel work?”
Wren leaned back. “Yes and no. You do have a lot to learn, but it’s
my job to inform you of SFI protocol, not Frank’s. He takes some getting
used to, but he’s a good man, under it all.”
Takashi put her hands on the desk, spinning the terminal towards
her. “I’m sure he is, otherwise he wouldn’t have been assigned to the
Doyle.”
Wren nodded and stood up. “We are officially a scientific crew,
testing out a new ship on a two-year shakedown voyage. In actuality, this
cell and the Doyle are part of an SFI project code named Josephine. As a
result, our cell also officially carries the name Josephine, although Lt.
Coffey likes to call it ‘Joe’s Cell’.” He stopped and appreciated the smile on
Takashi’s lips. “I’ve already seen your personnel record, and I’m sure you
know it, so I’ll only say that your Security Clearance is now at Above Top
Secret, SECLAR Seven.”
“What is your SECLAR?”
“For this briefing, I am also Seven, but afterwards I will resume my
normal SECLAR of Six, or Top Secret.” He sat down and punched up the
first picture onthe terminal. “As I mentioned before, I’m your Second Cell
Leader. I was in the Starfleet Marines for two years before transferring to
SFI for over five years, doing field agent work. I’ve been involved in
Klingon, Romulan, and Vulcan covert operations. My symbiote has
memories of three previous joinings, which posses medical skills, historical
data, and stellar cartography knowledge which has been helpful in the past.
My major job, besides the usual duties of an XO, is to brief you on
Intelligence procedures and to assist you as necessary. However, your
SECLAR is higher than mine, and there are some things I won’t be able to
advise you on.”
“Wait a minute. Can I give you the clearance if I need your advice.”
“Technically yes, but you must report any deviancies to a
crewmember’s SECLAR to SFI,and they’re REAL picky.” Wren leaned
forward and smiled. “Trust me, it’s a real pain to work in the dark
occasionally, but that’s one of the hazards of Intelligence work.”
“So I’m noticing. Who’s my Second XO?”
“Interestingly enough, it’s Commander Maron.” Maron’s picture
appreared in the terminal. Even in a picture, he still looks huge, Takashi
thought. “Since his theories helped the Doyle to fly in the first place, he
seemed the logical choice. That, and he has spent a time involved in
‘questionable’ activites in the Resistance.”
Takashi stared. “Maron was in the Resistance?”
“Actually, it was SFI that got him out of Bajor. Rumor had it at the
time that he was developing a personal claking device. Starfleet wanted it
for their starships. Turns out that Maron never got it beyond the theoretical
stage, but his work helped lay the groundwork for the Chameleon Device.”
Takashi got up and walked over to the replicator. “Ginseng tea,
hot.” She turned back to Wren as the machine purred. “Interesting. How
about Security? Do you know about Bradley?”
Wren spun the terminal back towards him. Obviously he hadn’t
memorized this part yet. “I was surprised at your choice of a Betazoid as a
Security officer, but his skills will be invaluable in the cell.”
Takashi chuckled and sat back down, the tea steaming in her hands.
“Not exactly. He doesn’t like to use his abiltities.”
“What? Why not?”
“He has a habit of broadcasting as well as receiving thoughts. he
can do it sometimes, and he’s pretty good at sensing strong emotion, but
that’s about it.”
Wren sighed. “Well, at least he will use it in a pinch. Luckily his
SECLAR is Five. We don’t need him broadcasting SFI secrets to the
Cardassians.”
Takashi set down the mug on the desk, hard. “Bradley’s a good
man, Betazoid or no. His service record is exemplary…”
Wren put up his hands in defense. “Whoa! I’m not criticizing him,
Captain! I’m simply pointing out, as my duty as XO, any threats to
Federation security…”
Takashi sipped at the tea. “I know. I’m ust not used to the
cloak-and-dagger routine.”
“Trust me,” Wren smiled, “being a little paranoid helps in this
business.”
Takashi set the tea down. “Speaking of paranoid, tell me about your
friend, Tee-eye-you.”
“Frank? Oh, that’s another whole can of worms in a duranium
frame.” Wren punched up a picture on the terminal. The face was entirely
black, with no mouth, ears, or hair, covered in a grid of thin yellow lines.
The only facial feature visible was a pair of yellow eyes.
“What’s that?”
“That’s what he looks like normally. Frank is part of another project
called Tactical Infiltration. Frank is the first Cybernetic Tactical
Infiltration Unit, or TIU for short. His real name was Francis McCarber,
but he was nearly killed in an undercover operation two years ago. They
managed to save his brain, and it was implanted into the TIU shell.”
“That’s amazing! What are his capabilities now?”
“The shell is a modified Soongian-type android body, similar to
Commander Data. The positronic net interacts with the chemicals in
Frank’s brain, giving him a phenominal reaction and processing time. He’s
not as fast or as accurate as Commander Data, but he’s a damn sight faster
than anyone else in Starfleet.”
“What about the lines over his face?”
“That’s a close contact hologrid, similar to a holodeck wall. It’s used
to allow Frank to mask himself as anything of comperable size and shape –
in other words, as any humanoid. He usually walks around in his old body
when on duty.”
“What about his voice, and his eyes? Surely those would be noticed
in infiltration?”
Wren laughed. “He can modulate any color eyes and voice pattern
as well as physical features. Frank just likes to conserve power by using the
default settings on those features. In fact, when he sleeps, he reverts fully,
taking on the black hologrid appearance.”
“So he has a time limit on infiltration?”
“As long as he stays up, he’s fine. Luckily, Frank’s always been a bit
of an insomniac, but it’s done nothing for his temper.”
Takashi absorbed all of Wren’s information. Imagine being trapped
in a metal body, unable to sleep, she thought. No wonder he has the
attitude he does.
“Okay, what about my CMO? Isn’t he a little young?”
“Lt. Junior Grade Brian Coffey. He’s young all right, but brilliant.
He’s an expert on First Contact medical procedures. He has a knack of
guessing the right thing to do in each case.”
“Guessing medical procedures? I’m sure Starfleet Medical doesn’t
like that!”
“That’s why he’s still Lt. jg. He’s been demoted two times for
unlicensed and untested medical practices. The damn thing is, though, they
always work. With unknown alien physiology, he literally has a 100%
recovery rate.”
“What about known races?”
Wren looked sheepish for a minute. “Well, lets just say that we’re
trying to direct his gifts in the right direction.”
Takashi drank the rest of her tea. “Remind me never to get sick.”
Wren laughed. “It’s really not that bad. He’s actually quite good at
reconstructive surgery in relation to disguise – in fact, his doctoral thesis
was on just that, and it’s now a standard at Starfleet Medical.”
“Interesting. I’ll have to read it…”
“Bridge to Captain Takashi.” Bradley’s voice cut through the room.
“Takashi here.”
“Captain you have a coded message from Admiral Tapok. It listed
as SECLAR Seven.”
Wren got up. “Looks like our first mission has arrived. The most
important thing to remember is need-to-know. Only tell us what is
necessary to complete our assignment.”
Takashi stood up. “Commander… I appreciate you candor, and your
help.”
Wren smiled. “Good luck, Captain.” He turned and walked out of
the Ready Room.
Takashi sat down and looked at her mug. She flicked her ponytail
over her shoulder and looked at the terminal screen. “Put it through, Lt.”

End of Chapter 4

AUTHOR’S NOTE
————-
This chapter is so far the longest one, and the most informative. This is
about the first third of Book One: Operation Genesis. There’s a lot of new
terminology, and I’m trying to sneak it in as best I can.

First off is SECLARs. They’re a little confusing, since they’ve never been
used in the shows. It clears up some security inconsistancies I’ve seen. It’s
a scale of 1 to 10, 1 being unclassified and 10 being “for the President’s
eyes only”. SFI agents have about two SECLARs higher than their Starfleet
counterparts (so, if the average starship captain’s SECLAR is 5, Takashi’s is
7). Sometimes SECLARs are artificially increased or decreased in certain
situations. Examples of SECLARs being increased was Wren getting
temporarily boosted to SECLAR 7 for Takashi’s briefing, and Riker’s
knowledge of the Pegasus mission, which is around SECLAR 8. There are
conditions for “field promotions” of SECLARs, but all instances most be
explained in full to the Assistant Chiefs of SFI (the creepy Admirals in the
empty room).

A lot of refrences were used in writing SFI. The book that started it off is
the “Star Fleet Intelligence Manual” by John A. Theisen, published in 1987
by FASA Games for the Star Trek Role-Playing Game. It’s set in the
original TV series timeline, but enough of it was good to update
one-hundred years. I’ve also changed a lot from it, too — the book’s not
gospel for SFI. Another good guide is the ST:TNG Technical Manual by
Rick Sternbach and Michael Okuda (both manual and CD-ROM versions).
I’ve tried to keep the “pseudoscience” as accurate as possible, but mistakes
happen (just as in the series). Also, a similar fanfic (set about five years
after SFI) is Starbase 17:PIKE, at 206.29.126.5/vcm/PIKE. I ran across it
long after I had fleshed out my idea for SFI, but some of the similarities are
eerie. However, I feel confident that they are two different series with
different styles, and I’m hoping to do a collaboration with the writers of that
series for a PIKE crossover !
(possibly involving time travel or a prequel to PIKE). Finally, a lot of my
espionage and technothriller style of fiction comes from writers such as Ian
Fleming and Tom Clancy.

I’m also working on a writer’s guide to SFI in parellel to this. Once I feel
comfortable releasing it without spoiling any of the storyline, it will be out.
I encourage other writers to add to the SFI universe.

If you have any comments, suggestions, ideas or questions, feel free to
email me at eddywebb@hotmail.com.

ESW 01/11/98

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged | Leave a comment

Starfleet Intelligence: The Missions of the USS Doyle, Chapter 3

STAR TREK: STARFLEET INTELLIGENCE
The Missions of the USS Doyle

by Edward Webb

LEGAL STUFF: All of the characters and events not specifically
copyrighted by Paramount Television is copyright (c) 1998 by Edward
Webb. This is a fan novel written for the pleasure of other fans. It may be
distributed freely as long as no charge is collected in this distribution, and
the body of this work and this copyright notice is kept intact.

Chapter 3: The USS Doyle

“Captain Takashi, we’re arriving at Mars in ten minutes.”
Takashi stood up and drained her coffee. “Understood. Takashi
out.” She stretched and brushed her hair in front of the mirror, tugging on
her uniform top. The new black two-piece uniforms took some getting used
to, but there were a lot more comfortable. Ever since Starbase 29,
everything was changing, even the damn uniforms, she thought. She sighed
and stared at her reflection for a time, thinking about the past few days.
Well, if I’m destined to be a spy, then I’ll be the best damn spy in Starfleet.
As she picked up her bag to go, she noticed the hilt of her father’s
tanto, his samurai dagger, jutting out of the flap. Death is but a doorway.
She always thought it was such a fatalistic saying, but now she realized that
the death of Captain Hagen and the Challenger was a doorway into a new
life, a life on the Doyle. Her ship. She smiled and wiped away a tear for
Ryan. I will always remember you.

* * * * *

When she arrived at the transporter room, Bradley was already
waiting for her there, his meager possessions thrown into a backpack. He
picked at the violet turtleneck under his uniform. “I never thought it was
possible for Starfleet to invent an even more annoying uniform than the last
one.”
Takashi smiled and nodded to the transporter chief. “We’re ready.”
“No offense sir, but I was ordered to transport three to the
shipyards.”
“Three?”
Just then the doors swished open, and a tall man entered the room.
He reminded Takashi of Captain Hagen, except he was even taller, a good
quarter meter over Bradley’s slender frame. His intimidating figure of tall,
solid muscle was not dimished by the elaborate latinum earring he wore.
He was easily the largest Bajorian Takashi had ever seen. He huffed, as if
he were out of breath, and extended his hand. “Sorry I’m late, Captain. I’m
Commander Jono Maron, recently promoted and assigned to Engineering.”
She took his hand, noting how it swallowed her own. “So you’re
why all my Engineering officers were rejected, Commander Jono.”
“Actually, Maron is my family name. I was the first Bajorian to join
Starfleet, and I inverted my personal and family names, to accomidate to
Terran standards. Even since Bajor has joined the Federation and
standardized Bajoran names, I’ve just gotten used to it.”
“My apoligies, Commander Maron. I’d like to hear more about you
after we’ve settled in to the Doyle.”
“No offense, Captain, but that may be a while. I guess you haven’t
been briefed on it yet, but I developed the theories behind some of the more
advanced tech on the ship, but I never expected to see it developed. I’ve got
to acquaint myself with it and all of the other new gadgets they’ve crammed
into her. This thing’s so experimental, it doesn’t even have a class
designation yet! If tradition is followed, it’ll be the Doyle class, I guess,
but…”
The transporter chief cut in. “Utopia Planitia is ready to receive
you, Captain.”
She nodded and stepped onto the transporter pad. “Energize.”

* * * * *

When her vision cleared, she was in a similar transporter room with
a window facing into the orbital shipyards, which were currently empty. In
the room were three men. The one operating the transporter wore Science
turquoise on his sholders with one silver and one black pip, signifying a
Lieutenant, junior grade. He had short brownish hair and a boyish face that
was attractive in its nervousness. The man next to him was a little taller,
and also wore a science uniform, with Lieutenant pips. His long reddish
hair was tied into a tight tail, not as long as her own. He looked humanoid,
but his yellow eyes obviously marked him as an alien of some kind. The
last man stepped forward to greet her. He had a Command cranberry
uniform similar to her own, with Commander ranking. His short blond hair
reminded her of the time she spent in the Marines, but she easily noticed
the tell-tale dark birthmarks that marked a Trill symbiote. His bright blue
eyes looked her over as she al!
lowed him to lead her down from the platform. “Captain Sara Takashi?”
“Yes. I assume you’re my new First Officer?”
“Second Cell Leader, actually, but First Officer or XO is fine. I’m
Elayth Wren. The youngster behind the transporter controls is Dr. Brian
Coffey, your new CMO, and the dour gentleman next to him is Francis
Tee-eye-you.”
She nodded to each in turn, but her gaze lingered on Tee-eye-you. “I
haven’t had time to get the briefings or service records yet, since my
security clearance hasn’t been updated. May I ask what race you are?”
Tee-eye-you stared hard at her, his yellow eyes unblinking. When
he spoke, there was a slight discordant reverberation in his voice, making it
sound as if two people were speaking at once. It made Takashi’s skin crawl.
“I am technically human, Captain. I have a Terran brain implanted into a
synthetic android body.”
Takashi stared at him, as she heard Maron speak up. “A cyborg? I
didn’t know that they had gotten the neurological interface to work yet.”
Wren smiled and looked at Takashi. “Look, we have a lot to do, and
you need to be briefed, so let’s get on with the best part of this, shall we?”
He tapped his communicator badge. “Wren to Scott. We’re ready.” He
then gently touched Takashi’s elbow and led her to the window.
At first, she didn’t see anything. Then she saw a ship pull into view.
The metallic skin gleamed as the sun reflected off of the bow, which
Takashi noticed was covered in small dark pods, almost like ridges on a
bamboo stalk. It had a squat shape, with saucer section and engineering
hull almost fused together. The engines were also closer to the hull, almost
perpendicular to it. She wondered at the design, but realized that the warp
fields would be easier to create and collapse in that design, giving the ship
faster startup and stop speeds. The ship wasn’t much bigger than the
Challenger, but definately more compact. Across the bow was the legend
“USS Doyle, NX 51610”.
She was breathless. “She’s beautiful,” was all she managed.
Wren smiled. “Actually, she looks like a dried-up snail mating with
a rock, but all new captains think that their ships are the most gorgeous in
the galaxy.”
She tried not to let her anger at Wren’s crude analogy show on her
face. “What are those ridges on the hull?”
“That’s one of the technological breakthroughs that makes the Doyle
so special. You’ll hear all about it in the briefing.”
Takashi sighed. “Between rushed introductions, surprise cyborgs,
and experimental technology, I’ve had enough information for one day,
Commander. Transport me aboard, show me to my quarters, and schedule
a tour for 0600 tomarrow before my briefing.”
Wren barely covered up a sneer. “No offense, sir, but we have
orders to return to Starbase 29 to pick up remaining crew and receive our
orders at all possible haste.”
Takashi sighed. “Commander, this is an experimental ship. My
guess is that it hasn’t had the plastic taken off, let alone been through a
proper shakedown cruise, and the journey between here and Starbase 29
will take quite a few months at sublight if the warp engines break down. As
soon as you can scrounge up an escort vessel, plot a course for the Starbase
at Warp 4.”
Wren snapped a salute. “Yes sir.”

* * * * *

When her door chime sounded at 0600, Takashi felt like she hadn’t
slept in a thousand years. She managed to mutter, “Just a moment,” as she
stumbled into the sonic shower and quickly slipped into a new uniform.
When she answered the door, Wren was standing there, with a clear mug of
piping hot ginsing tea.
“Commander, you shouldn’t have.”
“It seems that we started off on the wrong foot last night. I managed
to get a personnel report before you arrived, and I thought this would be an
appropriate apology.”
Takashi gratefully took the offered mug. “Thank you. Come in. I
haven’t unpacked yet.”
“That’s okay. I expect you came right in and fell asleep. You
looked dead.” He stepped in and sat in the offered chair. “You know, one
of my past symbiotes, Kanton Wren, was a historian working on Vulcan.
Did you know that they have this herb called Lembok that is almost
genetically identical to ginsing?”
“Really?” She sat on her bed and sipped the tea. It was brewed to
perfection.
“Absolutely. It makes a phenominal tea as well, that has a strangely
violent reaction to Terran sugar.”
“What kind of reaction?”
“It turns into a gaseous state and expands quickly, shattering
whatever container it’s in.”
Takashi almost spit her tea out, and started to laugh. “I take it
you’ve experienced this particular ‘reaction’ personally?”
Wren laughed as well, a deep, heart-felt laugh. “It blow up right in
poor Kanton’s hands!”
Takashi sipped the rest of her tea, feeling the tension of the past
week ooze from her. “Thank you for the tea, Commander. Now, I believe
you owe me a tour of the ship?”
For the next hour, Wren showed her every nook and cranny of the
Doyle. The ship made very economical use of its 15 decks. The ship could
function with a crew of only 7, but was most efficient with around 25.
There were 2 photon torpedo tubes and 4 phaser banks. The ship’s armory
was larger than an exploration vessel’s, and there was an additional annex
of special equipment with its own Quartermaster. The ship also possessed
a full Holodeck for workouts, simulations, and occasional recreation.
Finally, the tour made its way to Engineering. “This is where all of
the really interesting things are.” They stepped inside, and immediately she
noticed the huge pulsating intermix chamber. The pressure vessel toroids,
or “doughnuts” as they were called by Engineering staff, were smaller but
more plentiful than a standard vessel. Wren walked past it as he spoke.
“Our intermix chamber is more compact than previous models, reducing the
possiblity of warp-core breaches and tell-tale warp signatures. Our speed is
not as good as, say, the Enterprise, but it’s fast enough.”
“Why would reducing our warp signature be necessary? You can
never fully eliminate one, and enemy vessels can track it regardless.”
“That’s where this office comes in.” He led her into the Engineer’s
office. What space was opened up by the smaller intermix chamber was
taken by banks of monitors that Takashi couldn’t begin to understand.
Wren walked over to one labelled FSHJ/ED Systems, and touched a screen.
“When the warp signature is reduced, we can place a false one over it,
giving the illusion of being a different type of starship. That, along with the
FSHJ emitters you noticed yesterday, allows the Doyle to take on a
fascinating transformation.” He punched a few keys, and then turned and
activated the ship’s sensors. “Here. These sensors are set to rebound of off
the shipyard’s sensor beacon. Scan the Doyle’s hull.”
“Why am I scanning…”
“Trust me, Captain. You’ll be in for a surprise.”
She turned to the display, and tightened the sensor display to
rebound and relay the information from the beacon. The screen filled with
the sensor data. She gasped as a Romulan warbird appeared on the screen.
“That’s amazing! We can masquerade as any kind of ship?”
“Almost as good as a cloaking device. We also have our subspace
communications routed through the ED systems, including any visual
signals we send, changing them to any race we have data on.”
“This must be what Maron was talking about.”
Wren laughed. “Probably. He developed the theory behind it while
trying to produce a cloaking device for Bajor, and then for the Federation.
He proposed an alternate system of disguise as opposed to invisibility,
which was sent up to Starfleet Command and filed away. He never
expected it to be made into reality.”
“What does FSHJ/ED Systems stand for?”
“False Sensor Hull Jacket and Electronic Disguise.”
“We’ll need a less clumsy name for these systems.” She reached out,
and pressed a few keys on the screen. Soon, under FSHJ/ED Systems,
appeared the words “Chameleon Device”.
Wren laughed. “I like it.”
Takashi moved to the shield display. “So how do we change the
shape of our shields to match that of the Chameleon?”
“We have converted all of our navigational and defensive shielding
to Multi-Phasic shields. Not only does it complement the FSH… the
Chameleon, but it also increases our defensive capabilities to 250% of
normal.” Wren looked around the office, pleased. “This is one tough little
ship.”
As she examined the rest of the office, her communicator chirped.
“Tee-eye-you to Takashi. We have made contact with the USS Norway,
who will escort us to Starbase 29 to pick up the rest of our crew.”
“Thank you. What crew are on the manifest?”
“Another 15 personnel, and an officer named Saboc.”
“Saboc? I had heard he was in critical condition with his burns.”
There was a pause, and then Tee-eye-you said, “Apparently he is
fine now, Captain.”
She seethed internally. Obviously Tee-eye-you had an attitude
problem. She hoped it wouldn’t cause problems in the furture.
“Understood, Mr. Tee-eye-you. Engage at warp 4.”
She turned and looked at Wren. “Why don’t you take me to my
Ready Room, and we’ll hold the briefing there?”
Wren looked away from the panels, the smile dropping from his
face. “Of course, sir.”

End of Chapter 3

AUTHOR’S NOTE
————-
The Doyle looks a lot like the Defiant (in fact, the Defiant and the Doyle
were parellel projects by the same starship designer), except there are
ridges circling the bridge and the hull. When the ship is in flight, however,
the FSHJ systems “edit out” the ridges, so it is more astetically pleasing.

By the way, SECLAR stands for Security Clearance, XO stands for
Executive Officer, and CMO stands for Chief Medical Officer. Francis
Tee-eye-you is written as you see it, not as TIU (like Arrtoo from Star Wars
is not written R2). The crew will finally be introduced to the reader in the
next chapter, “Briefings”, along with the rest of the interesting technology
of the Doyle and SFI.

If you think this sounds like standard Star Trek fare so far, wait until the
show really starts. There is a whole new structure to SFI, and it does have
an impact on the way the story goes.

Thanks goes to Rick Sternback and Mike Okuda’s “ST:TNG Techical
Manual”. It was invaluable for writing this. Also thanks goes to the writers
of the fanfic “Starbase 17:PIKE”, for proving that covert operations in the
Star Trek universe really is a good idea.

If you have any comments, suggestions, ideas or questions, feel free to
email me at eddywebb@hotmail.com.

ESW 01/09/98

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged | Leave a comment